DmSwitch Command Reference

Contact Information

In order to contact the DATACOM technical support, or sales department:

• Support:

• E-mail: [email protected]
• Phone: +55 51 3933-3122
• Fax: +55 51 3933-3003

• Sales:

• E-mail: [email protected]
• Phone: +55 51 3933-3000
• Fax: +55 51 3933-3003

• Internet:

• www.datacom.ind.br

• Address:

• DATACOM - Telemática
• Rua América, 1000 - Eldorado do Sul, RS - Brasil
• CEP: 92990-000
Conventions

This guide uses these conventions to convey instructions and information:

Command descriptions use these conventions:

• Comands and keywords are in boldface text.

• Arguments for which you supply values are in italic.
• Square brackets ([ ]) mean optional elements.
• Braces ({ }) group required choices, and vertical bars (|) separate the alternative elements.
• Braces and vertical bars within square brackets ([{ | }]) mean a required choice within an optional element.

Interactive examples use these conventions:

• Terminal sessions and system displays are in screen font.

• Information you enter is in boldface screen font.
• Nonprinting characters, such as passwords or tabs, are in angle brackets (< >).
Table of Contents
1. Introduction............................................................................................................................................1
The Command Line Interface ............................................................................................................1
2. Root Commands.....................................................................................................................................2
bpdu-protect manual-unblock ............................................................................................................2
cfm delay-measurement .....................................................................................................................4
cfm linktrace ......................................................................................................................................6
cfm loopback......................................................................................................................................8
clear cfm...........................................................................................................................................10
clear counter .....................................................................................................................................12
clear cpu arp-table ............................................................................................................................14
clear cpu memory-cache ..................................................................................................................16
clear cpu packets ..............................................................................................................................17
clear elmi..........................................................................................................................................18
clear interface counters ....................................................................................................................20
clear interface test ............................................................................................................................22
clear ip..............................................................................................................................................24
clear logging.....................................................................................................................................26
clear mac-address-table....................................................................................................................28
clear spanning-tree counters.............................................................................................................29
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols.............................................................................................31
clock set............................................................................................................................................33
configure...........................................................................................................................................35
copy ..................................................................................................................................................36
debug ................................................................................................................................................39
diff ....................................................................................................................................................41
erase .................................................................................................................................................43
exit....................................................................................................................................................45
help...................................................................................................................................................46
license add........................................................................................................................................48
log.....................................................................................................................................................50
ping...................................................................................................................................................52
reboot ...............................................................................................................................................54
select.................................................................................................................................................55
remote-devices force ethernet ..........................................................................................................57
show access-lists ..............................................................................................................................58
show authentication..........................................................................................................................60
show backup-link .............................................................................................................................62
show bpdu-protect ............................................................................................................................64
show cfm ..........................................................................................................................................66
show cfm delay-statistics .................................................................................................................68
show cfm error .................................................................................................................................70
show cfm linktrace ...........................................................................................................................72
show cfm ma ....................................................................................................................................74
show cfm md ....................................................................................................................................76
show cfm mep ..................................................................................................................................78

iv
show cfm probe delay-measurement................................................................................................80
show cfm md ....................................................................................................................................82
show clock........................................................................................................................................84
show counter ....................................................................................................................................85
show cpu...........................................................................................................................................87
show cpu arp-table ...........................................................................................................................90
show cpu-dos-protect .......................................................................................................................91
show cpu egress-block .....................................................................................................................93
show debugging................................................................................................................................95
show eaps .........................................................................................................................................97
show elmi .........................................................................................................................................99
show erps........................................................................................................................................101
show filter.......................................................................................................................................103
show firmware ................................................................................................................................105
show flash.......................................................................................................................................107
show flash-config ...........................................................................................................................109
show hardware-status .....................................................................................................................111
show interfaces bundle ...................................................................................................................113
show interfaces counters ................................................................................................................115
show interfaces description ............................................................................................................117
show interfaces l3...........................................................................................................................119
show interfaces link........................................................................................................................121
show interfaces loopback ...............................................................................................................123
show interfaces pw .........................................................................................................................125
show interfaces status.....................................................................................................................127
show interfaces switchport .............................................................................................................129
show interfaces table cesop ............................................................................................................131
show interfaces table utilization.....................................................................................................133
show interfaces tdm........................................................................................................................135
show interfaces test ........................................................................................................................137
show ip ...........................................................................................................................................139
show ip as-path access-list .............................................................................................................141
show ip bgp ....................................................................................................................................143
show ip default-gateway.................................................................................................................145
show ip dhcp ..................................................................................................................................146
show ip host-table ..........................................................................................................................148
show ip host-table aging-time ........................................................................................................149
show ip http ....................................................................................................................................150
show ip ospf ...................................................................................................................................152
show ip prefix-list...........................................................................................................................154
show ip http ....................................................................................................................................156
show ip rip......................................................................................................................................157
show ip route ..................................................................................................................................159
show ip routing...............................................................................................................................161
show ip snmp-server.......................................................................................................................162
show ip snmp-server traps..............................................................................................................164
show ip ssh .....................................................................................................................................166
show ip telnet .................................................................................................................................168

v
show l2protocol-tunnel...................................................................................................................169
show lacp counters .........................................................................................................................171
show lacp group .............................................................................................................................173
show lacp internal ..........................................................................................................................175
show lacp neighbors .......................................................................................................................177
show lacp sysid ..............................................................................................................................179
show license ...................................................................................................................................181
show link-state-track ......................................................................................................................183
show lldp ........................................................................................................................................185
show lldp counters..........................................................................................................................187
show lldp neighbor .........................................................................................................................189
show log .........................................................................................................................................191
show logging ..................................................................................................................................193
show loopback-detection................................................................................................................195
show mac-address-table .................................................................................................................197
show mac-address-table aging-time ...............................................................................................199
show management ..........................................................................................................................200
show managers ...............................................................................................................................202
show meter .....................................................................................................................................203
show monitor..................................................................................................................................205
show nat-rules ................................................................................................................................207
show oam .......................................................................................................................................208
show pli ..........................................................................................................................................210
show public-key .............................................................................................................................211
show qinq .......................................................................................................................................213
show qos.........................................................................................................................................215
show qos queue ..............................................................................................................................217
show radius-server..........................................................................................................................219
show remote-devices ......................................................................................................................221
show rmon alarm............................................................................................................................223
show rmon event ............................................................................................................................225
show rmon history..........................................................................................................................227
show rmon statistics .......................................................................................................................229
show route-map ..............................................................................................................................231
show running-config.......................................................................................................................233
show sntp........................................................................................................................................235
show spanning-tree.........................................................................................................................237
show startup-config ........................................................................................................................240
show sync-source ...........................................................................................................................242
show system ...................................................................................................................................244
show tacacs-server..........................................................................................................................246
show tech-support ..........................................................................................................................248
show terminal .................................................................................................................................250
show this.........................................................................................................................................252
show uptime ...................................................................................................................................253
show users ......................................................................................................................................254
show vlan .......................................................................................................................................256
show vlan-group.............................................................................................................................258

vi
 show vlan-translate table................................................................................................................260
show vlan-translate usage ..............................................................................................................262
ssh...................................................................................................................................................264
telnet...............................................................................................................................................266
traceroute........................................................................................................................................268
3. Configure Commands........................................................................................................................270
access-list name accept ..................................................................................................................270
access-list name drop .....................................................................................................................273
access-list name insert....................................................................................................................276
access-list name reject....................................................................................................................279
access-policy ..................................................................................................................................282
authentication login........................................................................................................................284
banner login....................................................................................................................................286
cfm .................................................................................................................................................288
clock timezone ...............................................................................................................................290
counter............................................................................................................................................292
cpu egress-block.............................................................................................................................294
cpu-dos-protect...............................................................................................................................296
cpu protocol bpdu-protect ..............................................................................................................299
cpu protocol-priority tunnel ...........................................................................................................301
eaps domain....................................................................................................................................303
eaps domain control-vlan ...............................................................................................................305
eaps domain failtime ......................................................................................................................307
eaps domain hellotime ...................................................................................................................309
eaps domain hw-forwarding...........................................................................................................311
eaps domain name ..........................................................................................................................313
eaps domain port ............................................................................................................................315
eaps domain port-block-aware .......................................................................................................317
eaps domain protected-vlans ..........................................................................................................319
eaps mode.......................................................................................................................................321
elmi.................................................................................................................................................323
erps domain ....................................................................................................................................325
erps domain control-vlan ...............................................................................................................327
erps domain control-vlan ...............................................................................................................329
erps domain guard-time .................................................................................................................331
erps domain holdoff-time ...............................................................................................................333
erps domain hw-forwarding ...........................................................................................................335
erps domain name ..........................................................................................................................337
erps domain port0...........................................................................................................................339
erps domain port1...........................................................................................................................341
erps domain protected-vlans_vlan-group.......................................................................................343
erps domain restore-time................................................................................................................345
eaps mode.......................................................................................................................................347
evc ..................................................................................................................................................349
external-alarm ................................................................................................................................351
fetch tftp .........................................................................................................................................353
filter ................................................................................................................................................355

vii
hostname ........................................................................................................................................359
interface bundle ..............................................................................................................................360
interface ethernet............................................................................................................................362
interface mgmt-eth .........................................................................................................................363
interface loopback ..........................................................................................................................364
interface port-channel.....................................................................................................................366
interface pw....................................................................................................................................368
interface tdm...................................................................................................................................370
interface vlan..................................................................................................................................372
ip as-path access-list.......................................................................................................................374
ip default-gateway ..........................................................................................................................376
ip host-table aging-time .................................................................................................................378
ip dhcp server .................................................................................................................................380
ip http .............................................................................................................................................382
ip nat-helper ...................................................................................................................................384
ip prefix-list ....................................................................................................................................386
ip protocol-management-address ...................................................................................................388
ip route ...........................................................................................................................................390
ip routing ........................................................................................................................................392
ip snmp-server................................................................................................................................394
ip snmp-server traps .......................................................................................................................396
ip ssh ..............................................................................................................................................399
ip telnet...........................................................................................................................................401
ip tftp ..............................................................................................................................................403
l2protocol-tunnel ............................................................................................................................405
lacp mode .......................................................................................................................................407
link-state-track group .....................................................................................................................409
lldp .................................................................................................................................................411
lldp notification-interval.................................................................................................................413
lldp reinitialize-delay .....................................................................................................................415
lldp transmit-delay .........................................................................................................................417
lldp transmit-hold ...........................................................................................................................419
lldp transmit-interval ......................................................................................................................421
logging debug.................................................................................................................................423
logging facility ...............................................................................................................................425
logging history ...............................................................................................................................427
logging host....................................................................................................................................429
logging on ......................................................................................................................................431
logging sendmail ............................................................................................................................433
logging trap ....................................................................................................................................435
loopback-detection action ..............................................................................................................437
loopback-detection destination-address .........................................................................................439
mac-address-table aging-time ........................................................................................................441
mac-address-table static .................................................................................................................443
management ...................................................................................................................................445
meter...............................................................................................................................................447
monitor ...........................................................................................................................................449
nat-rule ...........................................................................................................................................451

viii
qos queue cos-map .........................................................................................................................454
qos queue sched-mode ...................................................................................................................456
radius-server acct-port....................................................................................................................458
radius-server auth-port ...................................................................................................................460
radius-server host ...........................................................................................................................462
radius-server key ............................................................................................................................464
radius-server retries........................................................................................................................466
radius-server timeout......................................................................................................................468
remote-devices auto-force ..............................................................................................................470
remote-devices devices-vlan ..........................................................................................................472
remote-devices enable ....................................................................................................................474
remote-devices mode .....................................................................................................................476
remote-devices rate-limit ...............................................................................................................478
remote-devices service ...................................................................................................................480
rmon ...............................................................................................................................................482
rmon alarm .....................................................................................................................................484
rmon event......................................................................................................................................486
key chain ........................................................................................................................................488
route-map .......................................................................................................................................490
router bgp .......................................................................................................................................492
router ospf ......................................................................................................................................494
router rip.........................................................................................................................................495
sntp .................................................................................................................................................496
spanning-tree ..................................................................................................................................498
spanning-tree bpdufilter .................................................................................................................500
spanning-tree bpduguard................................................................................................................502
spanning-tree instance bpdu-tag ....................................................................................................504
spanning-tree instance forward-delay ............................................................................................506
spanning-tree instance hello-time ..................................................................................................508
spanning-tree instance max-age.....................................................................................................510
spanning-tree instance max-hops...................................................................................................512
spanning-tree instance priority.......................................................................................................514
spanning-tree instance root ............................................................................................................516
spanning-tree instance vlan-group .................................................................................................518
spanning-tree mode ........................................................................................................................520
spanning-tree mst ...........................................................................................................................522
storm-control ..................................................................................................................................524
sync-source.....................................................................................................................................526
sync source advanced .....................................................................................................................528
sync-source hierarchy.....................................................................................................................530
tacacs-server acct-port....................................................................................................................532
tacacs-server acct-type ...................................................................................................................534
tacacs-server authe-port .................................................................................................................536
tacacs-server authe-type .................................................................................................................538
tacacs-server autho-port .................................................................................................................540
tacacs-server host ...........................................................................................................................542
tacacs-server key ............................................................................................................................544
terminal login-timeout....................................................................................................................546

ix
 terminal paging ..............................................................................................................................548
terminal timeout .............................................................................................................................550
username ........................................................................................................................................552
vlan qinq.........................................................................................................................................554
vlan-group ......................................................................................................................................556
vlan-translate egress-table..............................................................................................................558
vlan-translate ingress-table add......................................................................................................560
vlan-translate ingress-table replace ................................................................................................562
4. CFM MD Commands ........................................................................................................................564
fault-alarm-address.........................................................................................................................564
ma...................................................................................................................................................566
mhf .................................................................................................................................................568
sender-id-tlv ...................................................................................................................................570
5. CFM MA Commands ........................................................................................................................572
ais alarm-suppression .....................................................................................................................572
ais enable........................................................................................................................................574
ais level...........................................................................................................................................576
ais period ........................................................................................................................................578
ais priority ......................................................................................................................................580
ais recovery-limit ...........................................................................................................................582
ais vlan-notify ................................................................................................................................584
ccm-interval....................................................................................................................................586
fault-alarm-address.........................................................................................................................588
mep.................................................................................................................................................590
mep-list...........................................................................................................................................592
mhf .................................................................................................................................................594
mip .................................................................................................................................................596
sender-id-tlv ...................................................................................................................................598
6. CFM MEP Commands......................................................................................................................600
auto-linktrace .................................................................................................................................600
action shutdown event ....................................................................................................................602
enable .............................................................................................................................................604
fault-alarm-address.........................................................................................................................606
fault-alarm-priority.........................................................................................................................608
fault-alarm-time..............................................................................................................................610
generate-ccm ..................................................................................................................................612
primary-vid.....................................................................................................................................614
priority............................................................................................................................................616
7. CFM Probe Commands ....................................................................................................................618
delay-measurement ........................................................................................................................618
8. CFM Probe Delay-Measurement Commands .................................................................................620
interval............................................................................................................................................620
ma...................................................................................................................................................622
9. E-LMI Commands.............................................................................................................................624
uni-c ...............................................................................................................................................624
uni-n ...............................................................................................................................................626

x
10. E-LMI UNI-C Commands ..............................................................................................................628
polling-counter ...............................................................................................................................628
polling-timer...................................................................................................................................630
status-counter .................................................................................................................................632
11. E-LMI UNI-N Commands ..............................................................................................................634
evc ..................................................................................................................................................634
evc-map-type..................................................................................................................................636
id.....................................................................................................................................................638
polling-verification-timer ...............................................................................................................640
status-counter .................................................................................................................................642
12. Interface Bundle Commands ..........................................................................................................644
circuit-name ...................................................................................................................................644
destination-bundle ..........................................................................................................................646
destination-ip-address ....................................................................................................................648
dscp ................................................................................................................................................650
ip-next-hop .....................................................................................................................................652
jitter-buffer .....................................................................................................................................654
lost-pkt-fill......................................................................................................................................656
packet-delay ...................................................................................................................................658
packet-loss-threshold......................................................................................................................660
shutdown ........................................................................................................................................662
source-ip-address ...........................................................................................................................664
tdm-channel....................................................................................................................................666
test ..................................................................................................................................................668
timeslots .........................................................................................................................................670
udp-port ..........................................................................................................................................672
vlan.................................................................................................................................................674
13. Interface Ethernet/Port-channel Commands................................................................................676
capabilities .....................................................................................................................................676
description ......................................................................................................................................678
l2protocol-tunnel ............................................................................................................................680
lacp .................................................................................................................................................682
lldp admin-status ............................................................................................................................684
lldp notification ..............................................................................................................................686
lldp tlvs-tx-enable ..........................................................................................................................688
loopback-detection .........................................................................................................................690
mdix ...............................................................................................................................................692
monitor source................................................................................................................................694
negotiation......................................................................................................................................696
oam.................................................................................................................................................698
qos dscp-mapping ..........................................................................................................................700
qos map dscp-table.........................................................................................................................702
qos queue buffer .............................................................................................................................704
qos queue max-bw .........................................................................................................................706
qos queue wfq ................................................................................................................................708
rate-limit.........................................................................................................................................710

xi
 rmon collection history ..................................................................................................................712
rmon collection stats ......................................................................................................................714
shutdown ........................................................................................................................................716
spanning-tree bpdufilter .................................................................................................................718
spanning-tree bpduguard................................................................................................................720
spanning-tree edge-port..................................................................................................................722
spanning-tree instance....................................................................................................................724
spanning-tree link-type ..................................................................................................................726
spanning-tree restricted-role ..........................................................................................................728
spanning-tree restricted-tcn............................................................................................................730
speed-duplex ..................................................................................................................................732
switchport backup-link...................................................................................................................734
switchport bpdu-block....................................................................................................................736
switchport bpdu-protect .................................................................................................................738
switchport egress-block ethernet....................................................................................................740
switchport mtu................................................................................................................................742
switchport native vlan ....................................................................................................................744
switchport port-security .................................................................................................................746
switchport priority default..............................................................................................................748
switchport qinq...............................................................................................................................750
switchport storm-control ................................................................................................................752
switchport tpid................................................................................................................................754
switchport vlan-translate ................................................................................................................756
trap-enable......................................................................................................................................758
14. Interface Loopback Commands .....................................................................................................760
ip address........................................................................................................................................760
shutdown ........................................................................................................................................762
15. Interface MGMT Ethernet Commands.........................................................................................764
ip address........................................................................................................................................764
lldp admin-status ............................................................................................................................766
lldp notification ..............................................................................................................................768
lldp tlvs-tx-enable ..........................................................................................................................770
16. Interface Port-channel Commands ................................................................................................772
load-balance ...................................................................................................................................772
set-member ethernet .......................................................................................................................774
17. Interface PW Commands................................................................................................................776
idle-byte .........................................................................................................................................776
monitor source................................................................................................................................778
source-ip-address ...........................................................................................................................780
vlan id priority................................................................................................................................782
18. Interface TDM Commands.............................................................................................................784
line-type .........................................................................................................................................784
shutdown ........................................................................................................................................786
test ldl .............................................................................................................................................788
sync-source.....................................................................................................................................790

xii
19. Interface VLAN Commands...........................................................................................................792
internal network .............................................................................................................................792
ip address........................................................................................................................................794
ip l3 access-group...........................................................................................................................796
ip l3 address ...................................................................................................................................798
ip l3 address ...................................................................................................................................800
ip l3 ospf authentication-key ..........................................................................................................802
ip l3 ospf authentication .................................................................................................................804
ip l3 ospf cost .................................................................................................................................806
ip l3 ospf dead-interval...................................................................................................................808
ip l3 ospf hello-interval ..................................................................................................................810
ip l3 ospf message-digest-key ........................................................................................................812
ip l3 ospf network...........................................................................................................................814
ip l3 ospf priority............................................................................................................................816
ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval ..........................................................................................................818
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay ................................................................................................................820
ip l3 rip authentication ...................................................................................................................822
ip l3 rip receive version ..................................................................................................................824
ip l3 rip send version ......................................................................................................................826
ip l3 rip split-horizon......................................................................................................................828
mgmt-inner-vlan.............................................................................................................................830
mac-address-table learn..................................................................................................................832
name ...............................................................................................................................................834
set-member tagged .........................................................................................................................836
set-member untagged .....................................................................................................................838
shutdown ........................................................................................................................................840
20. Key Chain .........................................................................................................................................842
key ..................................................................................................................................................842
21. Key.....................................................................................................................................................844
key-string........................................................................................................................................844
22. Route-map Commands....................................................................................................................846
continue ..........................................................................................................................................846
match as-path .................................................................................................................................848
match ip address.............................................................................................................................850
match ip next-hop...........................................................................................................................852
match ip route-source.....................................................................................................................854
match metric...................................................................................................................................856
set as-path.......................................................................................................................................858
set local-preference ........................................................................................................................860
set metric ........................................................................................................................................862
set next-hop ....................................................................................................................................864
set origin.........................................................................................................................................866
set weight .......................................................................................................................................868

xiii
23. Router BGP ......................................................................................................................................870
aggregate-address ...........................................................................................................................870
bgp always-compare-med ..............................................................................................................872
bgp client-to-client reflection .........................................................................................................874
bgp cluster-id..................................................................................................................................876
bgp confederation identifier ...........................................................................................................878
bgp confederation peers .................................................................................................................880
bgp dampening ...............................................................................................................................882
bgp default local-preference...........................................................................................................884
bgp deterministic-med....................................................................................................................886
bgp log-neighbor-changes ..............................................................................................................888
bgp router-id...................................................................................................................................890
neighbor advertisement-interval.....................................................................................................892
neighbor description.......................................................................................................................894
neighbor ebgp-multihop .................................................................................................................896
neighbor maximum-prefix..............................................................................................................898
neighbor next-hop-self ...................................................................................................................900
neighbor passive.............................................................................................................................902
neighbor remote-as.........................................................................................................................904
neighbor remove-private-as............................................................................................................906
neighbor route-reflector-client .......................................................................................................908
neighbor shutdown .........................................................................................................................910
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound...........................................................................................912
neighbor timers ..............................................................................................................................914
network...........................................................................................................................................916
redistribute......................................................................................................................................918
timers bgp.......................................................................................................................................920
24. Router OSPF ....................................................................................................................................922
abr-type ..........................................................................................................................................922
area id/ip-address_id authentication ..............................................................................................924
area id/ip-address_id default-cost ..................................................................................................926
area id/ip-address_id range ............................................................................................................928
area id/ip-address_id stub ..............................................................................................................930
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address authentication-key ..................................................932
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address dead-interval ...........................................................934
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address .................................................................................936
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address hello-interval...........................................................938
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address message-digest-key.................................................940
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address retransmit-interval ..................................................942
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address transmit-delay .........................................................944
auto-cost reference-bandwidth .......................................................................................................946
compatible rfc1583 ........................................................................................................................948
default-metric .................................................................................................................................950
log-adjacency-changes ...................................................................................................................952
neighbor .........................................................................................................................................954
network...........................................................................................................................................956
passive-interface.............................................................................................................................958

xiv
 redistribute......................................................................................................................................960
router-id..........................................................................................................................................962
timers spf........................................................................................................................................964
25. Router RIP .......................................................................................................................................966
default-information ........................................................................................................................966
default-metric .................................................................................................................................968
neighbor .........................................................................................................................................970
network...........................................................................................................................................972
passive-interface.............................................................................................................................974
redistribute......................................................................................................................................976
timers basic ....................................................................................................................................978
version ............................................................................................................................................980
26. Obsolete Commands........................................................................................................................982
Root Commands.............................................................................................................................982
Configure Commands ....................................................................................................................984

xv
Chapter 1. Introduction

The Command Line Interface

The DmSwitch Command Reference Guide was built to help network managers in their daily tasks. This
guide shows the commands that can be entered in the input prompt of the command line interface.

The commands are described with all the available parameters. Moreover, the guide also has command
usage examples, related commands, usage guidelines, default values and other descriptions that will help
you understand how to operate the DmSwitch.

1
Chapter 2. Root Commands

bpdu-protect manual-unblock
bpdu-protect manual-unblock { ethernet { port-number } | port-channel {
portchannel-number } }

Description
Allows to unblock BPDU protect manually for an interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ethernet port-number Specifies the ethernet interface number.
port-channel portchannel-number Specifies the port channel interface number.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
When a port is in fail state, entering this command, will manually unblock the specified interface.

Example

This example shows how to manually unblock BPDU protect for interface ethernet 1.

DmSwitch#bpdu-protect manual-unblock ethernet 1

DmSwitch#

2
 Chapter 2. bpdu-protect manual-unblock

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show interfaces counters user EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
cpu protocol bpdu-protect Control BPDU packets per second.
switchport bpdu-block Block reception of BPDUs for an interface.
switchport bpdu-protect Protect BPDUs configuration for an interface.

3
cfm delay-measurement
cfm delay-measurement two-way ma ma-name mep id mep-id remote-mep { id mep-id |
mac mac-address } [ count number [ interval { 1s | 10s | 1min | 10min } [ wait-reply ] |
wait-reply ] | wait-reply ]

Description
Sends Ethernet frame delay measurement.

Syntax

Parameter Description
two-way Specifies mode Two-way Ethernet frame delay
measurement.
ma ma-name Specifies Maintenance Association (MA) name.
mep id mep-id Inserts a source MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)
remote-mep id mep-id Inserts a destination MEP ID. (Range: 1-8191)
remote-mep mac mac-address Inserts a destination MEP MAC address.
(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)
count number (Optional) Inserts a frame count number. (Range:
1-65535)
interval (Optional) Specifies a time between frames transmission.
(1s, 10s, 1min or 10min)
wait-reply (Optional) Prints reply information if two-way mode was
chosen.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Ma, mep id and remote mep must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

4
 Chapter 2. cfm delay-measurement

Example

This example shows how to create a delay measurement.

DmSwitch#cfm delay-measurement two-way ma MA mep id 1 remote-mep id 2 wait-reply

Delay Measurement to remote MEP ID 2 waiting for reply message...
delay from 00:05:00:19:25:e9: 1714 us

Delay Measurement statistics:

1 packet(s) sent, 1 received, 0% packet loss
Average delay: 1714 (microsecond)
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
cfm linktrace Sends Linktrace Messages.
cfm loopback Sends loopback messages.

5
cfm linktrace
cfm linktrace ma ma-name mep id mep-id remote-mep { mac mac-address | id mep-id } [
ttl value ]

Description
Sends Linktrace Messages.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ma ma-name Specifies Maintenance Association (MA) name.
mep id mep-id Inserts a source MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)
remote-mep id mep-id Inserts a destination MEP ID. (Range: 1-8191)
remote-mep mac mac-address Inserts a destination MEP MAC address.
(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)
ttl value (Optional) Inserts a TTL value for link trace command.
(Range: 2-255)

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Ma, mep id and remote mep must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

Example

This example shows how to send linktrace messages.

DmSwitch#cfm linktrace ma MA mep id 1 remote-mep id 2

Linktrace to remote MEP ID 2, waiting for reply message...
Sent to 00:05:00:19:25:e9
Transaction ID 3

6
 Chapter 2. cfm linktrace

1 00:05:00:19:25:e9, TTL 63
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
cfm delay-measurement Sends Ethernet frame delay measurement.
cfm loopback Sends loopback messages.

7
cfm loopback
cfm loopback ma ma-name mep id mep-id remote-mep { id mep-id | mac mac-address } [
count number ]

Description
Sends loopback messages.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ma text Specifies Maintenance Association (MA) name.
mep id mep-id Inserts a source MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)
remote-mep id mep-id Inserts a destination MEP ID. (Range: 1-8191)
remote-mep mac mac-address Inserts a destination MEP MAC address.
(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)
count number (Optional) Inserts a number of Loopback Messages to be
sent. (Range: 1-10)

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Ma, mep id and remote mep must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

Example

This example shows how send loopback messages.

DmSwitch#cfm loopback ma MA mep id 1 remote-mep id 2 count 5

Loopback to remote MEP ID 2 waiting for reply message
Received from 00:05:00:19:25:e9, transaction ID 0
Received from 00:05:00:19:25:e9, transaction ID 1

8
 Chapter 2. cfm loopback

Received from 00:05:00:19:25:e9, transaction ID 2

Received from 00:05:00:19:25:e9, transaction ID 3
Received from 00:05:00:19:25:e9, transaction ID 4
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
cfm delay-measurement Sends Ethernet frame delay measurement.
cfm linktrace Sends Linktrace Messages.

9
clear cfm
clear cfm { delay-statistics { md md-name ma ma-name mep id mep-id } | linktrace {
md md-name ma ma-name mep id mep-id } }

Description
Clears CFM elements.

Syntax

Parameter Description
delay-statistics Clears CFM delay-measurement last statistics.
linktrace Clears CFM linktrace database.
md md-name Specifies Maintenance Domain (MD) name.
ma ma-name Specifies Maintenance Association (MA) name.
mep id mep-id Inserts a source MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Md, ma and mep id must exist.

Example

This example shows how to clear cfm delay-statistics.

DmSwitch#clear cfm delay-statistics md MD ma MA mep id 1

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show cfm privileged EXEC command.

10
 Chapter 2. clear cfm

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

11
clear counter
clear counter [ filter-counter-id ]

Description
Clears filter counters.

Syntax

Parameter Description
filter-counter-id (Optional) Clears only the counter with the specified ID.
(Range: 1-32)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all filter counters will be cleared.

Example

This example shows how to clear all filter counters.

DmSwitch#clear counter
DmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show counter privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

No related command.

12
 Chapter 2. clear counter

Command Description
show counter Shows counters values and configuration

13
clear cpu arp-table
clear cpu arp-table [ ip-address ]

Description
Deletes entries from the CPU ARP table.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address (Optional) Clears only the entry that contains the specified IP address.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced. Before this was called clear cpu
arp-table.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to delete the entry that contains the specified IP address.

DmSwitch#clear cpu arp-table 192.168.0.1

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show cpu arp-table privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cpu_arp-table Shows CPU arp-table packet entries.

14
Chapter 2. clear cpu arp-table

15
clear cpu memory-cache
clear cpu memory-cache

Description
Frees as much memory as possible from the cpu memory-cache. Useful for determining how much memory is
really free in the equipment at a given point in time. Use of this command temporarily causes a small perfor-
mance hit. The cache is automatically restored with normal use.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command is useful for determining how much memory is really free at one time in the equipment. But
clearing the cache will slightly and temporarily lower the equipment’s performance while the cache is being
automatically restored by normal use, so it’s usage is discouraged in performance-critical applications.

Example

This example shows how to clear the cpu memory-cache. First check the avaliable memory with show cpu
memory user EXEC command. Afterwards, clear the cpu memory-cache:

DmSwitch#clear cpu memory-cache

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the cache was cleared by checking the memory again. The free memory should have in-
creased, and is a good estimate of how much RAM is truly free at the time.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cpu Shows CPU information.

16
clear cpu packets
clear cpu packets

Description
Clears all cpu packet counters.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to clear the cpu packet counters.

DmSwitch#clear cpu packets

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show cpu packets user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cpu packets Shows CPU information.

17
clear elmi
clear elmi interface ethernet port-number error-counters

Description
Clears ethernet local management interface counters.

Syntax

Parameter Description
interface ethernet port-number Clears the counters from the specified unit and port.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to clear UNI error counters.

DmSwitch#clear elmi interface ethernet 5 error-counters

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show elmi interface ethernet 5
detail privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.

18
 Chapter 2. clear elmi

Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

19
clear interface counters
clear interface counters [ bundle { all | bundle-number [ jitter-buffer-history
] | range { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number } [ jitter-buffer-history ] } | ethernet
{ all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } | port-channel { portchannel-
number } | pw { pw-number } ]

Description
Clears transmit and receive statistics from all ports, or from a specific port.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all (Optional) Clears the entries from all interfaces.
bundle bundle-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a specified bundle.
ethernet port-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a specified unit and
port.
port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a specified port
channel.
pw pw-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a specified pw
interface.
jitter-buffer-history (Optional) Clears the entries from jitter buffer history.
range first-bundle-number last-bundle-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a range of bundles. The
range of bundles must be specified in accordance with the
interfaces available in the switch. (Range: 1-8)
range first-port-number last-port-number (Optional) Clears the entries from a range of ports. The
range of ports must be specified in accordance with the
ports available in the switch. (Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added jitter-buffer-history parameter.

20
 Chapter 2. clear interface counters

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to clear transmit and receive statistics from a specific port.

DmSwitch#clear interface counters ethernet 1

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show interface counters user EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces counters Shows the interface counters information.
show interfaces test Shows interfaces test information.

21
clear interface test
clear interfaces test [ bundle { all | bundle-number | range { first-bundle-number last-
bundle-number } ]

Description
Clears test counters from bundle interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all (Optional) Clears the test counters from all interfaces.
bundle bundle-number (Optional) Clears the test counters from a specified
bundle.
range first-bundle-number last-bundle-number (Optional) Clears the test counters from a range of
bundles. The range of bundles must be specified in
accordance with the interfaces available in the switch.
(Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to clear transmit and receive statistics from a specific bundle interface.

DmSwitch#clear interfaces test bundle 1

DmSwitch#

22
 Chapter 2. clear interface test

You can verify that the information was cleared by entering the show interfaces test bundle user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces counters Shows the interface counters information.
show interfaces test Shows interfaces test information.

23
clear ip
clear ip { bgp process | host-table [ ip-address] | ospf process | rip process }

Description

The command clear ip host-table deletes ARP entries from the L3 host-table.
The commands clear ip bgp | ospf | rip restart the specified protocol.

Syntax

Parameter Description
bgp Clear the BGP routing data.
host-table Clear the L3 host-table ARP table.
ip-address (Optional) Clears only the entry that contains the specified IP address.
ospf Clear the OSPF routing data.
rip Clear the RIP routing data.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.
5.4 Added bgp|ospf|rip parameters.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to clear the L3 host-table.

DmSwitch#clear ip host-table

24
 Chapter 2. clear ip

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show ip host-table user EXEC com-
mand.

This example shows how to clear the OSPF process.

DmSwitch#clear ip ospf process

% Warning:
This command may cause a flap of OSPF process.
Do you wish to continue? y/N y

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip host-table Shows router host table.

25
clear logging
clear logging { flash | jitter-buffer | ram }

Description
Clears log messages from flash, jitter buffer or RAM memory.

Syntax

Parameter Description
flash Clears log messages from flash memory.
jitter-buffer Clears log messages from jitter buffer.
ram Clears log messages from RAM memory.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Removed jitter-buffer parameter.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example show how to delete log messages from flash.

DmSwitch#clear logging flash

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

26
 Chapter 2. clear logging

Command Description
log Enables jitter buffer log.
logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.
logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.
logging host Configures a remote syslog server.
logging on Enables the logging of events.
logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.
logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.
show logging Shows logging configuration.

27
clear mac-address-table
clear mac-address-table

Description
Clears dynamically learned L2 entries from MAC address table.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Related Commands
Command Description
show mac-address-table Shows the MAC address table.

28
clear spanning-tree counters
clear spanning-tree counters [ ethernet { all | port-number | range {
first-port-number last-port-number } } | instance instance-index ]

Description
Clears the spanning-tree counters for a specific instance, for specific interfaces or for all instances and interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all (Optional) Clears the counters from all interfaces.
ethernet port-number (Optional) Clears the counters from a specified unit and
port.
range first-port-number last-port-number (Optional) Clears the counters from a range of ports. The
range of ports must be specified in accordance with the
ports available in the switch. (Range: 1-8)
instance instance-index (Optional) Clears counters from the specified instance.
(Range: 0-7)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The spanning-tree counters exist on a per instance basis (such as the topology changes counter) or on a per
instance and interface basis (such as the transmitted and received BPDUs counters). Instance counters are cleared
when a specific instance or all instances are specified. Interface counters are cleared when a specific interface, a
specific instance or all instances are specified.
Entering this command without parameters, all instances and interfaces will be cleared.

29
 Chapter 2. clear spanning-tree counters

Example

This example shows how to clear the spanning-tree counters for instance 1.

DmSwitch#clear spanning-tree counters instance 1

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the counters were cleared by entering the show spanning-tree instance privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

30
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [ ethernet { all | port-number | range {
first-port-number last-port-number } } ]

Description
Restarts the spanning-tree protocol migration mechanism for specific interfaces or for all interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all (Optional) Restarts all ethernet interfaces.
ethernet port-number (Optional) Restarts the specified unit and port.
range first-port-number last-port-number (Optional) Restarts a range of ports. The range of ports
must be specified in accordance with the ports available in
the switch. (Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When using the RSTP or MSTP modes for spanning-tree the equipment can enter a compatibility mode in order
to interoperate with bridges using the original Spanning-Tree Protocol (802.1D). This is a per-interface process
that occurs based on the type of received BPDUs.

However, those newer protocols do not implement a mechanism to automatically exit the compatibility mode.
You must use this command when it is needed, which will occur when a connected bridge changes its spanning-
tree mode from STP to a newer protocol version.
Entering this command without parameters, all interfaces will be reseted.

31
 Chapter 2. clear spanning-tree detected-protocols

Example

This example shows how to reset the detected protocol version for interface ethernet 1.

DmSwitch#clear spanning-tree detected-protocols ethernet 1

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the detected version was reset by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

32
clock set
clock set { time day month year }

Description
Configures the system date and time.

Syntax

Parameter Description
time Specifies the time in hh:mm:ss format. (Range:
0-23/0-59/0-59)
day Specifies the day of month. (Range: 1-31)
month Specifies the month of year. (Range: 1-12)
year Specifies the year. (Range: 1970-2037)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set the system time and date.

DmSwitch#clock set 15:30:30 18 6 2012

DmSwitch#

This configuration can be verified by entering the show clock user EXEC command.

33
 Chapter 2. clock set

Related Commands
Command Description
clock timezone Specifies the timezone.
show clock Shows the system clock and timezone.
show uptime Shows the system clock, system uptime and load average.

34
configure
configure

Description
Enables the global configuration mode.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the global configuration mode.

DmSwitch#configure
DmSwitch(config)#

Related Commands
No related command.

35
copy
copy default-config { flash-config [ index [ name ] ] | running-config |
startup-config [ index [ name ] ] }

copy flash-config index { flash-config [ index [ name ] ] | running-config | tftp ip-

address [ text-mode [ filename ] | filename ] }

copy log-flash tftp ip-address [ filename ]

copy log-ram tftp ip-address [ filename ]

copy running-config { flash-config [ index [ name ] ] | startup-config [ index [ name ]

] | tftp [ text-mode [ filename ] | filename ] }

copy startup-config { flash-config [ index [ name ] ] | running-config | tftp [

text-mode [ filename ] | filename ] }

copy tftp ip-address filename { bootloader | firmware | flash-config [ index [ name ] ] |

running-config | startup-config [ index [ name ] ] }

Description
Copies an equipment configuration or firmware from an origin to a destination.

Syntax

Parameter Description
default-config Default configuration of DmSwitch.
flash-config index Specifies a flash configuration memory position. (Range:
1-2)
running-config Current configuration running in DmSwitch.
startup-config Configuration in the flash memory that is set as startup.
tftp ip-address filename Specifies the server where the configuration or firmware
will be captured/sent and its filename. If no filename is
given when senting a configuration, the filename will be
the the configuration source:
(flash-<Index>/startup/running)
bootloader Indicates that the transfered file must be saved as a
bootloader. It overwrites the current bootloader.
firmware Indicates that the transfered file must be saved as a
firmware. This new firmware will be saved in a position
other then the one that has the running firmware.

36
 Chapter 2. copy

Parameter Description
name (Optional) Specifies a name for the configuration in the
flash memory.
log-flash Copies log from flash memory.
log-ram Copies log from RAM memory.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added flash-config and startup-config parameter to copy tftp command.
Added log-flash and log-ram parameters.
5.6 Added text-mode parameter to copy flash-config | startup-config |
running-config ip-address command.

Usage Guidelines

It is not possible copy a configuration to the default-config.

If you specify startup-config as the destination of the copy command and you do not specify a flash
configuration memory position, the configuration will be saved in the flash configuration memory position that
is marked as startup, keeping the same name. When you execute the same command and specify a memory
position, it will be copied and marked as startup, and you will be able to optionally set a name.

If you copy a configuration from TFTP server to DmSwitch, the name of the configuration can not be specified.
It will use the same name of the file that is being copied.

When you copy a firmware from TFTP server to DmSwitch, you will only have to specified the name of the file
to be transfered. Then, looking at the installed firmware, you will only be able to see their versions.
Before using a TFTP Server, it is necessary to configure the switch IP parameters.

Examples

This first example shows how to copy the running-config to configuration 2 in flash memory, setting it as startup

37
 Chapter 2. copy

configuration.

DmSwitch#copy running-config startup-config 2 example_name

Saving configuration in flash 2...
Done.
Setting startup-config to 2.
DmSwitch#

You can verify the configurations of flash and firmware by entering the show flash privileged EXEC com-
mand.

This second example shows how to copy the new firmware from TFTP Server to DmSwitch.

DmSwitch#copy tftp 10.5.1.2 DmSwitch.im firmware

Fetching image...
Image size is 7510432 bytes.
Checking image...
Image is ok.
Erasing firmware 1...
Writing image to firmware 1...
Progress: 7510432 bytes (100%) written...
Done.
Use the "reboot" command to run the new firmware.
DmSwitch#

You can verify the configurations of firmware by entering the show firmware privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.
erase Erases configuration memory.
select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.
show firmware Shows firmware information.
show flash Shows flash information.
show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

38
debug
debug { all | arp | cpu rx | eaps | erps | icmp | lacp | link | logs | stp }

no debug { all | arp | cpu rx | eaps | erps | icmp | lacp | link | logs | stp }

Description

Enables the printing of debug messages related to the selected option.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable debugging for the specified feature inserted as a parameter.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Enables debug messages for all possible options of this
command.
arp Enables debug messages for ARP.
cpu rx Enables debug messages received at CPU.
eaps Enables debug messages for EAPS.
erps Enables debug messages for ERPS.
icmp Enables debug messages for ICMP.
lacp Enables debug messages for LACP.
link Enables debug messages for link state changes on
interfaces.
logs Enables showing flash and ram logs as debug messages on
screen.
stp Enables debug messages for STP.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

39
 Chapter 2. debug

Usage Guidelines

This command enables the printing of debug messages in the current session of the command-line interface.
Messages are generated for relevant events from each feature that has debugging enabled.
This is a per-session option, not shared nor stored across sessions.

Example

This example shows how to enable the printing of debug messages for STP.

DmSwitch#debug stp
DmSwitch#

You can verify that the option is enabled by entering the show debugging user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show debugging Shows the current debugging status.
logging debug Configures logging of debug messages.

40
diff
diff default-config { default-config | flash-config index | running-config |
startup-config }

diff flash-config index { default-config | flash-config index | running-config |

startup-config }

diff running-config { default-config | flash-config index | running-config |

startup-config }

diff startup-config { default-config | flash-config index | running-config |

startup-config }

Description
Compares and shows the differences between two configurations saved in flash memory.

Syntax

Parameter Description
default-config Default configuration of DmSwitch.
flash-config index Specifies a flash configuration memory position. (Range:
1-2)
running-config Currently configuration running in DmSwitch.
startup-config Configuration in the flash memory that is set as startup.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The difference output shows three lines of unified context.

41
 Chapter 2. diff

Example

This example illustrates how to compare a supposed running-config with default-config.

DmSwitch#diff running-config default-config

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
!
interface vlan 1
name DefaultVlan
- ip address 10.10.10.10/24
+ ip address 192.168.0.25/24
set-member untagged ethernet all
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
copy Copies configuration and firmware.
erase Erases configuration memory.
select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.
show flash Shows flash information.
show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

42
erase
erase flash-config { index }

Description
Erases configuration memory.

Syntax

Parameter Description
flash-config index Erases the specified flash memory. (Range: 1-2)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to erase a flash memory.

DmSwitch#erase flash-config 1
DmSwitch#

You can verify that the memory position were cleared by entering the show flash privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
copy Copies configuration and firmware.
diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.

43
 Chapter 2. erase

Command Description
select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.
show firmware Shows firmware information.
show flash Shows flash information.
show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.
show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

44
exit
exit

Description
Exits the current command-line interface session. This command is also used to return to higher levels in the
configuration tree.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
All modes.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
You can also return to higher levels in the configuration tree issuing Ctrl+d, or go directly to the command-line
interface root with Ctrl+z.

Example

This example shows how to use the exit in the two cases where it can be applied: go to higher levels in the
configuration tree and logout the command-line interface.

DmSwitch#configure
DmSwitch(config)#interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#exit
DmSwitch(config)#exit
DmSwitch#exit
DmSwitch login:

Related Commands
No related command.

45
help
help

Description
Returns a description of the interactive help system.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
All modes.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to access help.

DmSwitch#help
Help may be requested at any point in a command by entering
a question mark ’?’. If nothing matches, the help list will
be empty and you must backup until entering a ’?’ shows the
available options.
Two styles of help are provided:
1. Full help is available when you are ready to enter a
command argument (e.g. ’show ?’) and describes each possible
argument.
2. Partial help is provided when an abbreviated argument is entered
and you want to know what arguments match the input
(e.g. ’show pr?’.)
DmSwitch#

46
 Chapter 2. help

Related Commands
No related command.

47
license add
license add { first-license-hash second-license-hash third-license-hash remainig-license-hash }

Description
Adds a license to the equipment.

Syntax

Parameter Description
first-license-hash, second-license-hash, Adds a license hash to the equipment.
third-license-hash, remainig-license-hash

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Enter this command to add a new license.

Example

This example shows how to add a license.

DmSwitch#license add first-license-hash second-license-hash third-license-hash remaining-license-hash

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show license Show license information.

48
Chapter 2. license add

49
log
log jitter-buffer

Description
Enables jitter buffer log.

Syntax

Parameter Description
jitter-buffer Enables jitter-buffer log.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 This command was removed.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable jitter buffer log.

DmSwitch#log jitter-buffer
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
interface bundle jitter-buffer Set bundle jitter-buffer.

50
Chapter 2. log

51
ping
ping [ l3 ] { destination-host [ count count-value ] [ size size-value ] }

Description
Sends ICMP echo messages to a remote IP device.

Syntax

Parameter Description
destination-host Specifies the IP address or hostname of the destination
host.
count count-value (Optional) Replies attempts. (Range: 1-1000000) (Range
l3: 1-10)
size size-value (Optional) ICMP datagram size (in bytes). (Range:
0-1460)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added l3 parameter.

Usage Guidelines

The ping command is used to test for connectivity to a specific host.

If a ping request fails, the switch continues to send ping messages until interrupted. Press Ctrl+c to interrupt
a ping request.
You must configure DNS in order to use a hostname in the destination-host field.

52
 Chapter 2. ping

Example

This example shows how to send ICMP echo messages to a remote IP device.

DmSwitch#ping 192.168.0.1
PING 192.168.0.1 (192.168.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 192.168.0.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.1 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.0.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=2.1 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.0.1: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=2.0 ms
64 bytes from 192.168.0.1: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=2.0 ms

--- 192.168.0.1 ping statistics ---

4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 2.0/2.0/2.1 ms
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
No related command.

53
reboot
reboot [ force ]

Description
Reboots the switch.

Syntax

Parameter Description
force (Optional) Perform a forced warm restart.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added force parameter.

Usage Guidelines
Using reboot without any parameters will make the switch reboot with protocols and ports down.

Example

This example shows how to reboot the switch.

DmSwitch#reboot
System will be restarted. Continue? <y/N> y

Related Commands
No related command.

54
select
select startup-config { index | default }

Description
Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.

Syntax

Parameter Description
startup-config Configuration in the flash memory that will be set as
startup.
index Specifies the positon of configuration in flash memory
that will be marked as startup. (Range: 1-2)
default Specifies that the default configuration will be the startup
configuration.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to mark configuration 1 in flash memory as startup.

DmSwitch#select startup-config 1
DmSwitch#

You can verify that the specified configuration was set as startup by entering the show flash privileged
EXEC command.

55
 Chapter 2. select

Related Commands
Command Description
copy Copies configuration and firmware.
diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.
erase Erases configuration memory.
show firmware Shows firmware information.
show flash Shows flash information.
show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.
show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

56
remote-devices force ethernet
remote-devices force ethernet port-number

Description
Force configuration of remote device.

Syntax

Parameter Description
port-number Entries ethernet interface number. (Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to force configuration of remote device.

DmSwitch#remote-devices force ethernet 8

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show remote-devices Remote device management configuration and status.

57
show access-lists
show access-lists

Description
Shows access lists information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show access lists information.

DmSwitch#show access-lists

packets bytes
Access List test 0 0
1 accept icmp any any 0 0
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
access-list name accept Specifies packets to accept.
access-list name drop Specifies packets to drop.
access-list name insert Specifies packets to insert.

58
 Chapter 2. show access-lists

Command Description
access-list name reject Specifies packets to reject.

59
show authentication
show authentication

Description
Shows information about login authentication method and its precedence.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show information about login authentication method and its precedence.

DmSwitch#show authentication
Login authentication method by precedence:
(1) Local database

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.
tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.
radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

60
 Chapter 2. show authentication

Command Description
radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.
radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.
radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.
radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.
radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.
show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

61
show backup-link
show backup-link

Description
Shows backup-link status information of all interfaces.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show backup-link status information.

DmSwitch#show backup-link

Main Backup Preemption Action Link Status State Time to

Interface Interface delay(sec) Main Backup Preempt
--------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
Eth 1/1 Eth 1/2 35 BLOCK UP BLOCK MAIN -
Pch 1 Eth 1/3 - SHUTDOW UP DOWN MAIN -

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
switchport backup-link Configure a backup-link.

62
 Chapter 2. show backup-link

Command Description
show interface switchport Shows switchport information.

63
show bpdu-protect
show bpdu-protect

Description
Shows the BPDU protect port status.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
9.6 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the bpdu-protect information.

DmSwitch#show bpdu-protect

Global BPDU protect: Disabled

Block Time to
Interface Enabled Limit time Mode State Unblock
--------- ------- ----- ----- ---------- ----- -------
Eth 1/1 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 s
Eth 1/2 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 s
Eth 1/3 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 s
Eth 1/4 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 s
Eth 1/5 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 s
Eth 1/6 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 s
Eth 1/7 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 s
Eth 1/8 No 30 10 Block all Ok 0 s

DmSwitch#

64
 Chapter 2. show bpdu-protect

Related Commands

No related command.

Command Description
switchport bpdu_protect Protect BPDUs configuration for an interface.

65
show cfm
show cfm

Description
Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

DmSwitch#show cfm
CFM State: enabled
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

66
 Chapter 2. show cfm

Command Description
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm Shows CFM probe information.
probe_delay-measurement
show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

67
show cfm delay-statistics
show cfm delay-statistics { md md-name ma ma-name remote-mep id mep-id }

Description
Shows delay measurement information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
md md-name Specifies maintenance domain (MD) name.
ma ma-name Specifies maintenance association (MA) name.
remote mep id mep-id Insert a destination MEP ID. (Range: 1-8191)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Ma, mep id and remote mep must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

Example

This example shows delay measurement information.

DmSwitch#show cfm delay-statistics md MD ma MA remote-mep id 2

MEP Identifier: 1, MAC address: 00:05:00:19:0e:b1
Remote MEP identifier: 2, MAC address: 00:05:00:19:25:e9
DM Way: Two-way delay

Delay measurement statistics (microsecond)

Frame Delay
1 1714

Average delay: 1714

Average delay variation: 0

68
 Chapter 2. show cfm delay-statistics

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm Shows CFM probe information.
probe_delay-measurement
show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

69
show cfm error
show cfm error { vlan vlan-id ethernet port-number }

Description
Error information about CFM configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
vlan vlan-id Specifies VLAN id. (Range: 1-4094)
port-number Entry ethernet interface number.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows error information about CFM configuration.

DmSwitch#show cfm error vlan 1 ethernet 2

No CFM Leak was found
No Conflicting VIDs were found
No Excessive Levels were found
No Overlapped Levels were found

DmSwitch#

70
 Chapter 2. show cfm error

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm Shows CFM probe information.
probe_delay-measurement
show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

71
show cfm linktrace
show cfm linktrace { database | md md-name ma ma-name mep id mep-id }

Description
Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
database Database usage status.
md md-name Specifies Maintenance Domain (MD) name.
ma ma-name Specifies Maintenance Association (MA) name.
mep id mep-id Inserts a MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Md, ma and mep id must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

Example

This example shows linktrace (LTM) information.

DmSwitch#show cfm linktrace md MD ma MA mep id 1

Linktrace messages sent

Transaction ID 0: 00:05:00:19:0e:b1
LTRs:
TTL Order Source MAC address
63 1 00:05:00:19:0e:b1

DmSwitch#

72
 Chapter 2. show cfm linktrace

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm Shows CFM probe information.
probe_delay-measurement
show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

73
show cfm ma
show cfm ma

Description
Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows maintenance association (MA) information.

DmSwitch#show cfm ma
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm Shows CFM probe information.
probe_delay-measurement
show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

74
Chapter 2. show cfm ma

75
show cfm md
show cfm md { md md-name [ ma ma-name { mep id mep-id | mip } ] }

Description
Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
md md-name Specifies maintenance domain (MD) name.
ma ma-name Specifies maintenance association (MA) name.
mep id mep-id Insert a MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)
mip Specifies maintenance domain (MD) information.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Md, ma and mep id must exists and CFM protocol must be enabled.

Example

This example shows maintenance domain (MD) information.

DmSwitch#show cfm md MD

Maintenance Domain (MD):

Level: 5
Format: Character String
Length: 5
Name: MD
MHF Creation: defMHFNone
Sender ID TLV: sendIdNone

76
 Chapter 2. show cfm md

Fault Alarm Address: Not transmitted

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm Shows CFM probe information.
probe_delay-measurement
show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

77
show cfm mep
show cfm mep

Description
Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.

DmSwitch#show cfm mep

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm Shows CFM probe information.
probe_delay-measurement
show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

78
Chapter 2. show cfm mep

79
show cfm probe delay-measurement
show cfm probe delay-measurement { probe-id }

Description
Shows CFM probe information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
mep-id Inserts probe identifier. (Range: 1-16)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
CFM probe must exists.

Example

This example shows probe delay-measurement information.

DmSwitch#show cfm probe delay-measurement 1

Delay-measurement (DM) Probe 1:

Interval (s): 600
DM parameters: not configured
Last statistics:
Average delay: 0
Average delay variation: 0
Packet loss: 0%

DmSwitch#

80
 Chapter 2. show cfm probe delay-measurement

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resources Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

81
show cfm md
show cfm resources

Description
Shows resources used by CFM protocol.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows resources used by CFM protocol.

DmSwitch#show cfm resources

Protocol resources:
Domains: 0 kB ( 0 B)
Associations: 0 kB ( 0 B)
End Points: 0 kB ( 0 B)
Intermediate Points: 0 kB ( 0 B)
Packet pool (used): 0 kB ( 0 B)
Packet pool (total): 0 kB ( 0 B)
Linktrace Database (used): 0 kB ( 0 B)
Linktrace Database (total): 100 kB ( 102400 B)
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.

82
 Chapter 2. show cfm md

Command Description
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm Shows CFM probe information.
probe_delay-measurement
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

83
show clock
show clock

Description
Shows the system clock and timezone.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the system clock and timezone.

DmSwitch#show clock
Mon Jun 18 15:30:40 2012
Timezone is BRA -0300
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
clock set Configures the system date and time.
clock timezone Specifies the timezone.
show uptime Shows the system clock, system uptime and load average.

84
show counter
show counter { configuration [ filter filter-id | id counter-id | sort remark | | { { begin
| exclude | include } regular-expression } ] | values [ filter filter-id | id counter-id ] }

Description
Shows counters values and configurations.

Syntax

Parameter Description
configuration Shows filter counters configuration.
values Shows filter counter values.
filter filter-id (Optional) Counter by filter ID.
id counter-id (Optional) Counter by ID.
sort remark (Optional) Sorting method.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all ingress counters information will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the counters values and configuration

DmSwitch(config)#show counter values

ID Filter Upper Counter Value Lower Counter Value

85
 Chapter 2. show counter

---- ------ -------------------------- --------------------------

1 0 0
2 0 0
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
counter Configures a counter to be used by a filter
filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.

86
show cpu
show cpu { arp-table | l3 { memory | usage } | memory { detail } | packets | protocol
| usage }

Description
Shows CPU information related to processing, memory and networking.

Syntax

Parameter Description
arp-table Shows CPU ARP table.
detail Shows CPU memory utilization per process.
l3 Shows layer 3 memory usage and CPU information.
memory Shows CPU memory utilization.
packets Shows received packets on CPU.
protocol Shows protocol configuration.
usage Shows CPU processing and tasks information.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added arp-table parameter.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show CPU memory information.

DmSwitch#show cpu memory

Processor Memory Information:

87
 Chapter 2. show cpu

Total : 59720 kB
Free : 12868 kB
Cached: 29676 kB

DmSwitch#

This example illustrates how to show CPU memory detail information.

DmSwitch#show cpu memory detail

Global Processor Memory Information:

Total : 59720 kB
Free : 12856 kB
Cached: 29676 kB

Processor Memory Information per process:

(STATUS: S=sleeping R=running W=waiting)

PID PPID PROCESS STATUS
240 105 rx_pkt S 8392 kB
143 105 rmon S 8392 kB
141 105 e-lmi S 8392 kB
140 105 bpdu_protect S 8392 kB
138 105 lldpd_rx S 8392 kB
137 105 lldp S 8392 kB
136 105 lacp S 8392 kB
135 105 io_linkscan_wan S 8392 kB
134 105 erps_rx S 8392 kB
133 105 erps S 8392 kB
132 105 cfm_events S 8392 kB
131 105 eaps S 8392 kB
130 105 cfm_lt_events S 8392 kB
129 105 cfm vlan event S 8392 kB

...

105 88 main S 8392 kB

88 85 bcmd S 8392 kB
246 245 snmpd S 3464 kB
245 98 snmpd S 3464 kB
98 85 snmpd S 3464 kB
249 90 cli S 2056 kB
94 85 traps S 1268 kB
91 85 syslogd S 788 kB
93 85 klogd S 340 kB

DmSwitch#

This example illustrates how to show the CPU utilization.

DmSwitch#show cpu usage

(STATUS: S=sleeping R=running W=waiting)

%CPU
5Sec 1Min 5Min
CPU TOTAL USAGE: 31.18 31.38 31.08

PID PROCESS STATUS

128 linkscan.0 S 12.72 12.86 12.28

88
 Chapter 2. show cpu

119 interrupt S 5.69 6.27 6.64

138 cpu_monitor R 4.18 4.03 3.99
135 io_status S 2.66 1.51 1.51
127 counter.0 S 2.28 2.11 2.07
139 rdm S 1.14 0.85 0.88
132 i2cd S 0.38 0.13 0.11
136 oamd S 0.38 0.41 0.37
99 main S 0.00 0.00 0.00
103 syslogd S 0.00 0.00 0.00
105 klogd S 0.00 0.00 0.00

...

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
clear cpu arp-table Deletes entries from the arp table.

89
show cpu arp-table
show cpu arp-table

Description
Shows the ARP entries from the CPU arp-table

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The CPU ARP table is used by DmSwitch to maps directly connected hosts to IP addresses.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the CPU ARP table.

DmSwitch#show cpu arp-table

IP address MAC VLAN
--------------- ----------------- ----
10.5.1.1 BC:AE:C5:9B:6A:BC 1

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
clear cpu arp-table Deletes entries from the arp table.

90
show cpu-dos-protect
show cpu-dos-protect

Description
Shows the CPU denial of service protection information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the CPU denial of service protection information.

DmSwitch#show cpu-dos-protect
CPU DoS protect:
CPU rate limit block: 479 packets
CPU rate limit reset: 475 packets
Global rate limit: Disabled
CPU L3 rate limit icmp echo request: 0 packets
Protect CPU from destination lookup fail: Disabled
Protect CPU from l3 slow path: Enabled
Protect CPU from reserved multicast: Enabled
Protect CPU from non-designated arp reply: Enabled
Protect CPU from non-designated arp request: Enabled

DmSwitch#

91
 Chapter 2. show cpu-dos-protect

Related Commands
Command Description
cpu-dos-protect Limits the packet rate that is processed by CPU.

92
show cpu egress-block
show cpu egress-block

Description
Shows the rules for blocking forwarding of packets by the CPU.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.9 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the CPU Egress-Block information.

DmSwitch(config)#cpu egress-block ethernet range 1/2 1/3 ingress ethernet range 1/2 1/3 vlan all
DmSwitch(config)#exit
DmSwitch#show cpu egress-block ethernet range 1/2 1/3 ingress ethernet range 1/2 1/3 vlan all
CPU Egress Block 1
Egress: Eth1/2 to Eth1/3
Ingress: Eth1/2 to Eth1/3
VLAN: All
Discarded packets: 0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description

93
 Chapter 2. show cpu egress-block

Command Description
cpu egress-block Configures the switch to block CPU traffic from a specified Ethernet
interface to another for a set of VLAN IDs.

94
show debugging
show debugging

Description
Shows the current debugging status.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the process debugging status.

DmSwitch#show debugging
ARP debugging: disabled
CPU Rx debugging: disabled
EAPS debugging: disabled
ERPS debugging: disabled
ICMP debugging: disabled
LACP debugging: disabled
Link debugging: disabled
STP debugging: disabled

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

95
 Chapter 2. show debugging

Command Description
debug Enables the printing of debug messages.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface protocol configuration
mode.

96
show eaps
show eaps [ detail | id domain ]

Description
Shows EAPS settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description
detail (Optional) Shows more details of EAPS settings.
id domain (Optional) Shows only the EAPS settings from the
specified domain.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all EAPS ids will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the EAPS settings from the domain 1.

DmSwitch#show eaps id 1
Global configuration:
EAPS hardware forwarding: Disabled

Domain ID: 1
Domain Name: test
State: Links-Up
Mode: Transit
Hello Timer interval: 1 sec
Fail Timer interval: 3 sec
Pre-forwarding Timer: 6 sec (learned) Remaining: 0 sec

97
 Chapter 2. show eaps

Last update from: (none)

Primary port: Eth1/5 Port status: Up
Secondary port: Eth1/6 Port status: Blocked
Control VLAN ID: 101
Protected VLAN group IDs: 1

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.
eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.
eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master in
a EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets before
changing the status of EAPS ring to fail.
eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.
eaps domain hw-forwarding Enables EAPS hardware forwarding in DmSwitch.
eaps domain name Renames the domain.
eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.
eaps domain port-block-awareConfigures interaction between EAPS domain and blocking L2
protocols in DmSwitch.
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.
eaps mode Configures the mode of EAPS.

98
show elmi
show elmi [ interface ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-
number } [ detail ] ]

Description
Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI) settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Displays configuration and status information for all units
and ports.
port-number Displays configuration and status information for a
specific unit and port.
range first-port-number last-port-number Displays configuration and status information for a range
of units and ports.
detail (Optional) Displays detailed configuration and status
information.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all interfaces status will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the ELMI configuration of a specific port.

DmSwitch#show elmi interface ethernet 1

Interface Ethernet 1/1 (UNI-C) (00:04:DF:14:6D:E7):
Configuration:

99
 Chapter 2. show elmi

Polling timer (s): 10

Polling counter: 360
Status counter: 3
List of EVCs: No EVC is configured

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface protocol configuration
mode.
uni-c Creates or edits user network interface (UNI) on customer edge devices.
uni-n Creates or edits user network interface (UNI) on provider edge devices.

100
show erps
show erps [ detail | id domain ] [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Description
Shows ERPS settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description
detail (Optional) Shows more details of ERPS settings.
id domain (Optional) Shows only the ERPS settings from the
specified domain.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all ERPS ids will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the ERPS settings from the domain 1.

DmSwitch#show erps id 1
Domain ID: 1
Domain Name:
State: INIT
Mode: Transit
HW Forwarding: Disabled
Guard Timer (ms): 500

101
 Chapter 2. show erps

WTR Timer (min): 5

Holdoff Timer (ms): 0
Port 0: (not configured)
Port 1: (not configured)
Control VLAN ID: (not configured)
Protected VLAN group IDs: (not configured)
Accept topology change of domains:
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
erps domain Creates a new ERPS domain.
erps domain accept Configure the accept topology change from domains.
erps domain control-vlan Configure the control vlan for ERPS domain.
erps domain guard-time Configures the waiting period to start receiving new ERPS messages
after an old request.
erps domain holdoff-time Configures the time to wait before start reporting defects to ERPS.
erps domain hw-forwarding Enables hardware forwarding of packets in ERPS domain.
erps domain name Set a name for ERPS domain.
erps domain port0 Configure the the first port of ERPS domain.
erps domain port1 Configure the the second port of ERPS domain.
erps domain protected-vlans Add protected vlans to the ERPS.
erps domain restore-time Configures a time to wait before free a traffic channel on a failed node.
erps mode Configures the mode of ERPS.

102
show filter
show filter [ action-type { counter | monitor | qos | security | vlan } | id filter-id |
ingress { ethernet port-number } | meter meter-id | resources | sort remark | state {
disabled | enabled } | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Description
Shows filters information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
action-type counter (Optional) Shows filters with counter actions.
action-type monitor (Optional) Shows filters with monitoring actions.
action-type qos (Optional) Shows filters with QoS actions.
action-type security (Optional) Shows filters with security actions.
action-type vlan (Optional) Shows filters with VLAN actions.
id filter-id (Optional) Specifies the filter ID.
ingress ethernet port-number (Optional) Filters by an ingress port.
meter meter-id (Optional) Filters by an meter ID.
resources (Optional) Shows filter resources of used priorities.
sort remark (Optional) Sorts by filter remark.
state disabled (Optional) Shows only disabled filters.
state enabled (Optional) Shows only enabled filters.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

103
 Chapter 2. show filter

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all filters will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the filters configuration.

DmSwitch#show filter ingress ethernet 8

Filter 1: enabled, priority 8
Actions: deny
Matches: All packets
Ingress: Eth1/8

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
meter Configures a meter to be used by a filter
filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.

104
show firmware
show firmware

Description
Shows firmware information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the firmware(s) image(s) information stored in the DmSwitch.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the firmware information.

DmSwitch#show firmware
Firmware:
Version: 5.0
Compile date: Wed Jun 20 11:49:02 UTC 2012

Bootloader version: 5.1.0 Apr 23 13:55:41 UTC 2012

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
copy Copies configuration and firmware.
erase Erases configuration memory.

105
 Chapter 2. show firmware

Command Description
select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.
show flash Shows flash information.

106
show flash
show flash

Description
Shows flash information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the firmware(s) image(s) and the flash positions information stored in the DmSwitch.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the flash information.

DmSwitch#show flash

BootLoader version: 5.1.0 Apr 23 13:55:41 UTC 2012

Flash config:
ID Name Date Flags Size
1 01/01/2009 01:29:26 579
2 01/01/2009 06:07:17 S 206

Flags:
S - To be used upon next startup.
E - Empty/Error

DmSwitch#

107
 Chapter 2. show flash

Related Commands
Command Description
copy Copies configuration and firmware.
diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.
erase Erases configuration memory.
select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.
show firmware Shows firmware information.
show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.
show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

108
show flash-config
show flash-config { index }

Description
Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index Specifies a flash configuration memory position. (Range:
1-2)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the stored configuration in a specific flash memory position. It also shows the configura-
tion in the same structure that the information presented in the show running-config command.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the flash configuration from the flash 2.

DmSwitch#show flash-config 2
Building configuration...
!
hostname DmSwitch2104
!
username admin access-level 15
username admin password 7 d033e22ae348aeb5660fc2140aec35850c4da997
username guest access-level 0
username guest password 7 35675e68f4b5af7b995d9205ad0fc43842f16450
username datacom access-level 0
username datacom password 7 f9f03903429036ef609ed7ca822fddfa76155c29

109
 Chapter 2. show flash-config

!
interface vlan 1
name DefaultVlan
ip address 192.168.0.25/24
set-member untagged ethernet all
!
vlan-group 1
vlan-group 1 vlan all
!
ip telnet server
ip http server
no ip http secure-server
no ip ssh server
!
ip snmp-server
ip snmp-server community public ro
!
spanning-tree 1
spanning-tree 1 vlan-group 1
!
sync-source transmit-clock-source internal
!
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
copy Copies configuration and firmware.
diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.
erase Erases configuration memory.
select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.
show flash Shows flash information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

110
show hardware-status
show hardware-status [ transceivers ]

Description
Shows the hardware status.

Syntax

Parameter Description
transceivers (Optional) Shows hardware status of the transceivers.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command shows fans status, if the alarm input and output are turned on or turned off, and if the DmSwitch
has optical modules connected.
In order to alarm out some fail in the fans or any alarm input, it is necessary to enable external alarm output.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the hardware status.

DmSwitch#show hardware-status

Unit: 1
Hardware Version: 01-00
Temperature:
Sensor 1: 36 [Celsius]
Sensor 2: 28 [Celsius]
SFP presence:
Port 1: Not present(1G)

111
 Chapter 2. show hardware-status

Port 2: Not present(1G)

Port 3: Not present(100M/1G)
Port 4: Not present(100M/1G)
Fans:
Fan 1: Ok
Speed: 4950 [RPM]
External Alarms:
Input 1: Off
Input 2: Off
Input 3: Off
Output: Off

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
No related commands.

112
show interfaces bundle
show interfaces bundle { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

Description
Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Shows information about all bundles interfaces.
port-number Shows information about a specific bundle interface.
(Range: 1-8)
range { first-port-number last-port-number } Shows information about a specific range of bundle
interfaces. (Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show Bundle interface information.

DmSwitch#show interfaces bundle 1

Bundle 1/1 Interface:
Configuration:
Enable: Disabled
Name: Not set
Initial timeslot: 0
Number of timeslots: 32
Packet delay: 1.000 ms

113
 Chapter 2. show interfaces bundle

Jitter-buffer: 10.000 ms
Packet loss Threshold: 1.00 %
TDM Channel: 1

IP:
Destination Bundle: 1
Source UDP port: 49153
Destination UDP port: -
Destination IP Address: 0.0.0.0
IP Next Hop: 0.0.0.0
Source IP Address: Using interface PW config
VLAN: Using interface PW config
Priority Using interface PW config
DSCP: 0

Tests:
Ethernet Bert test: Disabled
TDM Bert test: Disabled
Loop test: Disabled

Details:
Min. Jitter Buffer: 2.000 ms
Max. Jitter Buffer: 62.000 ms
Packet Size: 306 bytes
Payload Size: 256 bytes
Packet rate: 1000 Pkts/s
Throughput: 2448000 bits/s

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

114
show interfaces counters
show interfaces counters [ bundle { all | range { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number
} | bundle-number [ jitter-buffer-history [ detail ] ] } | detail | ethernet port-number
[ detail | summary ] | port-channel portchannel-number [ detail | summary ] | pw pw-number
[ detail | summary ] | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Description
Shows the interface counters information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
bundle bundle-number (Optional) Shows counters of a specific bundle interface.
(Range: 1-8)
bundle all (Optional) Shows counters of all bundle interfaces.
(Range: 1-8)
bundle { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number (Optional) Shows counters of a specific range of bundle
} interfaces. (Range: 1-8)
jitter-buffer-history (Optional) Shows jitter buffer history from the bundle.
detail (Optional) Shows all counters of all interfaces.
ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows counters of a specific ethernet port.
(Range: 1-8)
port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Shows counters of a specific port channel
interface. (Range: 1-8)
pw pw-number (Optional) Shows counters of a specific pw interface.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added all and range parameters to bundle command. Also added
jitter-buffer-history parameter.

115
 Chapter 2. show interfaces counters

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the counters of a specific ethernet port.

DmSwitch#show interfaces counters ethernet 1

Eth 1/1
Octets input : 140553
Octets output : 344253
Unicast input : 1061
Unicast output : 1052
Discard input : 0
Discard output : 0
Error input : 0
Error output : 0
Unknown protos input : 0
QLen : 0
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
clear interface counters Clears transmit and receive statistics related from specific ports.

116
show interfaces description
show interfaces description [ ethernet { all | [ unit-number/ ] port-number | range
[ first-unit-number/ ] first-port-number [ last-unit-number/ ] last-port-number } | port-channel
channel-group-number ]

Description
Shows interface description.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ethernet all (Optional) Shows description of all ethernet ports.
ethernet [unit-number/ ] port-number (Optional) Shows description of a specific unit and port.
(Range: 1-1/1-8)
ethernet range { [ first-unit-number/ ] (Optional) Shows description for a specific range of units
first-port-number [ last-unit-number/ ] and ports. (Range: 1-1/1-8)
last-port-number
port-channel channel-group-number (Optional) Shows interface description of a specific port
channel. The port channel must be specified in accordance
with the port channel configured in the switch. (Range:
1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all interface descriptions will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the description of a specific port.

117
 Chapter 2. show interfaces description

DmSwitch#show interfaces description ethernet 6

Eth 1/6: Description of the interface ethernet port 6
DmSwitch#

Related Commands

No related command.

Command Description
description Inserts a description for an interface.

118
show interfaces l3
show interfaces l3 [ table utilization { octets | packets } ]

Description
Shows the layer 3 vlan throughput information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
octets Shows the l3 interface utilization average table by octets
per second.
packets Shows the l3 interface utilization average table by packets
per second.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the l3 interface utilization.

DmSwitch#show interfaces l3
L3 Throughput Average:

VLAN : 3
Rx Octets : 0
Tx Octets : 13
Rx Packets : 0
Tx Packets : 0

VLAN : 4

119
 Chapter 2. show interfaces l3

Rx Octets : 0
Tx Octets : 29
Rx Packets : 0
Tx Packets : 0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
No related command.

120
show interfaces link
show interfaces link [ vlan vlan-id ]

Description
Shows interfaces link.

Syntax

Parameter Description
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Shows link configuration of a specific vlan.
The vlan must be specified in accordance with the vlan
configured in the switch. (Range: 1-4094)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all interfaces link will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the interfaces link status of the VLAN ID 1.

DmSwitch#show interfaces link vlan 1

Speed: (t-) 10Mbit/s, (h-) 100Mbit/s, (g-) 1Gbit/s, (x-) 10Gbit/s

Duplex: (-h) Half, (-f) Full
Blocked: (ud) Unidirectional, (bl) Backup-link
, (st) Spanning-Tree, (ea) EAPS
Config.: (sd) Shutdown
Uppercase: Port-channel member

121
 Chapter 2. show interfaces link

Unit 1
2 4 6 8
ud ud gf
ud ud
1 3 5 7

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show hardware-status Shows the hardware status.
transceivers presence

122
show interfaces loopback
show interfaces loopback { port-number }

Description
Shows the loopback interface information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
loopback port-number (Optional) Shows information about a specific
LOOPBACK interface. (Range: 0-0)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the interfaces loopback number 0.

DmSwitch#show interfaces loopback 0

Loopback 0: Up
IP address: 192.168.111.30/32
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description

123
 Chapter 2. show interfaces loopback

Command Description
interface loopback Enables the interface loopback configuration mode.

124
show interfaces pw
show interfaces pw { pw-number }

Description
Shows PW interface configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
pw pw-number (Optional) Shows information about a specific pw
interface. (Range: 1-1)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show PW interface information.

DmSwitch#show interfaces pw 1
PW 1/1 Interface:
Configuration:
Source IP Address: 0.0.0.0
VLAN: 1
Priority 0
DmSwitch#

125
 Chapter 2. show interfaces pw

Related Commands
No related command.

126
show interfaces status
show interfaces status [ bundle { all | range { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number }
| bundle-number } | ethernet port-number | port-channel portchannel-number | tdm tdm-number
]

Description
Shows interface configuration status.

Syntax

Parameter Description
bundle bundle-number (Optional) Shows configuration status of a specific bundle
interface. (Range: 1-8)
bundle all (Optional) Shows configuration status of all bundle
interfaces. (Range: 1-8)
bundle { first-bundle-number last-bundle-number (Optional) Shows configuration status of a specific range
} of bundle interfaces. (Range: 1-8)
ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows interface configuration status of a
specific port. (Range: 1-8)
port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Shows configuration status of a specific port
channel interface. (Range: 1-8)
tdm tdm-number (Optional) Shows configuration status of a specific tdm
interface. (Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added all and range parameters to bundle command.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

127
 Chapter 2. show interfaces status

Example

This example illustrates how to show the status configuration of a specific port.

DmSwitch#show interfaces status ethernet 1

Information of Eth 1/1
Basic information:
Port type: SFP
MAC address: 40:00:00:00:00:07
Configuration:
Name:
Port admin: Up
Speed-duplex: Auto
Capabilities: 1000full
Flow-control: Disabled
MDIX: Auto
LACP: Disabled
OAM: Enabled - Active
Current status:
Link status: Down - Unidirectional Link
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces tdm Shows TDM interfaces information.

128
show interfaces switchport
show interfaces switchport [ ethernet port-number | port-channel
portchannel-number | | { begin | exclude | include } ] regular-expression

Description
Shows switchport information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows switchport information of a specific
port.
port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Shows switchport information of a specific
port channel interface.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters which begin matches a pattern.

| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters unmatching a pattern.

| include regular-expression (Optional) Shows counters matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the switchport information of a specific port.

DmSwitch#show interfaces switchport ethernet 1

Information of Eth 1/1:
Broadcast threshold: Enabled, 500 packets/second

129
 Chapter 2. show interfaces switchport

Broadcast threshold action: Limit traffic

Multicast threshold: Enabled, 500 packets/second
Multicast threshold action: Limit traffic
DLF threshold: Enabled, 500 packets/second
Ingress rate limit: Disabled
Egress rate limit: Disabled
MAC addresses maximum: Disabled
Native VLAN: 1
Priority for untagged traffic: 0
QinQ mode: Internal
TPID: 0x8100
Backup-link: Disabled
MTU: 9198 bytes
BPDU-block: Disabled
BPDU-protect: Disabled
Limit: 30
Block-time: 10
Mode: Block all

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
switchport backup-link Configure a backup-link.
switchport bpdu-block Block reception of BPDUs for an interface.
switchport bpdu-protect Protect BPDUs configuration for an interface.
switchport mtu Configures maximum transmission unit.
switchport native_vlan Configures the default VLAN ID for untagged frames.
switchport port-security Configures port security.
switchport Configures 802.1p priorities.
priority_default
switchport qinq Configures double tagging mode.
switchport storm-control Configures packet storm control.
switchport tpid Configures Tag Protocol ID for an interface.
switchport vlan-translate Enable vlan translation for an interface.

130
show interfaces table cesop
show interfaces table cesop { counters | status }

Description
Shows cesop counters and status tables.

Syntax

Parameter Description
counters Shows the cesop counters table.
status Shows the cesop status table.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the cesop counters table.

DmSwitch#show interfaces table cesop counters

Buffer Buffer Lost Lost rate Out of Seq. num. Wrong JB
BDL overflow underfl. packets (pkts/s) order violation size pkt occupation
================================================================================
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 ms
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 ms
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 ms
4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 ms
================================================================================
spacebar->toggle screen ESC->exit
DmSwitch#

131
 Chapter 2. show interfaces table cesop

Related Commands
No related command.

132
show interfaces table utilization
show interfaces table utilization { bandwidth | octets | packets }

Description
Shows the interface average utilization table.

Syntax

Parameter Description
bandwidth Shows the interface utilization average table by
percentage of bandwidth.
octets Shows the interface utilization average table by octets per
second.
packets Shows the interface utilization average table by packets
per second.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
With this show command, you can see the link status, the average and peak of transmitted and received packets
per second, the average and peak of bandwidth utilization percentage in the data transmission and reception and
the link speed.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the interface utilization average table by packets per second.

DmSwitch#show interfaces table utilization

Link Receive Peak Rx Transmit Peak Tx
Port Status packet/s packet/s packet/s packet/s
================================================================================
CPU - 0 0 0 0

133
 Chapter 2. show interfaces table utilization

1/1 DOWN 0 0 0 0
1/2 DOWN 0 0 0 0
1/3 DOWN 0 0 0 0
1/4 DOWN 0 0 0 0
1/5 DOWN 0 0 0 0
1/6 UP 0 0 0 0
1/7 DOWN 0 0 0 0
1/8 DOWN 0 0 0 0
PW 1/1 UP 0 0 0 0
================================================================================
spacebar->toggle screen ESC->exit
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
No related command.

134
show interfaces tdm
show interfaces tdm { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } [
mappings ]

Description
Shows TDM interfaces information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
mappings (Optional) Shows specified TDM mappings.
tdm all (Optional) Shows information about all TDM interfaces.
tdm port-number (Optional) Shows information about a specific TDM
interface. (Range: 1-8)
tdm range { first-port-number last-port-number } (Optional) Shows information about a specific range
TDM interfaces. (Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added mappings command.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show TDM interface information.

DmSwitch#show interfaces tdm 1

TDM 1/1 Interface:
Configuration:
Enable: Disable

135
 Chapter 2. show interfaces tdm

Line Type: Unframed

Test:
LDL: Disable
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces status tdm Shows interface configuration status.
line-type Configures the line type for TDM channel.
test ldl Configure TDM test.

136
show interfaces test
show interfaces test bundle { bundle-number }

Description
Shows interfaces test information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
bundle bundle-number (Optional) Shows test information about a specific bundle
interface. (Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be enabled.

Example

This example illustrates how to show bundle interface information.

DmSwitch#show interfaces test bundle 1

Information of Bundle Interface 1/1
Ethernet Bert test: Disabled
TDM Bert test: Disabled
Loop test: Disabled

DmSwitch#

137
 Chapter 2. show interfaces test

Related Commands
Command Description
clear interfaces test Clears test counters from bundle interfaces.
test Configure tests for the bundle interface.

138
show ip
show ip

Description
Shows the IP configuration.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the VLANs IP, default gateway, DNS server and SSH, HTTP, Telnet and SNMP configu-
rations.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the IP configurations.

DmSwitch#show ip

VLAN 1 192.168.0.25/24

Default gateway: Not set

DNS servers: Not set

SNMP status: Enabled

Local SNMP engineID: 80000E7D03400000000004

SNMP Community:
public(Read-Only)

SSH Disabled
Timeout: 120

139
 Chapter 2. show ip

Server key size: 768

Fingerprints:
SSH connections limit: 3

HTTP:
HTTP status: Enabled
HTTP port: 80

Secure HTTP:
HTTPS status: Disabled
HTTPS port: 443

Telnet status: Enabled

Telnet connections limit: 3

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.
ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.

140
show ip as-path access-list
show ip as-path access-list [ as-path_access-list name ]

Description
Shows configured as-path_access-lists.

Syntax

Parameter Description
as-path_access-list name (Optional) Shows information only regarding the given
as-path_access-list.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters all as-path_access-lists will be showed.

Example

This example illustrates how to show all configured as-path_access-lists.

DmSwitch#show ip as-path access-list

-----------------------------------------
ip as-path access-list 1:
permit 7_
-----------------------------------------
ip as-path access-list 4:
deny _1_
permit _2_
deny _3_
permit _4_
-----------------------------------------
ip as-path access-list 5:
deny _1_

141
 Chapter 2. show ip as-path access-list

permit _2_
deny _3_
permit _4_
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
ip as-path access-list Configure a AS-Path access-list.

142
show ip bgp
show ip bgp [ dampened-paths | neighbors [ ip-address ] | summary ]

Description
Shows BGP information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
dampened-paths (Optional) Displays BGP dampened routes.
neighbors (Optional) Detailed information on TCP and BGP neighbor connections.
summary (Optional) Summary of BGP neighbor status.
ip-address (Optional) Specifies the IP address of bgp neighbor.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show BGP information.

DmSwitch#show ip bgp
No BGP network exists

DmSwitch#

143
 Chapter 2. show ip bgp

Related Commands
Command Description
router bgp Enables and accesses the BGP configuration.

144
show ip default-gateway
show ip default-gateway

Description
Shows the configured default gateway.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the configured default gateway.

DmSwitch#show ip default-gateway
Default gateway: 10.5.1.2
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.

145
show ip dhcp
show ip dhcp [ leases ]

Description
Shows the configured DHCP servers. When passing the leases option, the clients assigned IPs are shown.

Syntax

Parameter Description
leases (Optional) Shows each DHCP server leases database.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows DHCP servers status, if an item is configured it shows adittional info.

Examples

This example illustrates how to show the configured DHCP server.

DmSwitch#show ip dhcp
Global DHCP settings:
DHCP server 1: Disabled

DHCP server 2: Enabled

Network address: 20.20.20.0
Network mask: 255.255.255.0
Pool begin: 20.20.20.20
Pool end: 20.20.20.30
Default lease time: Default
DNS server: Not set
Domain name: Not set
Maximum lease time: Default
Netbios DD server: Not set

146
 Chapter 2. show ip dhcp

Netbios name server: Not set

Netbios node type: Not set
Router: Not set

DHCP server 3: Disabled

DHCP server 4: Disabled
DHCP server 5: Disabled
DHCP server 6: Disabled
DmSwitch#

This example illustrates how to show DHCP servers leases.

DmSwitch#show ip dhcp leases

Subnet 50.50.60.0/255.255.255.0
Mac Address IP Address Host Name Expires in
00:ff:52:b8:10:8f 50.50.60.10 datacom-000000 9 days 23:45:12

Subnet 60.60.70.0/255.255.255.0
Mac Address IP Address Host Name Expires in
00:ff:52:b8:10:8f 60.60.70.10 datacom-000000 00:04:36
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
ip dhcp server Configures the DHCP server parameters for DmSwitch.

147
show ip host-table
show ip host-table

Description
Shows router host table.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show router host table.

DmSwitch#show ip host-table

IP Address MAC Address VLAN

--------------- ----------------- ----

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
clear ip Clears L3 host-table packet entries.

148
show ip host-table aging-time
show ip host-table aging-time

Description
Shows host-table aging-time configuration.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced. Before this was called show ip aging-time.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the ARP aging time configuration.

DmSwitch#show ip host-table aging-time

ARP Aging time: 300 seconds
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
configure ip host-table Defines the aging time of all entries in the Data plane’s ARP table.
aging-time

149
show ip http
show ip http

Description
Shows the HTTP server information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the HTTP and secure HTTP servers status (enabled or disabled) and the configured access
port for the both servers.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the HTTP server information.

DmSwitch#show ip http
HTTP:
HTTP status: Enabled
HTTP port: 80

Secure HTTP:
HTTPS status: Disabled
HTTPS port: 443

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

150
 Chapter 2. show ip http

Command Description
ip http Configures the internal HTTP server for external access.

151
show ip ospf
show ip ospf [ area | database [ asbr-summary | external | max-age | network |
router | self-originate | summary ] | vlan [ vlan-id ] | neighbors ]

Description
Shows OSPF status.

Syntax

Parameter Description
area (Optional) Shows OSPF area information.
database (Optional) Shows OSPF database information.
vlan [ vlan-id ] (Optional) Shows VLAN interfaces information.
neighbors (Optional) Shows OSPF neighbors information.
asbr-summary (Optional) Show ASBR summary link states.
external (Optional) Show external link states.
max-age (Optional) Show LSAs in MaxAge list.
network (Optional) Show network link states.
router (Optional) Show router link states.
self-originate (Optional) Show self-originated link states.
summary (Optional) Show network summary link states.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

152
 Chapter 2. show ip ospf

Example

This example illustrates how to show the OSPF information.

DmSwitch#show ip ospf vlan 4

Interface vlan 4:
Address: 4.4.4.1
Mask: 255.255.255.0
Area: 0.0.0.1
Router Id: 10.10.10.11
Network type: Point-to-point
State: DR
Designated router id: 10.10.10.11
Designated router address: 4.4.4.1
Backup designated router id: 4.4.4.4
Backup designated router address: 4.4.4.4
Neighbors count: 1
Adjacent neighbors count: 1
Cost: 0
Priority: 0
Interval Dead: 0
Interval Hello: 0
Interval Retransmit: 0
Interval Transmit: 0
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
router ospf Enables and accesses the OSPF configuration.

153
show ip prefix-list
show ip prefix-list [ prefix-list name ]

Description
Shows configured prefix-lists.

Syntax

Parameter Description
prefix-list name (Optional) Shows information only regarding the given
prefix-list.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters all prefix-lists will be showed.

Example

This example illustrates how to show all configured prefix-lists.

DmSwitch#show ip prefix-list
-----------------------------------------
ip prefix-list one_prefix_list:
seq 10 permit 10.10.10.0/24
-----------------------------------------
ip prefix-list another_prefix_list seq 20 permit 10.20.30.0/24 ge 25 le 28
DmSwitch#

154
 Chapter 2. show ip prefix-list

Related Commands
Command Description
ip prefix-list Configure a prefix list.

155
show ip http
show ip protocol-management-address

Description
Shows the management address for protocols.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the management address for protocols information.

DmSwitch#show ip protocol-management-address
Management interface address: none

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
ip Configure management address for protocols.
protocol-management-address

156
show ip rip
show ip rip

Description
Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RIP parameters.

DmSwitch#show ip rip
RIP Enable: true
Version: 2
Timers Update: 30
Timers Timeout: 180
Timers Garbage: 120
Default Metric: 1
Default Information: 0
Redistribution:
connected
Enable: no
Metric 0
static
Enable: no
Metric 0
bgp
Enable: no
Metric 0
ospf

157
 Chapter 2. show ip rip

Enable: no
Metric 0
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
router rip Enables and accesses the RIP configuration.

158
show ip route
show ip route [ active | bgp | connect | destination { ip-address/mask | ip-address } |
gateway { ip-address } | ospf | out-iface-vlan { vlan-number } | rip | static | summary ]

Description
Shows IP routing table.

Syntax

Parameter Description
active (Optional) Shows active routes.
bgp (Optional) Shows the BGP routes.
connect (Optional) Shows the connected routes.
destination { (Optional) Shows the routes associated with the given destination.
ip-address/mask |
ip-address }
gateway ip-address (Optional) Shows the routes associated with the given gateway.
ospf (Optional) Shows the OSPF routes.
out-iface-vlan (Optional) Shows the routes associated with the given vlan.
vlan-number
rip (Optional) Shows the RIP routes.
static (Optional) Shows the static routes.
summary (Optional) Shows the number of routes installed.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

159
 Chapter 2. show ip route

Example

This example illustrates how to show the IP route information.

DmSwitch#show ip route

Codes: AD - Administrative Distance

Destination/Mask Gateway Protocol AD/Cost Vlan Status

------------------ --------------- ---------- ---/------ ---------- ----------
3.3.3.0/24 0.0.0.0 connected 0/0 3 Active
4.4.4.0/24 0.0.0.0 connected 0/0 4 Active
10.5.45.0/24 3.3.3.3 rip 120/2 3 Active
10.10.10.0/24 3.3.3.3 rip 120/2 3 Active
120.120.120.0/24 3.3.3.3 rip 120/2 3 Active
130.130.130.0/24 3.3.3.3 rip 120/2 3 Active

Total routing entries: 6

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
No related commands.

160
show ip routing
show ip routing

Description
Shows the routing status.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the routing status.

DmSwitch#show ip routing
IP routing is enabled

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
ip routing Enables the IP routing.

161
show ip snmp-server
show ip snmp-server

Description
Shows the SNMP server information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command shows the SNMP server status (enabled or disabled), the communities and users configured.
Entering this command without parameters, SNMP server information will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the SNMP server information.

DmSwitch#show ip snmp-server
SNMP status: Enabled

Local SNMP engineID: 80000E7D03400000000004

SNMP Community:
public(Read-Only)

DmSwitch#

162
 Chapter 2. show ip snmp-server

Related Commands
Command Description
ip snmp-server Configures the internal SNMP server.
ip snmp-server traps Enables sending of SNMP traps.

163
show ip snmp-server traps
show ip snmp-server traps

Description
Shows the SNMP traps status.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the SNMP traps status.

DmSwitch#show ip snmp-server traps

-----------------------------------------------
TRAP STATUS
-----------------------------------------------
config-change enabled
config-save enabled
cpu-usage enabled
critical-event-detected enabled
critical-event-recovered enabled
eaps-status-change enabled
erps-status-change enabled
fan-status-change enabled
link-up-down enabled
login-fail enabled
login-success enabled
non-homologated-transceiver enabled
transceiver-presence enabled
traps-lost enabled
unidir-link-detected enabled

164
 Chapter 2. show ip snmp-server traps

unidir-link-recovered enabled
dying-gasp-received enabled
high-memory-usage-detected enabled
high-memory-usage-no-more-detected enabled
cfm-notification enabled
cesop-tdm-link enabled
cesop-tdm-remote enabled
cesop-tdm-cas enabled
cesop-tdm-crc enabled
cesop-bundle-tdm-local enabled
cesop-bundle-tdm-remote enabled
cesop-bundle-local enabled
cesop-bundle-remote enabled
cesop-bundle-pkt-mismatch enabled
cesop-bundle-next-hop enabled
cesop-clock-source enabled
alarm-status-change enabled
lst-link-up-down enabled
lldp-remote-changed enabled
lldp-remote-changed-global enabled
loopback-detected enabled
loopback-no-more-detected enabled
license-expire-warning enabled
bpdu-protect-limit-reached enabled
bpdu-protect-block-time-expired enabled

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
ip snmp-server traps Enables sending of SNMP traps.

165
show ip ssh
show ip ssh

Description
Shows the SSH server information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the SSH server status (enabled or disabled), its timeout, key size, the generated host key
pair and the limit client connections.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the SSH server information.

DmSwitch#show ip ssh
SSH Enabled
Timeout: 120
Server key size: 768
Fingerprints:
RSA: 48:1b:d6:7c:c9:9d:41:75:1f:f7:f3:35:d8:bd:28:7d
DSA: cf:4b:dd:ee:00:f7:9f:6e:82:e6:58:40:de:c3:04:c4
SSH connections limit: 8

DmSwitch#

Related Commands

166
 Chapter 2. show ip ssh

Command Description
ip ssh Configures the internal SSH server for external access.

167
show ip telnet
show ip telnet

Description
Shows the Telnet server information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the telnet server status (enabled or disabled) and the maximum connections allowed for
Telnet clients.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the telnet server information.

DmSwitch#show ip telnet
Telnet status: Enable
Telnet connections limit: 8

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
ip telnet Configures the internal Telnet server for external access.

168
show l2protocol-tunnel
show l2protocol-tunnel [ interface ethernet port-number ]

Description
Shows Layer 2 Protocols Tunneling information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
interface ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows the information of a specific port.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, the Layer 2 Protocols Tunneling information for all interfaces will
be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the tunneling configurations of a specific ethernet port.

DmSwitch#show l2protocol-tunnel interface ethernet 1

Eth 1/1 Tunneling:

CDP packets tunneling: Disabled
STP packets tunneling: Enabled
VTP packets tunneling: Disabled
PVST packets tunneling: Disabled
UDLD packets tunneling: Disabled
PAgP packets tunneling: Disabled
LACP packets tunneling: Disabled
802.1X packets tunneling: Disabled
OAM packets tunneling: Disabled
Marker packets tunneling: Disabled

169
 Chapter 2. show l2protocol-tunnel

GVRP packets tunneling: Disabled

CP packets tunneling: Disabled

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
l2protocol-tunnel Configures a Layer 2 protocols tunneling.
l2protocol-tunnel Configures Layer 2 protocols tunneling for the Ethernet interface.

170
show lacp counters
show lacp counters [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Description
Shows the LACP traffic counters.

Syntax

Parameter Description
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the transmitted and received data packets and bytes, the transmitted and received marker
and marker response, and the error packets.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LACP traffic counters.

DmSwitch#show lacp counters

LACPDUs Marker Marker Response LACPDUs
Port Sent Recv Sent Recv Sent Recv Pkts Err
-------------------------------------------------------------------

Aggregator id 1 (channel-group 1)

eth 1/6 7 7 0 0 0 0 0
DmSwitch#

171
 Chapter 2. show lacp counters

Related Commands
Command Description
lacp Enables and configures LACP status.
show lacp group Shows the specified LACP channel group information.
show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.
show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.
show lacp sysid Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

172
show lacp group
show lacp group { counters | internal | neighbors } [ | { begin | exclude | include }
regular-expression ]

Description
Shows the specified LACP channel group information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
group Specifies a group channel. (Range: 1-8)
counters Shows the traffic counters.
internal Shows the internal information.
neighbors Shows the neighbors information.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the specific LACP channel group counters.

DmSwitch#show lacp 1 counters

LACPDUs Marker Marker Response LACPDUs
Port Sent Recv Sent Recv Sent Recv Pkts Err
-------------------------------------------------------------------

173
 Chapter 2. show lacp group

Aggregator id 1 (channel-group 1)

eth 1/6 17 17 0 0 0 0 0
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
lacp Enables and configures LACP status.
show lacp counters Shows the LACP traffic counters.
show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.
show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.
show lacp sysid Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

174
show lacp internal
show lacp counters [ | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Description
Shows the LACP internal information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the flags, priority, keys and the ports states that compose the LACP groups in the Dm-
Switch.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LACP internal information.

DmSwitch#show lacp internal

Flags: S-Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs F-Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs
A-Device is in Active Mode P-Device is in Passive Mode

Port state: A-LACP_Activity T-LACP_Timeout G-Aggregation E-Expired

S-Synchronization D-Distributing C-Collecting F-Defaulted

Aggregator id 1 (channel-group 1)

175
 Chapter 2. show lacp internal

LACP port Admin Oper Port

Port Flags Priority Key Key State
eth 1/6 SA 32768 0x1e00 0x1e03 AGSCD
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
lacp Enables and configures LACP status.
show lacp group Shows the specified LACP channel group information.
show lacp counters Shows the LACP traffic counters.
show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.
show lacp sysid Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

176
show lacp neighbors
show lacp neighbors [ | { begin | exclude | include } expression ]

Description
Shows the LACP neighbors information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the flags, priority, keys, the neighbor ports states and system identifier that compose the
LACP groups.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LACP neighbors counters.

DmSwitch#show lacp neighbors

Flags: S-Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs F-Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs
A-Device is in Active Mode P-Device is in Passive Mode

Port state: A-LACP_Activity T-LACP_Timeout G-Aggregation E-Expired

S-Synchronization D-Distributing C-Collecting F-Defaulted

Aggregator id 1 (channel-group 1)

177
 Chapter 2. show lacp neighbors

Partner’s information:

System LACP port Oper Port Port

Port ID Flags Priority Key Number State
eth 1/6 65535,0004.df15.180e SA 32768 0x1e03 6 AGSCD
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
lacp Enables and configures LACP status.
show lacp group Shows the specified LACP channel group information.
show lacp counters Shows the LACP traffic counters.
show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.
show lacp sysid Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

178
show lacp sysid
show lacp sysid [ | { begin | exclude | include } expression ]

Description
Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

Syntax

Parameter Description
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the system identifier used by LACP.

DmSwitch#show lacp sysid

65535,4000.0000.0007
DmSwitch#

Related Commands

179
 Chapter 2. show lacp sysid

Command Description
lacp Enables and configures LACP status.
show lacp group Shows the specified LACP channel group information.
show lacp counters Shows the LACP traffic counters.
show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.
show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.

180
show license
show license { all | active | sn | type }

Description
Show license information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
license all (Optional) Display all installed licenses.
active (Optional) Display only active installed licenses.
sn (Optional) Show license by serial number.
type (Optional) Show number of active licenses of given type.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show license information.

DmSwitch#show license all

Product License Identity (PLI): 01:02:03:11:12:13 1234567

Licenses:
------------------ ------------------------------------------------------
License #01
License type : 012.4005.00
License serial : 12

181
 Chapter 2. show license

Dep. license sn : 0
Expire minutes : No expires
Quantity : 1
Activation : 20/06/2012
Company : MyCompany
Contact : Someone
Email : [email protected]

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
license add License configuration.

182
show link-state-track
show link-state-track [ link-state-track-group ]

Description
Shows link-state tracking group settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description
link-state-track [ link-state-track-group ] (Optional) Shows link state track of a specific group.
(Range: 1-4)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all link state tracking groups will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the link state track of a specific group.

DmSwitch#show link-state-track 1
Information of Link-State Tracking Group 1
Configuration:
Group admin: Disabled
Current status:
Link status: Down
Upstream members: (none)
Downstream members: (none)

DmSwitch#

183
 Chapter 2. show link-state-track

Related Commands
Command Description
link-state-track Configure the link-state tracking.

184
show lldp
show lldp [ counters | neighbor | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Description
Shows LLDP configuration information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
counters (Optional) Click here to see the "counters" parameter
description.
neighbor (Optional) Click here to see the "neighbor" parameter
description.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, the LLDP configuration for all interfaces will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LLDP configuration information.

DmSwitch#show lldp

Global configuration:
State: enable
Transmit interval (sec): 10

185
 Chapter 2. show lldp

Hold value: 4
Transmit delay (sec): 2
Notification interval (sec): 5
Reinit delay (sec): 2

Interface configuration:

Admin SNMP Transmitted Admin SNMP Transmitted

Port Status Notif. TLVs Port Status Notif. TLVs
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
1/ 1 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM 1/ 2 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM
1/ 3 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM 1/ 4 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM
1/ 5 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM 1/ 6 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM
1/ 7 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM 1/ 8 TX/RX Disabled PNDCM

Flags: (P) Port Description, (N) System Name, (D) System Description
(C) System Capabilities, (M) Mgmt Addr

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp counters Shows LLDP counters information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

186
show lldp counters
show lldp counters [ global | interface { ethernet port-number | mgmt-eth |
port-channel portchannel-number } ]

Description
Shows LLDP counters information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
global Shows global counters information.
interface Shows counters information of a specific interface.
ethernet port-number Shows counters information of a specific port.
mgmt-eth Shows counters information of the management ethernet.
port-channel Shows counters information of a specific port channel.
portchannel-number

Default
No default is defined.

Commands Modes
User EXEC

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, the counters information for all interfaces will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LLDP counters information of a specific port.

DmSwitch#show lldp counters interface ethernet 6

Ethernet 1/6 Counters:
Input frames: 38
Output frames: 44
Discarded frames: 0

187
 Chapter 2. show lldp counters

Input frames with error: 0

Discarded TLVs: 0
Unrecognized TLVs: 0
Aged out neighbors: 0

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after LLDP
ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show_lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

188
show lldp neighbor
show lldp neighbor [ detail | interface { ethernet port-number | port-channel
portchannel-number } | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Description
Shows LLDP neighbor information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
detail (Optional) Shows all LLDP neighbors information
detailedly.
interface (Optional) Shows LLDP neighbor information of a
specific interface.
ethernet port-number Shows LLDP neighbor information of a specific port.
port-channel portchannel-number Shows LLDP neighbor information of a specific
port-channel.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, the neighbor information for all interfaces will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the LLDP neighbor information of a specific port.

189
 Chapter 2. show lldp neighbor

DmSwitch#show lldp neighbor interface ethernet 6

Ethernet 1/6 List of 1 neighbor(s):
Neighbor:
Chassis ID (subtype 4): 00:04:DF:15:18:0B
Port ID (subtype 5): Port6
Time to live: 40
Port description: ethernet 1/6
System name: DmSwitch2104
System description: DATACOM, DmSwitch 2104G2 - EDD (SERIES II), Versio
n 5.0.2
System capabilities: Bridge*, (*Enabled capabilities)
Management Address: Subtype 802 (6), Address 00:04:DF:15:18:0B
Interface subtype ifIndex (2), number 0
OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.3709.1.2.82
Port VLAN ID: Not present
Port Protocol VLAN ID: Not present
VLAN Name: Not present
Protocol ID: Not present
MAC/PHY Config/Status: Not present
Power Via MDI: Not present
Link Aggregation: Not present
Maximum Frame Size: Not present

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp counters Shows LLDP counters information.

190
show log
show log { flash | ram | jitter-buffer bundle bundle-number detail } [ tail [ lines ] |
| { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Description
Shows log messages.

Syntax

Parameter Description
flash Shows the events stored in flash memory.
ram Shows the events stored in RAM memory.
jitter-buffer bundle Shows the events stored in jitter buffer of a specific bundle interface.
bundle-number detail (Range: 1-8)
tail [lines] (Optional) Shows only the last events. Default value is ten last event.
(Range 0-65535)
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Removed jitter-buffer command.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the last logged events in ram memory.

191
 Chapter 2. show log

DmSwitch#show log ram tail

Jan 1 00:11:03 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to down
Jan 1 00:11:09 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/8 changed state to down
Jan 1 00:11:45 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to up
Jan 1 00:11:52 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to down
Jan 1 00:11:54 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to up
Jan 1 00:12:01 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to down
Jan 1 00:12:10 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Interface Ethernet 1/6 changed state to up
Jan 1 00:29:30 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Session closed from console, user admin, Process ID 309
Jan 1 00:33:08 DmSwitch2104 : <5> User admin authenticated by internal database
Jan 1 00:33:09 DmSwitch2104 : <5> Session opened from console, user admin, Process ID 5269
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
clear logging Clears log messages.
logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.
logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.
logging host Configures a remote syslog server.
logging on Enables the logging of events.
logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.
logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.
show logging Shows logging configuration.

192
show logging
show logging

Description
Shows logging configuration.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the logging status for storing events in flash or RAM, and sending by e-mail or to a remote
host.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the settings of logging events in flash memory.

DmSwitch#show logging

Syslog logging: Enabled

Local logging:
FLASH level: error (3)
RAM level: info (6)

SMTP logging:
Status: Disabled
Level: warn (4)
Source email:

Remote logging:
Status: Enabled
Facility: 23
Level: info (6)

193
 Chapter 2. show logging

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
clear logging Clears log messages.
logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.
logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.
logging host Configures a remote syslog server.
logging on Enables the logging of events.
logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.
logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.
show log Shows log messages.

194
show loopback-detection
show loopback-detection [ | { begin | exclude | include } expression ]

Description
Shows loopback detection information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
| begin (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.
expression Regular expression to be used as a pattern. The following
metacharacters must be backslashed: |, (, ), {, } and +.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the loopback-detection information.

DmSwitch#show loopback-detection

Global configurations:
Destination MAC address: standard
Action: block

Unblock
Port Enabled Time Timeout Loopback

195
 Chapter 2. show loopback-detection

----- ------------------ -----------------

1/ 1 YES 30 -- NO
1/ 2 YES 30 -- NO
1/ 3 YES 30 -- NO
1/ 4 YES 30 -- NO
1/ 5 YES 30 -- NO
1/ 6 YES 30 -- NO

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
loopback-detection Configures Loopback Detection for Ethernet interface
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
loopback-detection action Configures action of Loopback Detection protocol
loopback-detection Configures destination address Loopback Detection PDUs
destination-address

196
show mac-address-table
show mac-address-table [ address mac-address | aging-time | interface { ethernet
port-number | port-channel portchannel-number | pw } | vlan vlan-index | | { begin | exclude
| include } [ regular-expression ] ]

Description
Shows the MAC address table.

Syntax

Parameter Description
address mac-address (Optional) Shows the table filtering by an address.
(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)
aging-time (Optional) Shows the MAC address table aging time
configuration.
interface (Optional) Shows the table filtering by a specific interface.

ethernet port-number Shows the table filtering by a specific ethernet port.

(Range 1-8)
port-channel portchannel-number Shows the table filtering by a specific port-channel
interface. (Range 1-8)
pw Shows the table filtering from the pw interface. (Range
1-8)
vlan vlan-index (Optional) Shows the table filtering by an VLAN ID.
(Range: 1-4094)
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

197
 Chapter 2. show mac-address-table

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the MAC address table.

DmSwitch#show mac-address-table
Total MAC Addresses for this criterion: 1

802.1p
Interface MAC Address VLAN Priority Type
---------- ----------------- ---- -------- -------
Eth 1/ 8 00:E0:52:B8:10:81 1 - Learned
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
No related commands.

198
show mac-address-table aging-time
show mac-address-table aging-time

Description
Shows the MAC address table aging time configuration.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the aging time configuration.

DmSwitch#show mac-address-table aging-time

Aging mode: global.
Global aging time: 300 sec.
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
mac-address-table Sets the aging time for MAC address table entries.
aging-time

199
show management
show management { all-client | http-client | snmp-client | ssh-client |
telnet-client } [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ]

Description
Shows the management IP filters.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all-client Shows the clients IP addresses to HTTP, SNMP, SSH and telnet internal
servers.
http-client Shows the clients IP addresses to HTTP internal server.
snmp-client Shows the clients IP addresses to SNMP internal server.
ssh-client Shows the clients IP addresses to SSH internal server.
telnet-client Shows the clients IP addresses to telnet internal server.
| begin expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show all clients IP addresses.

DmSwitch#show management all-client

200
 Chapter 2. show management

Management IP filter:
HTTP client:
10.11.12.22/32
10.11.13.22/32

SNMP client:
10.11.12.22/32
10.11.13.22/32

SSH client:
10.11.12.22/32
10.11.13.22/32

Telnet client:
10.11.12.22/32
10.11.13.22/32

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
management Filters client IP address that tries to access internal servers.

201
show managers
show managers

Description
Shows the connected managers using terminals.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the connected managers.

DmSwitch#show managers

User on CLI Uptime PID Origin

------------------------------- ---------------------- -------- ----------------
admin 1 h, 22 m, 15 s 5269
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
username Creates users and configures access to the DmSwitch.

202
show meter
show meter [ sort remark | id meter-id ]

Description
Shows meters configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
sort remark (Optional) Shows ingress stage meter sort by remark
ingress id meter-id (Optional) Shows ingress stage meter with a specific id. (Range: 1-63)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all meter configuraton will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the meters configuration

DmSwitch#show meter id 1
Meter 1 :
Filter(s):
Mode: Flow
Rate-limit: 64 kbit/s
Burst: 32 kbyte

DmSwitch#

203
 Chapter 2. show meter

Related Commands
Command Description
meter Configures a meter to be used by a filter
filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.

204
show monitor
show monitor

Description
Shows traffic monitoring configuration.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the traffic monitoring configuration.

DmSwitch#show monitor
Traffic Monitor
-------------------------------------------
Destination port: Eth1/8
Source ports: Eth1/1 (Rx/Tx)

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
monitor Configures the traffic monitoring.
monitor source Sets the interface as a monitoring source.

205
Chapter 2. show monitor

206
show nat-rules
show nat-rules

Description
Shows network address translation rules.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the nat rules.

DmSwitch#show nat-rules
packets bytes
NAT Rule test 0 0
test icmp any any
change-source-to interface-address
Rule ID:1 0 0
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
nat-rule Adds network address translation rule.

207
show oam
show oam [ detail [ ethernet port_number | port-channel portchannel_number ] | | { begin
| exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

Description
Shows OAM information status and configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
detail Shows oam information in details.
ethernet port-number Shows oam information in detail for a specific ethernet port.
port-channel portchannel-number Shows oam information in detail for a specific port channel interface.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the OAM information.

DmSwitch#show oam

Mode: A - Active P - Passive

Critical Event: UL - Unidirectional link NO - No critical event

208
 Chapter 2. show oam

-- - Local OAM disabled/Local interface shutdown

Remote Linkstatus: OK - Link UP FAIL - Link Down/Unidirectional link

-- - Local OAM disabled/Local interface shutdown

Discovery: UN - Unsatisfied/Unknown(Remote) IN - Incomplete CO - Complete

-- - Local OAM disabled/Link down/Local interface shutdown

Capabilities: UT - Transmission of OAMPDUs on unidirectional links

-- - All capabilities disabled by the OAM Discovery negotiation

Critical Remote Discovery

Port Enabled Mode Event Linkstatus Local Remote Capabilities
--------------------------------------------------------------------
1/ 1 YES A UL OK UN UN UT
1/ 2 YES A UL OK UN UN UT
1/ 3 YES A UL OK UN UN UT
1/ 4 YES A UL OK UN UN UT
1/ 5 NO P -- -- -- -- UT
1/ 6 YES P UL OK UN UN UT
1/ 7 NO P -- -- -- -- UT
1/ 8 NO P -- -- -- -- UT

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
oam Enables ou disables OAM for ethernet interfaces.

209
show pli
show pli

Description
Shows equipment PLI number.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Summary.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the PLI.

DmSwitch#show pli

Product License Identity (PLI): 40:00:00:00:00:04 000001

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
No related command.

210
show public-key
show public-key [ host | user ]

Description
Shows the public key information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
host (Optional) Shows the public key for switch.
user (Optional) Shows the public key for users.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The show public-key host command shows the information after generating RSA/DSA host key pair.
Entering this command without parameters, all public key information will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the public key.

DmSwitch#show public-key host

RSA1 public key:
1024 35 129859966075478344584185473165858502577067021705714933834017018741920709027853939961
67044063492115350918047131882003102146525942184725247962601993512680017968979787604944980713
48610855343300081293568263559463964113860188854662008584323102158689706051004897866645855925
35061587040012279760776120995334148579839

DSA public key:

ssh-dss AAAAB3NzaC1kc3MAAACBAKlYoucNWs7AnqvhB60SDvqIe197mS/LoCo43h7Ptf3x62n+DkQLkjigB7XijYaD

211
 Chapter 2. show public-key

yQrqBK51UmUhcHX6l0rObgDBZRLYfer9mWUQVKmJMTS2MycVY/MQgCVfNlYvs9JHiAbRoqTL7BeEoi8SUbUm9qJ8tzOb
4vKM4niPgOzHbJLzAAAAFQCoEq2FDHgPlKK243nnQJKpGj/NMQAAAIAv43oklJwQX2R+8L/ESiO8vuWrrzrvK7rL+gi5
OexU2xuS4e1ZpVF2AUhmmYP0jaWolNo22R9CxQaWdlEbTrX+wJ2ci0whJHh2inuDxAF+HSj2LX1yWj8KdqiOwroVxv17
T/wglyeYyBDmaWHvCDkuvlTCbuYuxyVqkHlwcF4JygAAAIBoobnThzwGFVViwcfBwsFSAv3e7OiTmNRrGc1AY7HAfBab
3V1sRJuEZH5kcrO0s0jGpQL8VKSHqjgn0yFSG9gefXay2Ae4YWEAxTDI3wGVCPtlqwUHILwrPBe6/bDgQ4NN1biafFEf
+3NhbtlXDYgHMvKdbrmqF7PQ7Udn2TkaIA==

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
ip ssh host-key clear Configures the internal SSH server for external access.
ip ssh host-key generate Configures the internal SSH server for external access.
show ip ssh Shows the SSH server information.

212
show qinq
show qinq [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ expression ] ]

Description
Shows QinQ information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Summary.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the QinQ information.

DmSwitch#show qinq

QinQ: Disabled

Port Mode TPID QinQ Tag Membership

----- -------- ------- -------- ----------
1/ 1 Internal 0x8100 1 untagged
1/ 2 Internal 0x8100 1 untagged
1/ 3 Internal 0x8100 1 untagged
1/ 4 Internal 0x8100 1 untagged
1/ 5 External 0x8100 1 untagged
1/ 6 External 0x8100 1 untagged
1/ 7 External 0x8100 1 untagged
1/ 8 External 0x8100 1 untagged

DmSwitch#

213
 Chapter 2. show qinq

Related Commands
Command Description
switchport native vlan Configures the default VLAN ID for untagged frames.
set member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
set member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.
switchport tpid Configures Tag Protocol ID for an interface.
switchport qinq Configures double tagging mode.

214
show qos
show qos [ interfaces { ethernet { port-number | range first-port-number last-port-number }
| port-channel { portchannel-number } | map dscp-table [ ethernet { port-number | range
first-port-number last-port-number } | port-channel { port-number } ] queue } ]

Description
Show QoS configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
interfaces (Optional) Shows QoS interfaces information.
map dscp-table port-number (Optional) Shows QoS internal mappings.
ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows QoS queue configurations.
ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows QoS information for a specific ethernet
port.
ethernet range { first-port-number (Optional) Shows QoS information for a specific range of
last-port-number } ethernet ports.
port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Shows QoS information for a specific port
channel.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show QoS information on a specificed port.

215
 Chapter 2. show qos

DmSwitch#show qos interfaces ethernet 1

Information of Eth 1/1
DSCP: Disabled
DmSwitch#show qos map dscp-table ethernet 1

DiffServ Code Point Mapping:

|--------------------------- DSCP TABLE - Ethernet 1 --------------------------|

| 0 => 0 prio=0 | 16 => 16 prio=2 | 32 => 32 prio=4 | 48 => 48 prio=6 |
| 1 => 1 prio=0 | 17 => 17 prio=2 | 33 => 33 prio=4 | 49 => 49 prio=6 |
| 2 => 2 prio=0 | 18 => 18 prio=2 | 34 => 34 prio=4 | 50 => 50 prio=6 |
| 3 => 3 prio=0 | 19 => 19 prio=2 | 35 => 35 prio=4 | 51 => 51 prio=6 |
| 4 => 4 prio=0 | 20 => 20 prio=2 | 36 => 36 prio=4 | 52 => 52 prio=6 |
| 5 => 5 prio=0 | 21 => 21 prio=2 | 37 => 37 prio=4 | 53 => 53 prio=6 |
| 6 => 6 prio=0 | 22 => 22 prio=2 | 38 => 38 prio=4 | 54 => 54 prio=6 |
| 7 => 7 prio=0 | 23 => 23 prio=2 | 39 => 39 prio=4 | 55 => 55 prio=6 |
| 8 => 8 prio=1 | 24 => 24 prio=3 | 40 => 40 prio=5 | 56 => 56 prio=7 |
| 9 => 9 prio=1 | 25 => 25 prio=3 | 41 => 41 prio=5 | 57 => 57 prio=7 |
| 10 => 10 prio=1 | 26 => 26 prio=3 | 42 => 42 prio=5 | 58 => 58 prio=7 |
| 11 => 11 prio=1 | 27 => 27 prio=3 | 43 => 43 prio=5 | 59 => 59 prio=7 |
| 12 => 12 prio=1 | 28 => 28 prio=3 | 44 => 44 prio=5 | 60 => 60 prio=7 |
| 13 => 13 prio=1 | 29 => 29 prio=3 | 45 => 45 prio=5 | 61 => 61 prio=7 |
| 14 => 14 prio=1 | 30 => 30 prio=3 | 46 => 46 prio=5 | 62 => 62 prio=7 |
| 15 => 15 prio=1 | 31 => 31 prio=3 | 47 => 47 prio=5 | 63 => 63 prio=7 |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show qos queue Show QoS queue configuration.

216
show qos queue
show qos queue { config [ ethernet { port-number | range first-port-number
last-port-number } | port-channel port-number ] | cos-map | sched-mode }

Description
Show QoS queue configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
config ethernet port-number (Optional) Show CoS configuration for a specific ethernet
port.
range { first-port-number last-port-number } (Optional) Show CoS configuration for a range of specific
ports.
port-channel portchannel-number (Optional) Show CoS configuration for a port-channel
interface.
cos-map (Optional) Show priority mappings.
sched-mode (Optional) Show scheduling configuration.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show QoS information.

DmSwitch#show qos queue config ethernet 1

----------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Queue Mode Max-Bw Min-Bw Weight SP-Queue Buffer size

217
 Chapter 2. show qos queue

----------------------------------------------------------------------
1/ 1 0 WRR unlimit ------- 1 NO 51200 bytes
1/ 1 1 WRR unlimit ------- 2 NO 51200 bytes
1/ 1 2 WRR unlimit ------- 4 NO 51200 bytes
1/ 1 3 WRR unlimit ------- -- YES 51200 bytes

DmSwitch#
DmSwitch#show qos queue cos-map

Class of Service Mapping:

802.1p Priority 0: Queue 0
802.1p Priority 1: Queue 0
802.1p Priority 2: Queue 1
802.1p Priority 3: Queue 1
802.1p Priority 4: Queue 2
802.1p Priority 5: Queue 2
802.1p Priority 6: Queue 3
802.1p Priority 7: Queue 3

DmSwitch#
DmSwitch#show qos queue sched-mode

Scheduling configuration:
Weighted Round Robin:
Queue 0: Weight 1
Queue 1: Weight 2
Queue 2: Weight 4
Queue 3: Strict Priority

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show qos Show QoS configuration.

218
show radius-server
show radius-server

Description
Shows RADIUS server information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RADIUS server information.

DmSwitch#show radius-server
RADIUS authentication configuration:
Default Key: ********
Default Port: 1812
Timeout: 5
Retries: 2
Host 1:
Address: 10.10.10.15
Port: 333
Host 2:
Host 3:
Host 4:
Host 5:
DmSwitch#

219
 Chapter 2. show radius-server

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.
radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.
radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.
radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.
radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.
radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

220
show remote-devices
show remote-devices [ fail ]

Description
Remote device management configuration and status.

Syntax

Parameter Description
fail (Optional) Show information about remote devices in a
fail condition.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.
5.4 Added fail parameter.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows remote devices information and all detected devices.

DmSwitch#show remote-devices

Configuration:
Global enable: Enabled

Status:
Devices VLAN:
VLAN ID: 10
IP address: 10.10.1.10/16

Default gateway: 10.10.255.254

Detected devices:
Interface: Ethernet 1/5
State: Device ready
OUI: 00:1e:90

221
 Chapter 2. show remote-devices

OID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.3709.1.2.17
Vendor number: 1
MAC address: 00:1e:90:fa:61:88
Factory ID: 890788
Firmware version: 5.0
Remote interface: 1/27

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.

222
show rmon alarm
show rmon alarm [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

Description
Shows the RMON alarm table.

Syntax

Parameter Description
| begin (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.
regular-expression (Optional) Regular expression to be used as a pattern. The following
metacharacters must be backslashed: |, (, ), {, } and +.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RMON alarm table.

DmSwitch#show rmon alarm

Alarm 1 is active, owned by test
Monitors .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14.5 every 30 second(s)
Taking delta sample, last value was 0
Rising threshold is 10, assigned to event 1
Falling threshold is 0, assigned to event 0
On startup enable rising or falling alarm
DmSwitch#

223
 Chapter 2. show rmon alarm

Related Commands
Command Description
rmon Configures a RMON.
rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.
rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.
rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.
rmon event Configures a RMON event.
show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.
show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

224
show rmon event
show rmon event [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

Description
Shows the RMON event table.

Syntax

Parameter Description
| begin (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.
regular-expression (Optional) Regular expression to be used as a pattern. The following
metacharacters must be backslashed: |, (, ), {, } and +.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RMON event table.

DmSwitch#show rmon event

Event 1 is active, owned by test
Description is HighErrors
Event firing causes log and trap to community public, last fired at sysUpTime 0
DmSwitch#

225
 Chapter 2. show rmon event

Related Commands
Command Description
rmon Configures a RMON.
rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.
rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.
rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.
rmon event Configures a RMON event.
show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.
show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

226
show rmon history
show rmon history [ index [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ] ]

Description
Shows the RMON history table.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index (Optional) Identifies the RMON history group of statistics. (Range: 1-65535)
| begin (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.
regular-expression (Optional) Regular expression to be used as a pattern. The following
metacharacters must be backslashed: |, (, ), {, } and +.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, the entire RMON history table will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RMON history table.

DmSwitch#show rmon history

Entry 5 is active, and owned by test
Monitors ifEntry.1.5 every 30 second(s)
Requested # of time intervals, ie buckets, is 8,
Sample # 1 began measure at sysUpTime 1505
Drop events :0
Octets :5236

227
 Chapter 2. show rmon history

Pkts :77
Broadcast pkts :0
Multicast pkts :77
CRCA align errors :0
Undersize pkts :0
Oversize pkts :0
Fragments :0
Jabbers :0
Collisions :0
Utilization :0
Sample # 2 began measure at sysUpTime 1535
Drop events :0
Octets :5236
Pkts :77
Broadcast pkts :0
Multicast pkts :77
CRCA align errors :0
Undersize pkts :0
Oversize pkts :0
Fragments :0
Jabbers :0
Collisions :0
Utilization :0
Sample # 3 began measure at sysUpTime 1565
Drop events :0
Octets :5372
Pkts :79
Broadcast pkts :0
Multicast pkts :79
CRCA align errors :0
Undersize pkts :0
Oversize pkts :0
Fragments :0
Jabbers :0
Collisions :0
Utilization :0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
rmon Configures a RMON.
rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.
rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.
rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.
rmon event Configures a RMON event.
show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.
show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

228
show rmon statistics
show rmon statistics [ index [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ] ]

Description
Shows the RMON statistics table.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index (Optional) Identifies the RMON group of statistics. (Range: 1-65535)
| begin (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.
regular-expression (Optional) Regular expression to be used as a pattern. The following
metacharacters must be backslashed: |, (, ), {, } and +.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, the entire RMON statistics table will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the RMON statistics table.

DmSwitch#show rmon statistics

Collection 5 on Eth 1/5 is active, and owned by test
Monitors ifEntry.1.5 wich has received:
Drop events : 0
Octets : 340
Pkts : 5
Broadcast pkts : 0

229
 Chapter 2. show rmon statistics

Multicast pkts : 5
CRCA align errors : 0
Undersize pkts : 0
Oversize pkts : 0
Fragments : 0
Jabbers : 0
Collisions : 0
Pkts 64O octets : 0
Pkts 65 to 127 octets : 5
Pkts 128 to 255O octets : 0
Pkts 256 to 511O octets : 0
Pkts 512 to 1023O octets : 0
Pkts 1024 to 1518 Octets : 0

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
rmon Configures a RMON.
rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.
rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.
rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.
rmon event Configures a RMON event.
show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.
show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.
show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

230
show route-map
show route-map [ route-map name ]

Description
Shows configured route-maps.

Syntax

Parameter Description
route-map name (Optional) Shows information only regarding the given
route-map.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters all route-maps will be showed.

Example

This example illustrates how to show all configured route-maps.

DmSwitch#show route-map
-----------------------------------------
route-map r1, deny, sequence 1
Match clauses:
as-path acl2
ip address prefix-list aa
ip next-hop prefix-list bb
ip route-source prefix-list cc
metric 4294967294
Set clauses:
as-path prepend local-as 1
as-path-limit 1
local-preference 0

231
 Chapter 2. show route-map

-----------------------------------------
route-map r2, deny, sequence 2
Match clauses:
ip address prefix-list cc
ip next-hop prefix-list bb
ip route-source prefix-list aa
Set clauses:
metric 0
next-hop 1.1.1.1
origin igp
weight 0
Continue: 5
-----------------------------------------
route-map r2, permit, sequence 3
Match clauses:
--
Set clauses:
metric 3
weight 3
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.

232
show running-config
show running-config

Description
Shows the current operating configuration.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This show command can be use to look, for example, configured users, the status of internal servers, enabled
protocols, the status of VLANs and interfaces, etc.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the current operating configuration.

DmSwitch#show running-config
Building configuration...
!
hostname DmSwitch2104
!
username admin access-level 15
username admin password 7 d033e22ae348aeb5660fc2140aec35850c4da997
username guest access-level 0
username guest password 7 35675e68f4b5af7b995d9205ad0fc43842f16450
!
interface vlan 1
name DefaultVlan
ip address 192.168.0.25/24
set-member untagged ethernet all
!
vlan-group 1
vlan-group 1 vlan all

233
 Chapter 2. show running-config

!
interface ethernet 1/6
oam
!
ip telnet server
ip http server
no ip http secure-server
no ip ssh server
!
ip snmp-server
ip snmp-server community public ro
!
spanning-tree 1
spanning-tree 1 vlan-group 1
!
lldp
lldp transmit-interval 10
!
sync-source transmit-clock-source internal
!
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
diff Compares and shows the differences between two configurations.
show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.
show startup-config Shows the startup flash configuration.

234
show sntp
show sntp [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

Description
Shows simple network time protocol information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the SNTP information.

DmSwitch#show sntp
Current time: Thu Jan 1 00:34:22 2009

SNTP Status: disabled

SNTP poll interval: 30
SNTP authentication: disabled
SNTP authentication keys:
No keys created.

Last successful update: never

Next attempt: never

235
 Chapter 2. show sntp

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
sntp Configures the simple network time protocol (SNTP).

236
show spanning-tree
show spanning-tree [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

show spanning-tree configuration [ | { begin | exclude | include } [

regular-expression ] ]

show spanning-tree instance [ table | | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-

expression ] ]

show spanning-tree instance [ ethernet port-number [ | { begin | exclude |

include } [ regular-expression ] ] ]

show spanning-tree instance [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

show spanning-tree interface ethernet port-number

Description
Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

Syntax

Parameter Description
configuration Shows global spanning-tree configurations.
interface ethernet port-number Shows the spanning-tree configuration of an ethernet interface.
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)
ethernet port-number (Optional) Shows spanning-tree instance status of a specific ethernet
port.
table (Optional) Shows spanning-tree instance status in table format.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

237
 Chapter 2. show spanning-tree

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.
5.4 Added interface ethernet port-number command.

Usage Guidelines
You can use this show command to display global, per-instance and per-interface configuration and status for
the spanning-tree protocol.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the spanning-tree global configuration.

DmSwitch#show spanning-tree configuration

Spanning-tree information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spanning tree mode: RSTP
BPDU guard status: Disabled
MST name:
MST revision: 0
MST configuration digest: 0xE13A80F11ED0856ACD4EE3476941C73B

Instance Protected VLAN groups

----------- ---------------------
1 (RSTP01) 1

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpdufilter Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter globally.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.

238
 Chapter 2. show spanning-tree

Command Description
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.

239
show startup-config
show startup-config

Description
Shows the startup flash configuration.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command shows the stored configuration in a specific flash memory position set as startup. It also shows
the configuration in the same structure that the information presented in the show running-config user
EXEC command.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the startup flash configuration.

DmSwitch#show startup-config
Building configuration...
!
hostname DmSwitch2104
!
username admin access-level 15
username admin password 7 d033e22ae348aeb5660fc2140aec35850c4da997
username guest access-level 0
username guest password 7 35675e68f4b5af7b995d9205ad0fc43842f16450
!
interface vlan 1
name DefaultVlan
ip address 192.168.0.25/24
set-member untagged ethernet all
!
vlan-group 1

240
 Chapter 2. show startup-config

vlan-group 1 vlan all

!
interface ethernet 1/6
oam
!
ip telnet server
ip http server
no ip http secure-server
no ip ssh server
!
ip snmp-server
ip snmp-server community public ro
!
spanning-tree 1
spanning-tree 1 vlan-group 1
!
lldp
lldp transmit-interval 10
!
sync-source transmit-clock-source internal
!
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
copy Copies configuration and firmware.
erase Erases configuration memory.
select Selects the startup firmware and flash for the next reboot.
show flash Shows flash information.
show flash-config Shows the configuration stored in a specific flash position.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

241
show sync-source
show sync-source [ detail | external-clock-mode | hierarchy { all | hier-number |
range { first-hier-number last-hier-number } } | status ]

Description
Shows sync-source information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
detail Show all hierarchies configuration.
external-clock-mode Show external clock mode configuration.
hierarchy Show hierarchies configuration according to the passed
range or specific value.
all Show information of all hierarchies.
hier-number Show information of a specific hierarchy. (Range 1-6)
range{ first-hier-number last-hier-number } Show information of a specific hierarchy. (Range 1-6)
status Show status of clock recovery.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.6 This command was changed. Full clock hierarchy added.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show sync-source information.

DmSwitch#show sync-source

242
 Chapter 2. show sync-source

Synchronization Source Unit 1 Global Configuration:

Sync Switching: Enable
Revertive: Enable
External Clock
Operation Mode: 2MHz

DmSwitch#show sync-source status

Sync Source Unit 1 Status
Active Clock Type: Bundle
Active Hierarchy: 3
Status Detail: Locked
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
sync-source Clock source configuration.
sync-source hierarchy Clock source configuration.

243
show system
show system

Description
Shows system information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
You can use this show command to see the product model, factory serial number, hostname, location and other
caracteristics.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the system information.

DmSwitch#show system

Product
-------
Model: DmSwitch 2104G2 - EDD (SERIES II)

Factory
-------
Serial number: 1109192
MAC Address: 00:04:DF:15:18:25

User configurable
-----------------
Name: DmSwitch2104

DmSwitch#

244
 Chapter 2. show system

Related Commands
Command Description
show firmware Shows firmware information.
show system Shows system information.

245
show tacacs-server
show tacacs-server [ | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

Description
Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

Syntax

Parameter Description
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the TACACS server information.

DmSwitch#show tacacs-server
TACACS configuration:
Default Key:
Authentication type: PAP
Accounting type: PAP
Default Authe-port: 49
Default Acct-port: 49
Default Autho-port: 49
Host 1:
Host 2:
Host 3:

246
 Chapter 2. show tacacs-server

Host 4:
Host 5:
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.
tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.

247
show tech-support
show tech-support [ detail | | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-expression ] ]

Description
Shows relevant information to be used by technical support.

Syntax

Parameter Description
detail (Optional) Show detailed information.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, basic technical support information will be shown.

Example

This example illustrates how to show relevant information for technical support.

DmSwitch#show vlan id 1

================================================================================
Technical Support Information
================================================================================
System information:

Product

248
 Chapter 2. show tech-support

-------
Model: DmSwitch 2104G2 - EDD (SERIES II)

Factory
-------
Serial number: 1109192
MAC Address: 00:04:DF:15:18:25

User configurable
-----------------
Name: DmSwitch2104

================================================================================
Current time:

Thu Jan 1 02:21:31 2009

Timezone is +0000
================================================================================
System uptime:

02:21:31 up 2:21, load average: 0.29, 0.49, 0.44

...

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show firmware Shows firmware information.
show system Shows system information.

249
show terminal
show terminal

Description
Shows terminal information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the terminal information.

DmSwitch#show terminal

Login timeout 60
Terminal timeout 600

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
terminal login-timeout Sets timeout in seconds for login operations.
terminal timeout Sets an idle timeout for terminal.

250
Chapter 2. show terminal

251
show this
show this

Description
Shows the current configuration of this mode.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was added to several interfaces.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the current configuration of this mode.

DmSwitch#configure
DmSwitch(config)#interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#show this
interface vlan 1
name DefaultVlan
ip address 192.168.0.25/24
set-member untagged ethernet all
!
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

Related Commands
No related commands.

252
show uptime
show uptime

Description
Shows the system clock, system uptime and load average.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The load average values correspond to the past 1, 5 and 15 minutes.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the system uptime and load.

DmSwitch#show uptime
01:59:33 up 1:59, load average: 0.41, 0.49, 0.45
DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show clock Shows the system clock and timezone.
show cpu Shows CPU information.

253
show users
show users

Description
Shows the users information.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the users information.

DmSwitch#show users
Access
Username Level Password Hash
-------------------------------- ------ ----------------------------------------
admin 15 d033e22ae348aeb5660fc2140aec35850c4da997
guest 0 35675e68f4b5af7b995d9205ad0fc43842f16450

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
username Creates users and configures access to the DmSwitch.

254
Chapter 2. show users

255
show vlan
show vlan [ id index | name name | table | | { begin | exclude | include } [ regular-
expression ] ]

Description
Shows the VLAN settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id index (Optional) Shows VLAN settings from a specific VLAN id. (Range:
1-4094)
name name (Optional) Shows VLAN settings from a specific VLAN name.
table (Optional) Shows VLAN settings in table format.
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
| include regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the VLAN settings from a specific VLAN index.

DmSwitch#show vlan id 1
VLAN: 1 [DefaultVlan]
Learn: Enabled
Status: Active

256
 Chapter 2. show vlan

Type: Static
IP Address: 10.6.1.2/24
Members: All Ethernet ports (static, untagged)
CFM status: Disabled
E-LMI status: Up

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
clear mac-address-table Clears dynamically learned L2 entries from MAC address table.
mgmt-inner-vlan Sets an inner management VLAN for the selected VLAN.
ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.
set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.
show mac-address-table Shows the MAC address table.
shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

257
show vlan-group
show vlan-group [ id index | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ]

Description
Shows the VLAN group settings.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id index (Optional) Shows VLAN group settings from a specific group. (Range: 0-3)
| begin regular-expression (Optional) Prints lines which begin matches a pattern.
| exclude (Optional) Prints lines unmatching a pattern.
regular-expression
| include (Optional) Prints lines matching a pattern.
regular-expression

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Entering this command without parameters, all VLAN group settings will be shown..

Example

This example illustrates how to show the VLAN group settings.

DmSwitch#show vlan-group

VLAN Group 1
STP protected: 1
EAPS protected: (none)
ERPS protected: (none)
Member VLANs: All VLANs

258
 Chapter 2. show vlan-group

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.
erps domain protected-vlans Add protected vlans to the ERPS.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
vlan-group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

259
show vlan-translate table
show vlan-translate table [ action { add | replace } | egress-table |
ingress-table | interface ethernet { port-number | range first-port-number
last-port-number } | new-vlan { vlan-number | range first-vlan-number last-vlan-number
} | priority priority-number | source-vlan { vlan-number | range first-vlan-number
last-vlan-number } ]

Description
Show VLAN translate information.

Syntax

Parameter Description
action { add | replace } (Optional) Filter by action.
egress (Optional) Filter by egress table.
ingress (Optional) Filter by ingress table.
interface ethernet range { (Optional) Filter by interface.
first-port-number last-port-number }
new-vlan { vlan-number | range (Optional) Filter by new VLAN.
first-vlan-number last-vlan-number }
priority priority-number (Optional) Filter by priority.
source-vlan { vlan-number | range (Optional) Filter by source VLAN.
first-vlan-number last-vlan-number }

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
First the vlan-translate command must be used in order to add some items in the VLAN translate table.

260
 Chapter 2. show vlan-translate table

Example

This example illustrates how to show VLAN translate information on a specific port.

DmSwitch#show vlan-translate table

Source New 802.1p

Interface Table VLAN ID VLAN ID Action Priority
---------------- ------- ------------ ------- ------ -------
Eth 1/ 2 egress 12 23 REP 5

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show vlan-translate usage Show VLAN translate usage information.

261
show vlan-translate usage
show vlan-translate usage

Description
Show VLAN translate usage information.

Syntax
No parameters accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show VLAN translate information.

DmSwitch#show vlan-translate usage

Entries
Unit Table Total Used Free
---- ------- ----- ----- -----
1 ingress 16 0 16
1 egress 16 0 16

DmSwitch#

Related Commands
Command Description
show vlan-translate table Show VLAN translate table information.

262
Chapter 2. show vlan-translate usage

263
ssh
ssh { host [ port-number ] | remote-device ethernet-port [ port port-number ] [ user name ] }

Description
Allows you to ssh from the current command-line interface session to another switch, to a host or to a remote
device.

Syntax

Parameter Description
host Specifies the IP or host-name to connect.
port-number (Optional) Specifies the port-number.
remote-device ethernet-port SSH to a remote-device connected to the ethernet port.
port port-number (Optional) Specifies the port-number.
user username (Optional) Specifies the username.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.6 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to start a ssh connection to a host or to another DmSwitch.

DmSwitch#ssh 10.5.1.1
[email protected]’s password:

264
 Chapter 2. ssh

Related Commands
Command Description
show remote-devices Remote device management configuration and status.

265
telnet
telnet { remote-device { interface-number [ port port-number ] } | host [ port-number ] }

Description
Allows you to telnet from the current command-line interface session to another host.

Syntax

Parameter Description
remote-device Telnets to a connected remote device.
interface-number Specifies the ethernet interface where remote-device is
connected. (Range: 1-8)
port (Optional) Specifies server port number.
host Specifies the IP or host-name to connect to.
port-number (Optional) Specifies the port-number. (Range: 0-65535)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.4 Added remote-device command and it’s parameters.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to start a telnet connection to a host or to another DmSwitch.

DmSwitch#telnet 192.168.0.1

Entering character mode

Escape character is ’^]’.

266
 Chapter 2. telnet

Another_DmSwitch login:

Related Commands
Command Description
show remote-devices Remote device management configuration and status.

267
traceroute
traceroute [ l3 ] { destination-host }

Description
Traces the routed path between the switch and a destination endstation.

Syntax

Parameter Description
destination-host Specifies the IP or host-name of the destination host.
l3 (Optional) Traceroute command will be executed in layer
3.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.4 Added l3 parameter.

Usage Guidelines

To use a host-name parameter, you must first configure DNS.

Each router along the path is displayed.

Example

This example shows how to trace the routed path between the switch and a destination host.

DmSwitch#traceroute 10.5.1.1

268
 Chapter 2. traceroute

Related Commands
No related command.

269
Chapter 3. Configure Commands

access-list name accept

access-list name accept icmp { any | host ip-address | type { address-mask-reply |
address-mask-request | any | destination-unreachable { TOS-host-unreachable
| TOS-network-unreachable | any | communication-prohibited |
fragmentation-needed | host-precedence-violation | host-prohibited |
host-unknown | host-unreachable | network-prohibited | network-unknown
| network-unreachable | port-unreachable | precedence-cutoff
| protocol-unreachable | source-route-failed | numeric-type } |
echo-reply | echo-request | parameter-problem { any | ip-header-bad |
required-option-missing | numeric-type } | redirect { TOS-host-redirect |
TOS-network-redirect | any | host-redirect | network-redirect | numeric-type } |
router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | time-exceeded {
any | ttl-zero-during-reassembly | ttl-zero-during-transit | numeric-type } |
timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | numeric-type } { any | host ip-address | ip-address
rnetmask } | source-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 |
4 | 8 | 16 } ]

access-list name accept mac macaddress

access-list name accept { ip | tcp | udp | protocol-number } { any | host ip-address | ip-
address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 } ]

Description
Specifies packets to accept.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Access list name.
mac Source MAC address.
macaddress MAC address.
ip Any Internet Protocol.
tcp Transmission Control Protocol.
udp User Datagram Protocol.
protocol-number An IP protocol number.
any Any source host.
host A single source host.
ip-address Source address.
rnetmask Source wildcard bits.

270
 Chapter 3. access-list name accept

Parameter Description
tos Match packets with given TOS value.
0 Normal-Service.
2 Minimize-Cost.
4 Maximize-Reliability.
8 Maximize-Throughput.
16 Minimize-Delay.
icmp Internet Control Message Protocol.
type ICMP type.
address-mask-reply address-mask-reply ICMP type (18).
address-mask-request address-mask-request ICMP type (17).
any Any ICMP type (255).
destination-unreachable destination-unreachable ICMP type (3).
TOS-host-unreachable TOS-host-unreachable ICMP type code (12).
TOS-network-unreachable TOS-network-unreachable ICMP type code (11).
any Any ICMP type code.
communication-prohibited communication-prohibited ICMP type code (13).
fragmentation-needed fragmentation-needed ICMP type code (4).
host-precedence-violation host-precedence-violation ICMP type code (14).
host-prohibited host-prohibited ICMP type code (10).
host-unknown host-unknown ICMP type code (7).
host-unreachable host-unreachable ICMP type code (1).
network-prohibited network-prohibited ICMP type code (9).
network-unknown network-unknown ICMP type code (6).
network-unreachable network-unreachable ICMP type code (0).
port-unreachable port-unreachable ICMP type code (3).
precedence-cutoff precedence-cutoff ICMP type code (15).
protocol-unreachable protocol-unreachable ICMP type code (2).
source-route-failed source-route-failed ICMP type code (5).
numeric-type ICMP numeric type code.
echo-reply echo-reply (pong) ICMP type (0).
echo-request echo-request (ping) ICMP type (8).
parameter-problem parameter-problem ICMP type (12).
ip-header-bad ip-header-bad ICMP type code (0).
required-option-missing required-option-missing ICMP type code (1).
redirect redirect ICMP type (5).
TOS-host-redirect TOS-host-redirect ICMP type code (3).
TOS-network-redirect TOS-network-redirect ICMP type code (2).
host-redirect host-redirect ICMP type code (1).
network-redirect network-redirect ICMP type code (0).
router-advertisement router-advertisement ICMP type (9).
router-solicitation router-solicitation ICMP type (10).
source-quench source-quench ICMP type (4).
time-exceeded time-exceeded (ttl-exceeded) ICMP type (11).

271
 Chapter 3. access-list name accept

Parameter Description
ttl-zero-during-reassembly ttl-zero-during-reassembly ICMP type code (1).
ttl-zero-during-transit ttl-zero-during-transit ICMP type code (0).
timestamp-reply timestamp-reply ICMP type (14).
timestamp-request timestamp-request ICMP type (13).
source-address Source address.

Default
No access list is configured by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set an access list.

DmSwitch(config)#access-list test accept icmp any any

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

272
access-list name drop
access-list name drop icmp { any | host ip-address | type { address-mask-reply |
address-mask-request | any | destination-unreachable { TOS-host-unreachable
| TOS-network-unreachable | any | communication-prohibited |
fragmentation-needed | host-precedence-violation | host-prohibited |
host-unknown | host-unreachable | network-prohibited | network-unknown
| network-unreachable | port-unreachable | precedence-cutoff
| protocol-unreachable | source-route-failed | numeric-type } |
echo-reply | echo-request | parameter-problem { any | ip-header-bad |
required-option-missing | numeric-type } | redirect { TOS-host-redirect |
TOS-network-redirect | any | host-redirect | network-redirect | numeric-type } |
router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | time-exceeded {
any | ttl-zero-during-reassembly | ttl-zero-during-transit | numeric-type } |
timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | numeric-type } { any | host ip-address | ip-address
rnetmask } | source-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 |
4 | 8 | 16 } ]

access-list name drop mac macaddress

access-list name drop { ip | tcp | udp | protocol-number } { any | host ip-address | ip-address
rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 } ]

Description
Specifies packets to drop.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Access list name.
mac Source MAC address.
macaddress MAC address.
ip Any Internet Protocol.
tcp Transmission Control Protocol.
udp User Datagram Protocol.
protocol-number An IP protocol number.
any Any source host.
host A single source host.
ip-address Source address.
rnetmask Source wildcard bits.
tos Match packets with given TOS value.
0 Normal-Service.
2 Minimize-Cost.
4 Maximize-Reliability.

273
 Chapter 3. access-list name drop

Parameter Description
8 Maximize-Throughput.
16 Minimize-Delay.
icmp Internet Control Message Protocol.
type ICMP type.
address-mask-reply address-mask-reply ICMP type (18).
address-mask-request address-mask-request ICMP type (17).
any Any ICMP type (255).
destination-unreachable destination-unreachable ICMP type (3).
TOS-host-unreachable TOS-host-unreachable ICMP type code (12).
TOS-network-unreachable TOS-network-unreachable ICMP type code (11).
any Any ICMP type code.
communication-prohibited communication-prohibited ICMP type code (13).
fragmentation-needed fragmentation-needed ICMP type code (4).
host-precedence-violation host-precedence-violation ICMP type code (14).
host-prohibited host-prohibited ICMP type code (10).
host-unknown host-unknown ICMP type code (7).
host-unreachable host-unreachable ICMP type code (1).
network-prohibited network-prohibited ICMP type code (9).
network-unknown network-unknown ICMP type code (6).
network-unreachable network-unreachable ICMP type code (0).
port-unreachable port-unreachable ICMP type code (3).
precedence-cutoff precedence-cutoff ICMP type code (15).
protocol-unreachable protocol-unreachable ICMP type code (2).
source-route-failed source-route-failed ICMP type code (5).
numeric-type ICMP numeric type code.
echo-reply echo-reply (pong) ICMP type (0).
echo-request echo-request (ping) ICMP type (8).
parameter-problem parameter-problem ICMP type (12).
ip-header-bad ip-header-bad ICMP type code (0).
required-option-missing required-option-missing ICMP type code (1).
redirect redirect ICMP type (5).
TOS-host-redirect TOS-host-redirect ICMP type code (3).
TOS-network-redirect TOS-network-redirect ICMP type code (2).
host-redirect host-redirect ICMP type code (1).
network-redirect network-redirect ICMP type code (0).
router-advertisement router-advertisement ICMP type (9).
router-solicitation router-solicitation ICMP type (10).
source-quench source-quench ICMP type (4).
time-exceeded time-exceeded (ttl-exceeded) ICMP type (11).
ttl-zero-during-reassembly ttl-zero-during-reassembly ICMP type code (1).
ttl-zero-during-transit ttl-zero-during-transit ICMP type code (0).
timestamp-reply timestamp-reply ICMP type (14).
timestamp-request timestamp-request ICMP type (13).

274
 Chapter 3. access-list name drop

Parameter Description
source-address Source address.

Default
No access list is configured by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set an access list.

DmSwitch(config)#access-list test drop icmp any any

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

275
access-list name insert
access-list name insert { accept | drop | reject } icmp { any | host
ip-address | type { address-mask-reply | address-mask-request | any |
destination-unreachable { TOS-host-unreachable | TOS-network-unreachable
| any | communication-prohibited | fragmentation-needed |
host-precedence-violation | host-prohibited | host-unknown
| host-unreachable | network-prohibited | network-unknown |
network-unreachable | port-unreachable | precedence-cutoff
| protocol-unreachable | source-route-failed | numeric-type } |
echo-reply | echo-request | parameter-problem { any | ip-header-bad |
required-option-missing | numeric-type } | redirect { TOS-host-redirect |
TOS-network-redirect | any | host-redirect | network-redirect | numeric-type } |
router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | time-exceeded {
any | ttl-zero-during-reassembly | ttl-zero-during-transit | numeric-type } |
timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | numeric-type } { any | host ip-address | ip-address
rnetmask } | source-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 |
4 | 8 | 16 } ]

access-list name insert { accept | drop | reject } mac macaddress

access-list name insert { accept | drop | reject } { ip | tcp | udp | protocol-number } {

any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos {
0 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 } ]

Description
Specifies packets to insert.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Access list name.
accept Specify packets to accept.
drop Specify packets to drop.
reject Specify packets to reject.
mac Source MAC address.
macaddress MAC address.
ip Any Internet Protocol.
tcp Transmission Control Protocol.
udp User Datagram Protocol.
protocol-number An IP protocol number.
any Any source host.
host A single source host.
ip-address Source address.

276
 Chapter 3. access-list name insert

Parameter Description
rnetmask Source wildcard bits.
tos Match packets with given TOS value.
0 Normal-Service.
2 Minimize-Cost.
4 Maximize-Reliability.
8 Maximize-Throughput.
16 Minimize-Delay.
icmp Internet Control Message Protocol.
type ICMP type.
address-mask-reply address-mask-reply ICMP type (18).
address-mask-request address-mask-request ICMP type (17).
any Any ICMP type (255).
destination-unreachable destination-unreachable ICMP type (3).
TOS-host-unreachable TOS-host-unreachable ICMP type code (12).
TOS-network-unreachable TOS-network-unreachable ICMP type code (11).
any Any ICMP type code.
communication-prohibited communication-prohibited ICMP type code (13).
fragmentation-needed fragmentation-needed ICMP type code (4).
host-precedence-violation host-precedence-violation ICMP type code (14).
host-prohibited host-prohibited ICMP type code (10).
host-unknown host-unknown ICMP type code (7).
host-unreachable host-unreachable ICMP type code (1).
network-prohibited network-prohibited ICMP type code (9).
network-unknown network-unknown ICMP type code (6).
network-unreachable network-unreachable ICMP type code (0).
port-unreachable port-unreachable ICMP type code (3).
precedence-cutoff precedence-cutoff ICMP type code (15).
protocol-unreachable protocol-unreachable ICMP type code (2).
source-route-failed source-route-failed ICMP type code (5).
numeric-type ICMP numeric type code.
echo-reply echo-reply (pong) ICMP type (0).
echo-request echo-request (ping) ICMP type (8).
parameter-problem parameter-problem ICMP type (12).
ip-header-bad ip-header-bad ICMP type code (0).
required-option-missing required-option-missing ICMP type code (1).
redirect redirect ICMP type (5).
TOS-host-redirect TOS-host-redirect ICMP type code (3).
TOS-network-redirect TOS-network-redirect ICMP type code (2).
host-redirect host-redirect ICMP type code (1).
network-redirect network-redirect ICMP type code (0).
router-advertisement router-advertisement ICMP type (9).
router-solicitation router-solicitation ICMP type (10).
source-quench source-quench ICMP type (4).

277
 Chapter 3. access-list name insert

Parameter Description
time-exceeded time-exceeded (ttl-exceeded) ICMP type (11).
ttl-zero-during-reassembly ttl-zero-during-reassembly ICMP type code (1).
ttl-zero-during-transit ttl-zero-during-transit ICMP type code (0).
timestamp-reply timestamp-reply ICMP type (14).
timestamp-request timestamp-request ICMP type (13).
source-address Source address.

Default
No access list is configured by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set an access list.

DmSwitch(config)#access-list test insert icmp any any

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

278
access-list name reject
access-list name reject icmp { any | host ip-address | type { address-mask-reply |
address-mask-request | any | destination-unreachable { TOS-host-unreachable
| TOS-network-unreachable | any | communication-prohibited |
fragmentation-needed | host-precedence-violation | host-prohibited |
host-unknown | host-unreachable | network-prohibited | network-unknown
| network-unreachable | port-unreachable | precedence-cutoff
| protocol-unreachable | source-route-failed | numeric-type } |
echo-reply | echo-request | parameter-problem { any | ip-header-bad |
required-option-missing | numeric-type } | redirect { TOS-host-redirect |
TOS-network-redirect | any | host-redirect | network-redirect | numeric-type } |
router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | time-exceeded {
any | ttl-zero-during-reassembly | ttl-zero-during-transit | numeric-type } |
timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | numeric-type } { any | host ip-address | ip-address
rnetmask } | source-address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 |
4 | 8 | 16 } ]

access-list name reject mac macaddress

access-list name reject { ip | tcp | udp | protocol-number } { any | host ip-address | ip-
address rnetmask } { any | host ip-address | ip-address rnetmask } [ tos { 0 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 } ]

Description
Specifies packets to reject.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Access list name.
mac Source MAC address.
macaddress MAC address.
ip Any Internet Protocol.
tcp Transmission Control Protocol.
udp User Datagram Protocol.
protocol-number An IP protocol number.
any Any source host.
host A single source host.
ip-address Source address.
rnetmask Source wildcard bits.
tos Match packets with given TOS value.
0 Normal-Service.
2 Minimize-Cost.
4 Maximize-Reliability.

279
 Chapter 3. access-list name reject

Parameter Description
8 Maximize-Throughput.
16 Minimize-Delay.
icmp Internet Control Message Protocol.
type ICMP type.
address-mask-reply address-mask-reply ICMP type (18).
address-mask-request address-mask-request ICMP type (17).
any Any ICMP type (255).
destination-unreachable destination-unreachable ICMP type (3).
TOS-host-unreachable TOS-host-unreachable ICMP type code (12).
TOS-network-unreachable TOS-network-unreachable ICMP type code (11).
any Any ICMP type code.
communication-prohibited communication-prohibited ICMP type code (13).
fragmentation-needed fragmentation-needed ICMP type code (4).
host-precedence-violation host-precedence-violation ICMP type code (14).
host-prohibited host-prohibited ICMP type code (10).
host-unknown host-unknown ICMP type code (7).
host-unreachable host-unreachable ICMP type code (1).
network-prohibited network-prohibited ICMP type code (9).
network-unknown network-unknown ICMP type code (6).
network-unreachable network-unreachable ICMP type code (0).
port-unreachable port-unreachable ICMP type code (3).
precedence-cutoff precedence-cutoff ICMP type code (15).
protocol-unreachable protocol-unreachable ICMP type code (2).
source-route-failed source-route-failed ICMP type code (5).
numeric-type ICMP numeric type code.
echo-reply echo-reply (pong) ICMP type (0).
echo-request echo-request (ping) ICMP type (8).
parameter-problem parameter-problem ICMP type (12).
ip-header-bad ip-header-bad ICMP type code (0).
required-option-missing required-option-missing ICMP type code (1).
redirect redirect ICMP type (5).
TOS-host-redirect TOS-host-redirect ICMP type code (3).
TOS-network-redirect TOS-network-redirect ICMP type code (2).
host-redirect host-redirect ICMP type code (1).
network-redirect network-redirect ICMP type code (0).
router-advertisement router-advertisement ICMP type (9).
router-solicitation router-solicitation ICMP type (10).
source-quench source-quench ICMP type (4).
time-exceeded time-exceeded (ttl-exceeded) ICMP type (11).
ttl-zero-during-reassembly ttl-zero-during-reassembly ICMP type code (1).
ttl-zero-during-transit ttl-zero-during-transit ICMP type code (0).
timestamp-reply timestamp-reply ICMP type (14).
timestamp-request timestamp-request ICMP type (13).

280
 Chapter 3. access-list name reject

Parameter Description
source-address Source address.

Default
No access list is configured by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set an access list.

DmSwitch(config)#access-list test reject icmp any any

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

281
access-policy
access-policy { accept | drop }

Description
Configures firewall access policy.

Syntax

Parameter Description
accept Set accept policy.
drop Set drop policy.

Default
By default, policy is set to accept .

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
When editing a filter, only the specified properties are changed. If the editing includes one or more matches, all
original filter matches are removed. If it includes actions, all original actions are removed.

Example

This example shows how to set firewall policy to drop.

DmSwitch(config)#access-policy drop
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config .

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

282
Chapter 3. access-policy

283
authentication login
authentication login { local | tacacs | radius } [ local | tacacs | radius ] [ local
| tacacs | radius ]

no authentication login

Description

Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the authentication login to the default method.

Syntax

Parameter Description
local Local database authentication.
radius RADIUS server authentication.
tacacs Configures login to TACACS server.

Default
Local authentication method only.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the RADIUS authentication method as the first option, followed by Local
and TACACS, respectively.

DmSwitch(config)#authentication login radius local tacacs

284
 Chapter 3. authentication login

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configured authentication method precedence by entering the show running-config
privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.
tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.
radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.
radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.
radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.
radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.
radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.
radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.
show authentication Shows information about login authentication method and its
precedence.
show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.

285
banner login
banner login

no banner login

Description

Specifies a message to be displayed before the login prompts.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the login banner.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
After entering the banner login command, start the message by entering a delimiting character of your
choice, followed by one or more lines of text, terminating the message with the second occurrence of the delim-
iting character. Then, press <enter> to save the text.

Example

This example shows how to set a login banner.

DmSwitch(config)#banner login
c <text> c, where c is any delimiting character
=You are reading
a login banner test.
This is a example.=
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

286
 Chapter 3. banner login

Related Commands
No related command.

287
cfm
cfm { enable | linktrace database { max-sessions sessions-number | size size_number }
| md md-name [ level level-number ] | probe }

no cfm { enable | linktrace database { max-sessions | size } | md md-name }

Description

Enables connectivity fault management (CFM) and create a maintenance domain (MD).

Can not enable CFM if hw-forwarding is enabled in a ERPS instance. See Usage Guidelines for details.
Inserting no as a prefix for command cfm enable will disable CFM.

Syntax

Parameter Description
enable Enables connectivity fault management.
md md-name Configures a maintenance domain (MD).
level level-number (Optional) Insert a level number. (Range: 0-7)
linktrace database Configures the linktrace database options.
max-sessions sessions-number Maximum number of linktrace sessions. (Range: 1-4095)
probe Configures CFM probe instances.
size size-number Maximum size of linktrace database. (Range: 1-65535)

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added cfm probe command.
5.16.6 Added CFM with ERPS hw-forwarding coherence.

288
 Chapter 3. cfm

Usage Guidelines

This example shows the ERPS hw-forwarding coherence.

DmSwitch(config)#no erps 1
DmSwitch(config)#erps 1
DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 hw-forwarding
DmSwitch(config)#cfm enable
% 257: Cannot enable ERPS hw-forwarding and CFM at the same time
% Invalid config.

Example

This example shows how to create a maintenance domain (MD) with level 5.

DmSwitch(config)#cfm md MD level 5
DmSwitch(config-cfm)#

You can verify that the address was added to the list by entering the show running-config privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

289
clock timezone
clock timezone { name hour [ minute ] }

no clock timezone

Description

Specifies the timezone.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset timezone to default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Specifies a name for timezone.
hour Hours offset from UTC. (Range: -23 - +23)
minute (Optional) Minutes offset from UTC. (Range: 0-59)

Default
0 hours and 0 minutes offset from UTC, whithout name.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to specify the timezone with name "CAN", and -3 hours and 0 minutes offset from
UTC.

DmSwitch#clock timezone CAN -3 0

DmSwitch#

290
 Chapter 3. clock timezone

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show clock user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show clock Shows the system clock and timezone.

291
counter
counter { new | counter-id } [ mode upper { all lower none | green lower { not-green
| yellow | red } | none lower all | red lower { not-red | yellow } } | remark name |
type { bytes | packets } ]

no counter counter-id

Description

Configure a counter to be used by a filter.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the counter specified.

Syntax

Parameter Description
new Creates a new counter.
counter-id Selects a counter to edit by ID. (Range: 1-32)
mode Counter Upper and Lower mode.
upper Set Upper counter’s mode.
lower Set Lower counter’s mode.
all Upper/Lower count all packets.
none Upper/Lower count no packets.
red Upper/Lower count red packets.
green Upper count green packets.
yellow Lower count yellow packets.
not-green Lower count not green packets.
not-red Lower count not red packets.
remark name (Optional) Adds a remark text.
type Counter type.
bytes Count number of bytes.
packets Count number of packets.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

292
 Chapter 3. counter

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to create a new counter.

DmSwitch(config)#counter ingress new remark first_counter

Counter 1 created.
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was created by entering the show counter privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show counter Shows counters values and configuration
filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

293
cpu egress-block
cpu egress-block ethernet parameters [ ingress ethernet parameters ] [ vlan param-
eters ]

no cpu egress-block ethernet parameters [ ingress ethernet parameters ] [ vlan pa-

rameters ]

Description

Configures the switch to block CPU traffic with a range of VLAN IDs from a set of specified Ethernet interfaces
to another set of Ethernet interfaces
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the specified CPU Egress-Block rule.

Syntax

Parameter Description
egress-block The traffic must match the specified egress interfaces to be blocked.
ingress The traffic must match the specified ingress interfaces to be blocked.
vlan The VLAN ID of the traffic must match the specified set of VLAN IDs
to be blocked.

Ethernet parameters Adds ethernet interfaces to the CPU Egress-Block rule.

[unit-number/ ] port-number Adds a single Ethernet interface to the CPU Egress-Block rule.
all Adds all Ethernet interface to the CPU Egress-Block rule.
range [ first-unit-number/ ] Adds the range of Ethernet interface to the CPU Egress-Block rule.
first-port-number [ last-unit-number/ ]
last-port-number

VLAN parameters Adds a set of VLAN IDs to the CPU Egress-Block rule.
vlan-id Adds a single VLAN ID to the CPU Egress-Block rule.
all Adds all VLAN IDs to the CPU Egress-Block rule.
range first-vlan-id last-vlan-id Adds the range of VLAN IDs to the CPU Egress-Block rule.

Default

By default, no CPU Egress-Block rule is created.

A new CPU Egress-Block rule matches all ingress interfaces if no ingress parameters are specified.
A new CPU Egress-Block rule matches all VLAN IDs if no VLAN parameters are specified.

294
 Chapter 3. cpu egress-block

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.9 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The maximum number of simultaneos CPU Egress-Block rules is 512.

A new rule is created only if it is not completely comtemplated by existing rules.

If a new rule includes one or more existing rules, the previous rules will be merged with the new one.

Example

This example shows how to set a rule for blocking traffic from ingress Ethernet 5, egress Ethernet 6, 7 or 8, and
VLAN ID 126.

DmSwitch(config)#cpu egress-block ethernet range 6 8 ingress ethernet 5 vlan 126

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was created by entering the show running-config command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cpu egress-block Shows the rules for blocking forwarding of packets by the CPU.
filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.
switchport egress-block Configures the switch to block traffic from a specified ethernet interface
to another.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

295
cpu-dos-protect
cpu-dos-protect { block { arp { all | reply | request } | dlf | l3-slow-path |
reserved-multicast } | rate-limit { cpu { packets_block packets_reset } | global packets |
l3 ping-request packets } }

no cpu-dos-protect { block { arp { all | reply | request } | dlf | l3-slow-path |

reserved-multicast } | rate-limit { cpu | global | l3 ping-request } }

Description

Limits the packet rate that is processed by CPU.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable each of the cpu-dos-protect feature.

Syntax

Parameter Description
arp { all | reply | Blocks arp packets to CPU. Can be all packets, reply packets only, or request packets only.
request }
block Blocks specific packets to CPU.
cpu Control CPU packet limits.
dlf Blocks destination lookup fail packets to CPU.
global Control global packets per second.
l3 Control l3 packets per second.
l3-slow-path Blocks L3 slow path packets to CPU.
packets Specifies a limit of packets processed per second. (Range: 1-1000)
packets_block Specifies a limit of packets to block. (Range: 4-1536)
packets_reset Specifies a limit of packets to reset block. (Range: 4-1536)
ping-request Packets per second.
rate-limit Limits CPU packet rate.
Blocks reserved multicast packets to CPU.
reserved-multicast

Default

CPU rate limit block: 479 packets

CPU rate limit reset: 475 packets

Global rate limit: Disabled.

296
 Chapter 3. cpu-dos-protect

CPU L3 rate limit icmp echo request: 0 packets

Protect CPU from destination lookup fail: Disabled.

Protect CPU from l3 slow path: Enabled.

Protect CPU from reserved multicast: Enabled.

Protect CPU from arp reply: Enabled.

Protect CPU from arp request: Enabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command can be used to prevent "denial of service" attacks to the CPU, where an attacker could generate
a packet flood and require a large amount of processing that would negatively affect execution of other system
tasks.
However, a very low limit could cause loss of critical traffic as protocol PDUs, management connections, etc.

Example

This example shows how to limit CPU packet rate in 1000 packets per second.

DmSwitch#cpu-dos-protect rate-limit 1000

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the limit rate was changed by entering the show cpu-dos-protect user EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cpu Shows CPU information.
show cpu-dos-protect Shows the CPU denial of service protection information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

297
Chapter 3. cpu-dos-protect

298
cpu protocol bpdu-protect
cpu protocol bpdu-protect

no cpu protocol bpdu-protect

Description

Enable control BPDU packets per second monitoring.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the VLAN link detect.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to prevent problems in protocols when there is flood of BPDUs.

Example

This example shows how to enable this feature.

DmSwitch#cpu protocol bpdu-protect

DmSwitch#

You can verify that this configuration was enabled by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description

299
 Chapter 3. cpu protocol bpdu-protect

Command Description
show_cpu Shows CPU information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

300
cpu protocol-priority tunnel
cpu protocol-priority tunnel packet

no cpu protocol-priority-tunnel

Description

Configure priority to tunneled packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the tunnel priority.

Syntax

Parameter Description
packet Specifies the packet priority. (Range: 0-7)

tunnel
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the priority 5 for tunnel packets

DmSwitch#cpu protocol priority tunnel 5

DmSwitch#

You can verify that protocol priority tunnel was introduced by entering the show cpu protocol
priority tunnel user EXEC command.

301
 Chapter 3. cpu protocol-priority tunnel

Related Commands
Command Description
cpu-dos-protect Limits the packet rate that is processed by CPU.
show cpu Shows CPU information.
show cpu-dos-protect Shows the CPU denial of service protection information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

302
eaps domain
eaps domain

no eaps domain

Description

Creates a new EAPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the EAPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Before you create a EAPS domain, you must disable the spanning-tree protocol.

Example

This example shows how to create a domain with id 1.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the domain was created by entering the show eaps privileged EXEC command.

303
 Chapter 3. eaps domain

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.
eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master in
a EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets before
changing the status of EAPS ring to fail.
eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.
eaps domain name Renames the domain.
eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

304
eaps domain control-vlan
eaps domain control-vlan { id index | name name }

no eaps domain control-vlan

Description

Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the control VLAN records for the specified EAPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)
id index Specifies an enabled VLAN by index. (Range: 1-4094)
name name Specifies an enabled VLAN by name.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The control VLAN is used for control traffic from the EAPS protocol. It cannot be used for data traffic.
For the primary and secondary ports of the domain, the control VLAN always have a forwarding state. For the
remaining ports, the control VLAN always have a blocked state.

Example

This example shows how to configure the VLAN index 100 to be the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.

305
 Chapter 3. eaps domain control-vlan

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 control-vlan id 100

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show eaps privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.
eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master in
a EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets before
changing the status of EAPS ring to fail.
eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.
eaps domain name Renames the domain.
eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

306
eaps domain failtime
eaps domain failtime { seconds [ milliseconds milliseconds ] | action {
open-secondary-port | send-alert } }

no eaps domain failtime [ action ]

Description

Configures the amount of time that causes the EAPS Master node to enter the FAILED state if no hello packet
is received.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset failtime to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)
seconds Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, to declare the FAILED state when no
hello packets are received. Must be greater than hellotime for this domain. (Range:
0-60)
milliseconds Specifies the maximum time, in milliseconds, to declare the FAILED state when no
milliseconds hello packets are received. In conjunction with the above parameter, must be
greater than hellotime for this domain. (Range: 0-900)
action After failtime expires, open secondary port to allow network convergence.
open-secondary-port
action send-alert After failtime expires, send alert to log and query network nodes about link status.

Default
3 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

307
 Chapter 3. eaps domain failtime

Usage Guidelines

The "hello" packets are sent on the primary port from the Master switch and are expected to be received on its
secondary port. If no hello packets are received on the secondary port after failtime seconds the Master switch
enters the FAILED state.

This is an alternate method for detecting ring failures. In most situations, the Master switch will enter the
FAILED state after receiving link down notifications from other switches or from itself which is faster than the
failtime method.
Use lower values of failtime to ensure faster ring protection. Use higher values to be more tolerant to hello
packet losses.

Example

This example shows how to change the failtime parameter for an EAPS domain

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 failtime 5
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the interval time was changed by entering the show eaps detail privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.
eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.
eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.
eaps domain name Renames the domain.
eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

308
eaps domain hellotime
eaps domain hellotime { seconds [ milliseconds milliseconds ] }

no eaps domain hellotime

Description

Configures the sending interval for "hello" packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset hellotime to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range : 0-3)
seconds Specifies the interval between the sending of two "hello" packets in seconds. It
must be less than the failtime parameter for this domain. (Range: 0-60)
milliseconds Specifies the interval between the sending of two "hello" packets in milliseconds. It
milliseconds must be less than the failtime parameter for this domain. (Range: 0-900)

Default
1 second.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The "hello" packets are sent on the primary port from the Master switch and are expected to be received on its
secondary port. A hello packet received puts the EAPS domain in the COMPLETE state (Master switch).
Use lower values to ensure faster state transitions for the EAPS protocol. Use higher values to reduce control
traffic on the network.

309
 Chapter 3. eaps domain hellotime

Example

This example shows how to change the interval time between two "hello" packets to 2 seconds.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 hellotime 2
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the interval time was changed by entering the show eaps detail privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.
eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.
eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master in
a EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets before
changing the status of EAPS ring to fail.
eaps domain name Renames the domain.
eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

310
eaps domain hw-forwarding
eaps domain hw-forwarding

no eaps domain hw-forwarding

Description

Enables EAPS hardware forwarding in DmSwitch.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the EAPS hardware forwarding.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
EAPS hardware forwarding is disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable eaps hardware forwarding.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps hw-forwarding
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that EAPS hardware forwarding is enabled by entering the show eaps privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description

311
 Chapter 3. eaps domain hw-forwarding

Command Description
eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.
eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.
eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master in
a EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets before
changing the status of EAPS ring to fail.
eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.
eaps domain name Renames the domain.
eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

312
eaps domain name
eaps domain name name

no eaps domain name

Description

Renames the EAPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the EAPS domain specified.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)
name Specifies a new name for domain.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set the domain 1 name to "test".

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 name test

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the domain was renamed by entering the show eaps privileged EXEC command.

313
 Chapter 3. eaps domain name

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.
eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.
eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master in
a EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets before
changing the status of EAPS ring to fail.
eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.
eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

314
eaps domain port
eaps domain port { primary | secondary } { ethernet port-number | port-channel
portchannel-number }

no eaps domain port { primary | secondary }

Description

Configures the two ports that participate on an EAPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configured ports from the EAPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)
primary Sets a specific port as primary.
secondary Sets a specific port as secondary.
ethernet port-number Specifies an ethernet port. (Range 1-8)
port-channel port-channel-number Specifies a port channel. The port channel must be
specified in accordance with the port channel configured
in the switch. (Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The primary and secondary ports have no distinct functionality on Transit switches.
In normal conditions, the secondary port of the Master switch is the one that is blocked for traffic in order to
avoid the Ethernet ring becoming a network loop.

315
 Chapter 3. eaps domain port

Example

This example shows how to define the ethernet port 1/25 as the primary port on the EAPS domain.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 port primary ethernet 1/25

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was configured by entering the show eaps detail privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.
eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.
eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master in
a EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets before
changing the status of EAPS ring to fail.
eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.
eaps domain name Renames the domain.
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.
show eaps Shows EAPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

316
eaps domain port-block-aware
eaps domain port-block-aware

no eaps domain port-block-aware

Description
Configures interaction between EAPS domain and blocking L2 protocols such as link-flap, loopback detection
and OAM.

Syntax
No parameters accepted.

Default
For each EAPS domain created, the switch ignores other L2 protocols blocks to compute EAPS state.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This configuration can lead to multiple EAPS reconvergences if underlying L2 protocols, such as OAM, are in
constant interruptions. If your topology is under high loss of OAM packets, this feature isn’t recommended.

Example

This example shows how to configure a DmSwitch to clue EAPS and blocking protocols.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 port-block-aware
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show eaps detail privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.

317
 Chapter 3. eaps domain port-block-aware

Command Description
eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.
eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master in
a EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets before
changing the status of EAPS ring to fail.
eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.
eaps domain name Renames the domain.
eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

318
eaps domain protected-vlans
eaps domain protected-vlans vlan-group { index | range { first-index last-index } | all }

no eaps domain protected-vlans vlan-group { index | range { first-index last-index } | all

}

Description

Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by an EAPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the protected VLAN group records for the specified
EAPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range 0-3)
index Specifies a single VLAN group. (Range: 0-3)
range first-index last-index Specifies a range of VLAN group IDs. (Range: 0-3)
all Specifies all VLAN groups.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
For the primary and secondary ports of the domain, the protected VLAN groups have a forwarding or blocked
state depending on the EAPS protocol execution. For the remaining ports, the protected VLAN groups always
have a forwarding state.

319
 Chapter 3. eaps domain protected-vlans

Example

This example shows how to protect VLAN groups 1 to 3 on an EAPS ring.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps 1 protected-vlans vlan-group range 1 3

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show eaps detail privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.
eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.
eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master in
a EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets before
changing the status of EAPS ring to fail.
eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.
eaps domain name Renames the domain.
eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.
show eaps Shows EAPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

320
eaps mode
eaps mode { master | transit }

Description
Configures the mode of a switch in the EAPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
master Defines the master mode.
transit Defines the transit mode.

Default
After an EAPS domain is created, the switch is in transit mode.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must configure exactly one switch as master on each EAPS domain. The remaining switches must be
configured as transit.
The master switch performs some control operations on the EAPS domain. In normal conditions, the secondary
port of the master switch is the one that is blocked for traffic in order to avoid the Ethernet ring becoming a
network loop.

Example

This example shows how to configure a DmSwitch as master.

DmSwitch(config)#eaps mode master

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show eaps privileged EXEC command.

321
 Chapter 3. eaps mode

Related Commands
Command Description
eaps domain Creates a new EAPS domain.
eaps domain control-vlan Configures the control VLAN for the EAPS domain.
eaps domain failtime Defines the interval time that the secondary port of DmSwitch master in
a EAPS ring waits without receiving the two hello packets before
changing the status of EAPS ring to fail.
eaps domain hellotime Defines the interval between the sending of two hello packets.
eaps domain name Renames the domain.
eaps domain port Defines both primary and secondary ports of DmSwitch in EAPS ring.
eaps domain protected-vlans Defines the VLAN groups that will be protected by EAPS ring.

show eaps Shows EAPS settings.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

322
elmi
elmi

Description
Enters on ethernet local management interface (E-LMI) protocol configuration mode.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enter on E-LMI configuration mode.

DmSwitch(config)#elmi
DmSwitch(config-elmi)#

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
uni-c Creates or edits user network interface (UNI) on
customer edge devices.

323
 Chapter 3. elmi

Command Description
uni-n Creates or edits user network interface (UNI) on
provider edge devices.

324
erps domain
erps domain

no erps domain

Description

Creates a new ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the ERPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Before you create a ERPS domain, you must disable the spanning-tree protocol.

Example

This example shows how to create an ERPS domain with id 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS domain was created by entering the show erps privileged EXEC command.

325
 Chapter 3. erps domain

Related Commands
Command Description
show eaps Shows EAPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

326
erps domain control-vlan
erps domain accept { all | id domain_id | name domain_name | range first_domain_id
last_domain_id }

no erps domain accept

Description

Configure the accept topology change from domains.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove ERPS accept domains.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id.
domain_id Specifies the accept domain by id. (Range: 0-3)
domain_name Specifies the accept domain by name.
first_domain_id Specifies the first accept domain id of range. (Range: 0-3)
last_domain_id Specifies the last accept domain id of range. (Range: 0-3)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Domains must be different.

Example

This example shows how set an accept domain for erps 1.

327
 Chapter 3. erps domain control-vlan

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 accept id 2
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS accept was set by entering the show erps detail privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

328
erps domain control-vlan
erps domain control-vlan { id vlan_id | name vlan_name }

no erps domain control-vlan

Description

Configure the control vlan for ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove ERPS control-vlan.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)
vlan_id Specifies a control-vlan by id. (Range: 0-4094)
vlan_name Specifies a control-vlan by name.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how set a control-vlan for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 control-vlan id 1
DmSwitch(config)#

329
 Chapter 3. erps domain control-vlan

You can verify that the ERPS control-vlan was set by entering the show erps detail privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

330
erps domain guard-time
erps domain guard-time { value }

no erps domain guard-time

Description

Configures the waiting period to start receiving new ERPS messages after an old request.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the guard time to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)
value Specifies the waiting period to start receiving new ERPS
messages after an old request. (Range: 10-2000.
Granularity: 10)

Default
Guard time default value is 500.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how configure guard-time for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 guard-time 20
DmSwitch(config)#

331
 Chapter 3. erps domain guard-time

You can verify that the ERPS guard-time was configured by entering the show erps detail privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

332
erps domain holdoff-time
erps domain holdoff-time { value }

no erps domain restore-time

Description

Configures the time to wait before start reporting defects to ERPS.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the holdoff time to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)
value Specifies the number of milliseconds to wait before start
reporting defects to ERPS. (Range: 0-10000. Granularity:
100)

Default
Holdoff-time default value is 0.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how configure holdoff-time for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 holdoff-time 100

DmSwitch(config)#

333
 Chapter 3. erps domain holdoff-time

You can verify that the ERPS holdoff-time was configured by entering the show erps detail privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

334
erps domain hw-forwarding
erps domain hw-forwarding

no erps domain hw-forwarding

Description

Enables hardware forwarding of packets in ERPS domain.

Can not enable hw-forwarding if CFM is enabled. See Usage Guidelines for details.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disablehardware forwarding in the ERPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range 0-3)

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.
5.16.6 Added CFM with ERPS hw-forwarding coherence.

Usage Guidelines

Hardware forwarding must be configured only in transit mode.

This example shows the ERPS hw-forwarding coherence.

DmSwitch(config)#cfm enable
DmSwitch(config)#erps 1
DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 hw-forwarding
% 257: Cannot enable ERPS hw-forwarding and CFM at the same time

335
 Chapter 3. erps domain hw-forwarding

% Invalid config.

Example

This example shows how enable hw-forwarding in erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 hw-forwarding
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS hw-forwarding is enable by entering the show erps detail privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

336
erps domain name
erps domain name { string }

no erps domain name

Description

Set a name for ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove ERPS name.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)
string Specifies a name for ERPS domain.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how set a name for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 name datacom

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS name was set by entering the show erps detail privileged EXEC command.

337
 Chapter 3. erps domain name

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

338
erps domain port0
erps domain port0 { virtual-channel control-vlan vlan_id { id erps_domain_id | name
erps_domain_name } | rpl { ethernet interface_number | port-channel port-channel_id } | node
{ ethernet interface_number | port-channel port-channel_id } }

no erps domain port0

Description

Configure the the first port of ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will unconfigure ERPS first port.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id.
vlan_id Specifies the vlan by id.
erps_domain_id Specifies the erps domain by id.
erps_domain_name Specifies the erps domain by name.
interface_number Specifies the interface number.
port-channel_id Specifies the port-channel number.
node Normal node port.
rpl Port belongs to a ring protection link.
virtual-channel Port belongs to a virtual channel.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

339
 Chapter 3. erps domain port0

Example

This example shows how configure the first port of erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 port0 rpl ethernet 1

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS port0 was configured by entering the show erps detail privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

340
erps domain port1
erps domain port1 { virtual-channel control-vlan vlan_id { id erps_domain_id | name
erps_domain_name } | rpl { ethernet interface_number | port-channel port-channel_id } | node
{ ethernet interface_number | port-channel port-channel_id } }

no erps domain port1

Description

Configure the the second port of ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will unconfigure ERPS second port.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id.
vlan_id Specifies the vlan by id.
erps_domain_id Specifies the erps domain by id.
erps_domain_name Specifies the erps domain by name.
interface_number Specifies the interface number.
port-channel_id Specifies the port-channel number.
node Normal node port.
rpl Port belongs to a ring protection link.
virtual-channel Port belongs to a virtual channel.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

341
 Chapter 3. erps domain port1

Example

This example shows how configure the second port of erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 port1 rpl ethernet 1

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS port1 was configured by entering the show erps detail privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

342
erps domain protected-vlans_vlan-group
erps domain protected-vlans vlan-group { index | range { first-index last-index } | all }

no eaps domain protected-vlans vlan-group { index | range { first-index last-index } | all

}

Description

Configures the protected vlans in the ERPS domain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the protected vlans from ERPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range 0-3)
index Specifies a single VLAN group. (Range: 0-3)
range first-index last-index Specifies a range of VLAN group IDs. (Range: 0-3)
all Specifies all VLAN groups.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how configure protected-vlans for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 protected-vlans vlan-group 1

343
 Chapter 3. erps domain protected-vlans_vlan-group

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the ERPS protected-vlans was configured by entering the show erps detail privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

344
erps domain restore-time
erps domain restore-time { value }

no erps domain restore-time

Description

Configures a time to wait before free a traffic channel on a failed node.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the restore time to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
domain Specifies a domain id. (Range: 0-3)
value Specifies the number of minutes to wait before free the
traffic channel. (Range: 5-12)

Default
Restore time default value is 5.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how configure restore-time for erps 1.

DmSwitch(config)#erps 1 restore-time 10
DmSwitch(config)#

345
 Chapter 3. erps domain restore-time

You can verify that the ERPS restore-time was configured by entering the show erps detail privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

346
eaps mode
eaps mode { rpl-owner | transit }

Description
Configures the mode of a switch in the ERPS domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
rpl-owner Defines the rpl-owner mode.
transit Defines the transit mode.

Default
After an ERPS domain is created, the switch is in Transit mode.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must configure exactly one switch as rpl-owner on each ERPS domain. The remaining switches must be
configured as Transit.
The rpl-owner switch performs some control operations on the ERPS domain. In normal conditions, the sec-
ondary port of the rpl-owner switch is the one that is blocked for traffic in order to avoid the Ethernet ring
becoming a network loop.

Example

This example shows how to configure a DmSwitch as rpl-owner.

DmSwitch(config)#erps mode rpl-owner

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show erps privileged EXEC command.

347
 Chapter 3. eaps mode

Related Commands
Command Description
show erps Shows ERPS settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

348
evc
evc { evc-id type { multipoint-to-multipoint | point-to-point } cfm md md-name ma
ma-name }

no evc evc-id

Description

Creates an ethernet virtual circuit.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specific ethernet virtual circuit.

Syntax

Parameter Description
evc-id Specifies EVC identifier. (up to 32 characters)
type Specifies the EVC type.
Multipoint to multipoint operation.
multipoint-to-multipoint

point-to-point Point to point operation.

md md-name Specifies a CFM maintenance domain (MD).
ma ma-name Specifies a CFM maintenance association (MA).

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

349
 Chapter 3. evc

Example

This example shows how to configure an EVC.

DmSwitch#configure
DmSwitch(config)#evc EVC_ID type point-to-point cfm md MD ma MA

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
uni-n Creates or edits user network interface (UNI) on
provider edge devices.
cfm Enables connectivity fault management (CFM) and
create a maintenance domain (MD).

350
external-alarm
external-alarm { fan | in1 [ invert ] | in2 [ invert ] | in3 [ invert ] | temp }

no external-alarm [ fan | in1 [ invert ] | in2 [ invert ] | in3 [ invert ] | temp ]

Description

Enables the external alarm output which is based on configurable sources.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the external alarm.

Syntax

Parameter Description
fan Enables external alarm for fan failure.
in1 Enables external alarm for external alarm input 1.
in2 Enables external alarm for external alarm input 2.
in3 Enables external alarm for external alarm input 3.
invert (Optional) Disable inverted read of alarm input signal
levels.
temp Enables external alarm for temp failure.

Default
External alarm output is disabled for all sources.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Use the external alarm output to send an electrical signal to an external device based on internal and/or external
events.

351
 Chapter 3. external-alarm

Example

This example shows how to enable the external alarm for fan failure.

DmSwitch(config)#external-alarm fan
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the alarm was enabled by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

352
fetch tftp
fetch tftp { public-key { ip-address public-key-file-name user-name } |
https-certificate { ip-address certificate-file-name private-key-file-name password } }

Description
Fetches a key or certificate from a tftp server.

Syntax

Parameter Description
public-key Fetches a public-key.
ip-address Specifies the server from which the public key will be obtained.
public-key-file-name Specifies the file that contains the public key.
user-name Specifies the user name for the key or certificate.
https-certificate Fetches a https-certificate.
certificate-file-name Specifies the filename that contains the https certificate.
private-key-file-name Specifies the name of the file for the private key.
password Specifies the password for the certificate.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to fetch a public key from TFTP server for user "test".

DmSwitch#fetch tftp public-key 10.20.30.40 key_dsa.pub test

DmSwitch#

353
 Chapter 3. fetch tftp

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show public-key Shows the public key information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

354
filter
filter { id | new } { action parameters | disable | enable | ingress ethernet { all |
range { first-port-number last-port-number } port-number } | match parameters | meter meter-id |
priority priority-value | remark text }

no filter { id }

Description

Creates or configures a traffic filter. Filters can match packets by various protocol fields and perform actions that
change, discard or forward the packet in some ways.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the filter specified.

Syntax

Parameter Description
new Creates a new filter.
id Selects a filter to edit by ID. (Range: 1-128)

Action parameters Adds an action to the filter

802.1p priority Change packet and internal 802.1p priority value. (Range: 0-7)
802.1p-from-inner-vlan Change packet and internal 802.1p priority from inner VLAN tag.
802.1p-from-tos Change packet and internal 802.1p priority from IP ToS Precedence.
counter counter-id Associate a counter. (Range: 1-32)
deny Discards the packet.
drop-precedence green Internally set the drop-precedence of the packet to green.
drop-precedence yellow Internally set the drop-precedence of the packet to yellow.
drop-precedence red Internally set the drop-precedence of the packet to red.
dscp ip-value Change differentiated services code point.
egress-block ethernet range Set range of ethernet ports to block. (Range: 1-8)
first-port-number last-port-number
egress-block ethernet Set ethernet port to block.
port-number
egress-block cpu Block traffic to CPU.
int-802.1p priority Change internal 802.1p priority value. (Range: 0-7)
int-802.1p-from-inner-vlan Change internal 802.1p priority from inner VLAN tag.
int-802.1p-from-tos Change internal 802.1p priority from IP ToS Precedence.
permit Causes the packet to be switched.
pkt-802.1p priority Change packet 802.1p priority value. (Range: 0-7)
pkt-802.1p-from-inner-vlan Change packet 802.1p priority from inner VLAN tag.
pkt-802.1p-from-tos Change packet 802.1p priority from IP ToS Precedence.
red-deny Discard red packet.

355
 Chapter 3. filter

Action parameters Adds an action to the filter

red-drop-precedence green Internally change the drop precedence of red packet to the green.
red-drop-precedence yellow Internally change the drop precedence of red packet to yellow.
red-drop-precedence red Internally change the drop precedence of red packet to red.
red-dscp ip-dscp-value Change differentiated services code point of red packet.
tos tos-value Change IP ToS Precedence value. (Range: 0-7)
tos-from-802.1p Change IP ToS Precedence from 802.1p priority.
yellow-deny Discard yellow packet.
yellow-drop-precedence Internally change the drop precedence of yellow packet to green.
green
yellow-drop-precedence Internally change the drop precedence of yellow packet to yellow.
yellow
yellow-drop-precedence red Internally change the drop precedence of yellow packet to red.
yellow-dscp ip-dsc-value Change differentiated services code point of yellow packet. (Range:
0-63)

Match parameters Sets a packet field to be matched

802.1p priority Specifies 802.1p priority value (for outer or single tag). (Range: 0-7)
802.1p-inner priority Specifies 802.1p priority value (for inner tag). (Range: 0-7)
all Matches all packets.
destination-ip host ip Specify a single IP address.
destination-ip range first-ip Specify a range of IP addresses.
last-ip
destination-ip ip netmask Specify a maskable IP address.
destination-mac host Specify host destination MAC address.
mac-address
destination-mac mac-netmask Specify a maskable destination MAC address
(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX).
destination-port first-L4-port Specify range of destination L4 port. (Range: 0-65535)
last-L4-port
destination-port range L4-port Specify destination L4 port. (Range: 0-65535)

dscp ip-dscp-value Specify IP DSCP field.

ethertype ethertype Specify single EtherType field. (Range: 0x0600-0xFFFF)
ethertype range first-ethertype Specify range of L4 port numbers. (Range: 0x0600-0xFFFF)
last-ethertype
protocol icmp Set L4 protocol to Internet Control Message Protocol.
protocol tcp Set L4 protocol to Transmission Control Protocol.
protocol udp Set L4 protocol to User Datagram Protocol.
protocol value Set L4 protocol to IP Protocol fiel value. (Range: 0-255)
source-ip host ip Specify source single IP address.
source-ip range first-ip last-ip Specify source range of IP addresses.
source-ip ip-netmask Specify source maskable IP address.
source-mac host mac-address Specify host source MAC address.
source-mac mac-netmask Specify maskable source MAC address (XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX).

356
 Chapter 3. filter

Match parameters Sets a packet field to be matched

source-port L4-port Specify single source L4 port. (Range: 0-65535)
source-port range L4-port Specify source source L4 port. (Range: 0-65535)
tos-bits tos-value Specify IP ToS lower bits. (Range: 0-7)
tos-precedence Specify IP ToS Precedence. (Range: 0-7)
tos-precedence-value
vlan vlan-id Specify single VLAN ID (outer/single tag). (Range: 1-4094)
vlan range first-vlan-id last-vlan-id Specify range of VLAN ID (outer/single tag). (Range: 1-4094)
vlan-inner vlan-id Specify single VLAN ID (inner tag). (Range: 1-4094)
vlan-inner range first-vlan-id Specify range of VLAN ID (inner tag). (Range: 1-4094)
last-vlan-id

Other parameters Description

disable Disables the filter.
enable Enables the filter.
ethernet Applies the filter to an Ethernet port.
all Apply the filter to all Ethernet ports.
ethernet range first-port-number Apply the filter to a range of specific units and ports. (Range: 1-8)
last-port-number
meter meter-id Sets a meter to be associated to this filter. (Range: 1-63)
remark text Adds a remark text.
priority priority Configures the filter priority. Higher values indicate better priority.
(Range: 0-7)

Default

By default, no filter is created.

A new filter matches all packets if no match parameters are specified.

A new filter is applied to all ports if no ingress ports are specified.

A new ingress filter has a default priority of 8 if no priority is specified.

A new egress filter has a default priority of 0 if no priority is specified.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

357
 Chapter 3. filter

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Each filter created may specify multiple non-conflicting actions and multiple matches. Multiple actions are
applied in parallel. Multiple matches are combined as a logical AND.

Filter priorities are used when two or more filters match the same packet and their actions conflict (i.e. the
actions modify the same packet field(s) or they are permit/deny actions). In that case the highest priority filter
has its action executed. Filters can share the same priority if their matches are related to the same packet fields
(but not the same field values).

A filter containing matches with ranges of values may require additional resources to be implemented. That
corresponds to more than one priority being necessary for the filter. If that is the case, the user will be informed at
filter creation. If the filter requires N priorities to be implemented, there must be N available priorities beginning
on the filter specified priority.

That need for additional priorities is related to the range starting and ending values. No additional priorities are
needed when the range is aligned with power of two values (i.e. when the lower limit is a power of two and the
upper limit is a power of two minus one).
When editing a filter, only the specified properties are changed. If the editing includes one or more matches, all
original filter matches are removed. If it includes actions, all original actions are removed.

Example

This example shows how to create an ingress filter to discard all tcp packets incoming in the interface ethernet
5.

DmSwitch(config)#filter new ingress ethernet 5 action deny match protocol tcp

Filter 1 created.
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was created by entering the show filter privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show filter Shows filters information.
meter Configures a meter to be used by a filter
counter Configures a counter to be used by a filter
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

358
hostname
hostname name

Description
Specifies a hostname for the equipment.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Specifies a name.

Default
Default hostname is "DmSwitch".

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to specify the hostname "ClientABC".

DmSwitch(config)#hostname ClientABC
ClientABC(config)#

It is possible to verify the hostname by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

359
interface bundle
interface bundle { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

no interface bundle { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

Description

Enables the bundle interface configuration mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Enables for all interfaces.
port-number Enables for a specific bundle interface. (Range 1-8)
range { first-port-number last-port-number } Enables for a range of specific bundle interface. (Range:
1-8)

Default
Default is bundle disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the bundle interface configuration mode for port range 1 to 5.

DmSwitch#interface bundle range 1 5

DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1-to-1/5)#

360
 Chapter 3. interface bundle

You can verify that the bundle range was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

Related Commands
No related command.

361
interface ethernet
interface ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

Description
Enables the interface configuration mode.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Enables for all ports.
port-number Enables for a specific unit and port. (Range: 1-8)
range { first-port-number last-port-number } Enables for a range of specific units and ports. (Range:
1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the interface configuration mode for port range 1 to 5.

DmSwitch#interface ethernet range 1 5

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1-to-1/5)#

You can verify that the port range was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

Related Commands
No related command.

362
interface mgmt-eth
interface mgmt-eth

Description
Enables the management interface configuration mode.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the management interface configuration mode.

DmSwitch(config)#interface mgmt-eth
DmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#

Related Commands
No related command.

363
interface loopback
interface loopback { loopback-number }

no interface loopback { loopback-number }

Description

Enables the loopback configuration mode.

Only the interface loopback 0 is available.

The loopback interface can be used as source-iface by the following services: snmp, ssh, telnet, tftp, radius,
tacacs, syslog and sntp.

Syntax

Parameter Description
loopback-number Enables loopback.

Default
The interface loopback is in shutdown by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To enable the interface loopback capacity, the internal-network VLAN command ought to be used. See Internal
Network command below for more details.
It is possible to redistribute the interface loopback IP address, for instance, through BGP, the redistribute con-
nected/static must be enabled and the router-id must be set manually.

364
 Chapter 3. interface loopback

Example

This example shows how to enable the interface configuration mode for loopback 0.

DmSwitch(config)#interface loopback 0
DmSwitch(config-if-lo-0)#
DmSwitch(config-if-lo-0)#ip address 1.1.1.1/32
DmSwitch(config-if-lo-0)#no shutdown

You can verify that the configuration was accepted through the show interfaces loopback command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces loopback Shows the interfaces loopback.
internal network Sets VLAN to work in Internal Network mode
show ip Shows the IP configuration.

365
interface port-channel
interface port-channel { port-channel-number }

no interface port-channel { portchannel-number }

Description

Enables the port-channel configuration mode. The port-channel is created if it doesn’t exist.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified port channel interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
portchannel-number Enables for a specific port channel. The port channel must
be specified in accordance with the port channel
configured in the switch. (Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the interface configuration mode for port-channel 1.

DmSwitch#interface port-channel 1
DmSwitch(config-if-port-ch-1)#

You can verify that the port channel interface was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

366
 Chapter 3. interface port-channel

Related Commands
No related command.

367
interface pw
interface pw { port-number }

no interface pw { port-number }

Description

Enables the PW interface configuration mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified PW interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
port-number Enables for a specific PW interface.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the PW interface configuration mode for interface 1.

DmSwitch#interface pw 1
DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#

You can verify that the PW interface was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

368
 Chapter 3. interface pw

Related Commands
No related command.

369
interface tdm
interface tdm { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

no interface tdm { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

Description

Enables the TDM interface configuration mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified TDM interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Enables for all TDM interfaces.
port-number Enables for a specific TDM interface.
range { first-port-number last-port-number } Enables for a range of specific TDM interfaces.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the TDM interface configuration mode for TDM 1.

DmSwitch#interface tdm 1
DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#

You can verify that the tdm interface was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

370
 Chapter 3. interface tdm

Related Commands
No related command.

371
interface vlan
interface vlan { all | index | range { first-index last-index } }

no interface vlan { index | range { first-index last-index } }

Description

Enables the VLAN configuration mode. The VLAN is created and enabled if it does not exist.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified VLAN interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Enables for all VLANs.
index Enables for a specific VLAN index. (Range: 1-4094)
range { first-index last-index } Enables for a range of specific VLANs index. (Range: 1-4094)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
VLAN 1 cannot be disabled.

Example

This example shows how to enable for all VLANs.

DmSwitch#interface vlan all

iterating over 4094 VLANs. Next commands may take a while...
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-all)#

372
 Chapter 3. interface vlan

You can verify that the VLAN range was accepted as it is shown in the new prompt.

Related Commands
No related command.

373
ip as-path access-list
ip as-path access-list name { permit | deny } regexp

no ip as-path access-list name { permit | deny } regexp

Description

Configures the BGP autonomous system path filter access-list.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will erase AS-Path access-list.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Specifies a name of a AS-Path access-list. (Max. 33
characters).
deny Specifies packets to reject of a AS-Path access-list.
permit Specifies packets to forward of a AS-Path access-list.
regexp Regular expressions that matches the desired BGP
AS-path list. Blank spaces are not allowed (Max. 48
characters).

Default
By default, there are no access-lists created.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

AS path regular expression is based on POSIX 1003.2 regular expressions. Following description is just a subset
of POSIX regular expression. User can use full POSIX regular expression. Adding to that special character ’_’
is added for AS path regular expression. Blank spaces are not allowed.

374
 Chapter 3. ip as-path access-list

Character Description
. Matches any single character.
. Matches any single character.
* Matches 0 or more occurrences of pattern.
+ Matches 1 or more occurrences of pattern.
? Match 0 or 1 occurrences of pattern.
^ Matches the beginning of the line.
$ Matches the end of the line.
_ Character _ has special meanings in AS path regular expression. It matches to space and
comma , and AS set delimiter { and } and AS confederation delimiter ( and ). And it also
matches to the beginning of the line and the end of the line. So _ can be used for AS value
boundaries match. show ip bgp regexp _7675_ matches to all of BGP routes which as AS
number include 7675.

Example

This example shows how to insert a regular expression in list named tag and how to be used in a route-map and
right after in the BGP.

DmSwitch(config)#ip as-path access-list tag permit _7728_

DmSwitch(config)#route-map r1 deny 1
DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match as-path tag
DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 2
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 route-map r1 out

You can verify that the expression was added to the list by entering the show ip as-path access-list
privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show ip as-path Shows configured as-path_access-lists.
access-list

375
ip default-gateway
ip default-gateway { ip-address }

no ip default-gateway

Description

Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the default gateway.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Specifies the default gateway IP address.

Default
No default gateway is configured.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the IP address "10.1.1.1" for default gateway of DmSwitch.

DmSwitch(config)#ip default-gateway 10.1.1.1

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show ip default-gateway user EXEC
command.

376
 Chapter 3. ip default-gateway

Related Commands
Command Description
ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

377
ip host-table aging-time
ip host-table aging-time seconds

no ip host-table aging-time

Description

Defines the aging time of all entries in the L3 ARP table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the aging time to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
seconds Specifies the aging time in seconds. (Range: 60-1000000)

Default
300 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced. Before this was called arp aging-time.

Usage Guidelines

ARP aging time is used to remove from the ARP table entries that are not in used anymore. Since it’s globally
configured, whenever ARP aging timer expires the whole table is verified and updated.

While the ARP table is being refreshed, there are two different behaviors depending on the entry. Entries that are
next-hop to routes: a new ARP request is sent and the entry is never removed. All other entries: will be removed
if it’s not hit between two consecutive agings. No new ARP requests will be generated for this type of entry.
Note that this command affects only the L3 Forwarding Tables. Control plane has its own ARP table and its
behavior is out of the scope of this command. Depending on the L3 protocols that are running on the system,
one may see extra ARP Requests to maintain the control plane’s ARP Table.

378
 Chapter 3. ip host-table aging-time

Example

This example shows how to change the aging time to 1000 seconds.

DmSwitch#ip host-table aging-time 1000

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the value was changed by entering the show ip host-table aging-time privileged
EXEC configuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip host-table Shows host-table aging-time configuration.
aging-time

379
ip dhcp server
ip dhcp server index net-ip net-mask first-pool-ip last-pool-ip [ default-lease-time days
hours minutes seconds ] [ dns-server ip-address ] [ domain-name text ] [ max-lease-time
days hours minutes seconds ] [ netbios-dd-server ip-address ] [ netbios-name-server ip-
address ] [ netbios-node-type type ] [ router ip-address ]

no ip dhcp server index

Description

Configures DHCP server index to serve net-ip/net-mask network (must be compatible with some VLAN L3 IP)
and deliver addresses from first-pool-ip to last-pool-ip, which must be consecutive and can not have a VLAN
L3 IP in the pool range.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the selected index server.

Syntax

Parameter Description
default-lease-time days hours minutes Specifies default lease time. Days: (range: 0-20000),
seconds hours: (range: 0-23), minutes: (range: 0-59) and seconds:
(range: 0-59)
dns-server ip-address Specifies the DNS server ip address.
domain-name text Specifies the DNS server ip address. (Max. 32 characters)
first-pool-ip Specifies the pool begin ip address.
index Specifies the server to configure. (Range: 1-6)
last-pool-ip Specifies the pool end ip address.
max-lease-time days hours minutes seconds Specifies max lease time. Days: (range: 0-20000), hours:
(range: 0-23), minutes: (range: 0-59) and seconds: (range:
0-59)
net-ip Specifies the network address of the DHCP pool. The
net-ip value must be the equal to network address of target
IP L3 vlan. To obtain network address value, performs a
bitwise AND operation between ip address and mask
from IP L3 vlan.
net-mask Specifies the network mask, in X.X.X.X format, of the
DHCP pool. The net-mask value must be equal to mask
value of target IP L3 vlan.
netbios-dd-server ip-address Specifies the NetBIOS datagram distribution server ip
address.
netbios-name-server ip-address Specifies the NetBIOS name server (WINS) ip address.
netbios-node-type type Specifies the NetBIOS node type.
router ip-address Specifies the router ip address to be set on DHCP clients.

380
 Chapter 3. ip dhcp server

Default
No DHCP server is configured.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

DHCP server is set to deliver ip addresses and automatically configure network clients parameters. No previous
client network setup is needed, just physical connection to equipment and a DHCP client.
A VLAN interface with L3 address is needed to enable a server. The server uses VLAN network address to run.

Example

This example shows how to configure the DHCP server 1 to run over previous configured VLAN 2 with primary
L3 address "20.20.20.1/24". The server will run on "20.20.20.0/255.255.255.0" network/mask and create a pool
of IP addresses ranging from "20.20.20.10" to "20.20.20.20".

DmSwitch(config)#ip dhcp server 1 20.20.20.0 255.255.255.0 20.20.20.10 20.20.20.20

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the DHCP server was configured by entering the show ip dhcp user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip dhcp Shows the configured DHCP servers.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

381
ip http
ip http { server | port port-number | secure-server | secure-port port-number }

no ip http { server | port | secure-server | secure-port }

Description

Configures the internal HTTP server for external access.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will stop the HTTP server or reset binded ports to the default value.
It can also reset the maximum number of connections on the HTTP server to default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
server Enables the internal HTTP server.
port port-number Specifies a port number for access the HTTP server.
(Range: 1-65535)
secure-server Enables the internal secure HTTP server.
secure-port port-number Specifies a port number for access the secure HTTP
server. (Range: 1-65535)

Default

Port: 80

Secure-port: 443
HTTP is enabled and secure HTTP is disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

382
 Chapter 3. ip http

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the secure HTTP server.

DmSwitch(config)#ip http secure-server

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the secure HTTP server was enabled by entering the show ip http privileged EXEC
command.

This example shows how to change to 3000 the access port of HTTP server.

DmSwitch(config)#ip http port 3000

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the port of HTTP server was changed by entering the show ip http privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
management Filters client IP address that tries to access internal servers.
show ip http Shows the HTTP server information.
show management Shows the management IP filters.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

383
ip nat-helper
ip nat-helper { ftp { ports port_number } | irc { ports port_number } | tftp { ports
port_number } }

no ip nat-helper { ftp | irc | tftp }

Description

Configure application specific helpers for transversal NAT and reuse of tcp connections.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable each of the nat helpers.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ftp Configures ftp NAT helper.
irc Configures irc NAT helper.
tftp Configures tftp NAT helper.
ports Configures operation using port.
port_number Defines which port to operate. (Range 1-65535)

Default
No NAT helpers sets

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

NAT helper modules do some application specific NAT handling. Usually this includes on-the-fly manipulation
of data. Think about the PORT command in FTP, where the client tells the server which ip/port to connect
to. Thererfore a FTP helper module has to replace the ip/port after the PORT command in the FTP control
connection.

384
 Chapter 3. ip nat-helper

If we are dealing with TCP a possible change of the packet size may occur (FTP example: The length of the
string representing an IP/port tuple after the PORT command has changed). If we had to change the packet size,
we have a syn/ack difference between left and right side of the NAT box. (i.e. if we had extended one packet by
4 octets, we have to add this offset to the TCP sequence number of each following packet)
Special NAT handling of all related packets is required, too. Take as example again FTP, where all incoming
packets of the DATA connection have to be NATed to the ip/port given by the client with the PORT command
on the control connection.

Example

This example shows how to set ftp NAT helper over port 2121.

DmSwitch#ip nat-helper ftp ports 2121

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the limit rate was changed by entering the show running-config user EXEC com-
mand.

!
ip nat-helper irc ports 3
ip nat-helper ftp ports 2121
ip nat-helper tftp ports 3
!

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

385
ip prefix-list
ip prefix-list name seq seq-number { permit | deny } ipaddress/mask [ ge ge-length ] [
le le-length ]

no ip prefix-list name seq seq-number { permit | deny } ipaddress/mask [ ge

ge-length ] [ le le-length ]

Description

Configure a prefix list.

The prefix-list can be used to match routes received from other equipments. The permit/deny facilities provided
by these commands can be used to filter which routes will install in the kernel.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will erase prefix list.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Specifies a name of a prefix list.
seq seq-number Specifies a sequence number of an entry. (Range:
1-65535)
deny Specifies packets to reject of a prefix list.
permit Specifies packets to forward of a prefix list.
ipaddress/mask Specifies a IP prefix.
ge ge-length (Optional) Specifies a matching prefix mask greater or
equal than the given value. Range: 1-32. The default is not
configured by the value 0, although not being a valid
range value.
le le-length (Optional) Specifies a matching prefix mask less or equal
than the given value. Range: 1-32. Default is not
configured by the value 32.

Default
By default, there are no prefix-lists created.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

386
 Chapter 3. ip prefix-list

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The ge (greater or equal) and le (less or equal) parameters allow the range of the prefix length to be matched on
to be varied. If only the ge attribute is specified the range is assumed to be from ge-length value to the address
length of the family. If only the le attribute is specified, it matches from mask to le-length value. A specified
ge and/or le must satisfy the following condition:mask <= ge-length <= le-length <= address length of family.

Example

This example shows how to insert a ip address in list.

DmSwitch(config)#ip prefix-list name seq 1 permit 192.168.1.1/24

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the address was added to the list by entering the show ip prefix-list privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
router bgp Enables and accesses the BGP configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show ip prefix-list Shows configured prefix-lists.

387
ip protocol-management-address
ip protocol-management-address [vlan { vlan_id }| mgmt-eth]

no ip protocol-management-address

Description

Configure management address for protocols.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the protocol-management-address configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
vlan_id Configures vlan interface number. (Range: 1-4094)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Interface vlan must be created.

Example

This example shows how to configure protocol management address.

DmSwitch(config)#ip protocol-management-address vlan 2

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show ip protocol-management-address
privileged EXEC command.

388
 Chapter 3. ip protocol-management-address

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip Shows the management address for protocols.
protocol-management-address

389
ip route
ip route { destination-ip-address/mask forwarding-ip-address [ distance { value } [ route-remark
] | route-remark ] }

no ip route { all | destination-ip-address/mask forwarding-ip-address }

Description

Adds a static route to the routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified static route.

Syntax

Parameter Description
distance value (Optional) Sets administrative distance. (Range: 1-255)
route-remark (Optional) Sets static route remark.
destination-ip-address/mask Specifies the destination network.
forwarding-ip-address Specifies the gateway to reach the destination network.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Use the mask /32 to indicate a host.

Example

This example shows how to establish a static route to the network "10.2.1.0/24" through gateway "10.1.1.1".

DmSwitch(config)#ip route 10.2.1.0/24 10.1.1.1

390
 Chapter 3. ip route

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the static route was added by entering the show ip route user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
ip routing Enables the IP routing.
show ip route Shows IP routing table.
show ip routing Shows the routing status.

391
ip routing
ip routing

no ip routing

Description

Enables the IP routing.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable IP routing.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
IP routing is disabled by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the IP routing.

DmSwitch(config)#ip routing
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the IP routing was enabled by entering the show ip routing user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
ip route Adds a static route to the routing table.

392
 Chapter 3. ip routing

Command Description
show ip route Shows IP routing table.
show ip routing Shows the routing status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

393
ip snmp-server
ip snmp-server [ community text [ ro | rw ] | contact text | host ip-address {
source-iface [ loopback number | vlan number ] | version { 1 text | 2c text | 3 text [ md5
text | sha text ] [ aes text | des text ] } } | location text | traps [ parameters ] | user text { ro |
rw } { md5 text | sha text } [ aes text | des text ] ]

no ip snmp-server [ community text | contact | host ip-address { source-iface } |

location | traps [ parameters ] | user text ]

Description

Configures the internal SNMP server.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will stop SNMP server or remove the specified configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
community text (Optional) Creates a new community with the specified name.
rw Specifies that the access is read and write.
ro Specifies that the access is read only.
contact text (Optional) Sets the DmSwitch’s contact name. Is accepted spaces for
the variable text.
host ip-address (Optional) Sets the IP address of a manager device. It will receive the
traps of a specific community sent by DmSwitch.
source-iface Specifies the SNMP source interface
loopback number Select loopback interface.
vlan number Select VLAN interface. (Range: 1-4094)
version Specifies a SNMP version.
1 text Sets the SNMP version 1.
2c text Sets the SNMP version 2c.
3 text Sets the SNMP version 3.
location location (Optional) Sets the DmSwitch’s location. It accepts spaces.
user text (Optional)Creates a new user with the specified name.
md5 text Uses MD5 algorithm for the user authentication.
sha text Uses SHA algorithm for the user authentication.
aes text (Optional) Uses AES algorithm for the data transmission privacy.
des text (Optional) Uses DES algorithm for the data transmission privacy.
traps parameters Disables sending of SNMP traps. Click here to see the parameters
description.

394
 Chapter 3. ip snmp-server

Default
SNMP server is enabled by default and community read-only "public".

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set the manager device for the community "management" using a SNMP version
2c.

DmSwitch(config)#ip snmp-server host 10.5.1.2 version 2c management

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the manager device was set by entering the show ip snmp-server privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
ip snmp-server trap Enables sending of SNMP traps.
management Filters client IP address that tries to access internal servers.
show ip snmp-server Shows the SNMP server information.
show management Shows the management IP filters.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show system Shows system information.

395
ip snmp-server traps
ip snmp-server traps [ alarm-status-change | bpdu-protect-limit-reached
| bpdu-protect-block-time-expired | cesop-tdm-link | cesop-tdm-remote
| cesop-tdm-cas | cesop-tdm-crc | cesop-bundle-tdm-local |
cesop-bundle-tdm-remote | cesop-bundle-local | cesop-bundle-remote |
cesop-bundle-pkt-mismatch | cesop-bundle-next-hop | cesop-clock-source
| cfm-notification | config-change | config-save | cpu-l3-usage |
cpu-usage | critical-event-detected | critical-event-recovered |
dying-gasp-received | eaps-status-change | erps-status-change |
evc-status-change | fan-status-change | high-memory-l3-usage-detected |
high-memory-l3-usage-no-more-detected | high-memory-usage-detected
| high-memory-usage-no-more-detected | license-expire-warning |
link-up-down | lldp-remote-changed | lldp-remote-changed-global |
lst-link-up-down | login-fail | login-success | loopback-detected
| loopback-no-more-detected | non-homologated-transceiver
| transceiver-presence | traps-lost | unidir-link-detected |
unidir-link-recovered ]

no ip snmp-server traps [ alarm-status-change |

bpdu-protect-limit-reached | bpdu-protect-block-time-expired |
cesop-tdm-link | cesop-tdm-remote | cesop-tdm-cas | cesop-tdm-crc |
cesop-bundle-tdm-local | cesop-bundle-tdm-remote | cesop-bundle-local |
cesop-bundle-remote | cesop-bundle-pkt-mismatch | cesop-bundle-next-hop
| cesop-clock-source | cfm-notification | config-change |
config-save | cpu-l3-usage | cpu-usage | critical-event-detected |
critical-event-recovered | dying-gasp-received | eaps-status-change
| erps-status-change | evc-status-change | fan-status-change |
high-memory-l3-usage-detected | high-memory-l3-usage-no-more-detected
| high-memory-usage-detected | high-memory-usage-no-more-detected
| license-expire-warning | link-up-down | lldp-remote-changed |
lldp-remote-changed-global | lst-link-up-down | login-fail |
login-success | loopback-detected | loopback-no-more-detected |
non-homologated-transceiver | transceiver-presence | traps-lost |
unidir-link-detected | unidir-link-recovered ]

Description

Enables the sending of SNMP traps.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable all or the specified SNMP trap.

Syntax

Parameter Description
alarm-status-change (Optional) Issues alarm-status-change traps.

396
 Chapter 3. ip snmp-server traps

Parameter Description
bpdu-protect-limit-reached (Optional) Issues bpdu-protect-limit-reached traps.
bpdu-protect-block-time-expired (Optional) Issues bpdu-protect-block-time-expired traps.
cesop-tdm-link (Optional) Issues cesop-tdm-link traps.
cesop-tdm-remote (Optional) Issues cesop-tdm-remote traps.
cesop-tdm-cas (Optional) Issues cesop-tdm-cas traps.
cesop-tdm-crc (Optional) Issues cesop-tdm-crc traps.
cesop-bundle-tdm-local (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-tdm-local traps.
cesop-bundle-tdm-remote (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-tdm-remote traps.
cesop-bundle-local (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-local traps.
cesop-bundle-remote (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-remote traps.
cesop-bundle-pkt-mismatch (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-pkt-mismatch traps.
cesop-bundle-next-hop (Optional) Issues cesop-bundle-next-hop traps.
cesop-clock-source (Optional) Issues cesop-clock-source traps.
cfm-notification (Optional) Issues cfm-notification traps.
config-change (Optional) Issues config-change traps.
config-save (Optional) Issues config-save traps.
cpu-l3-usage (Optional) Issues layer 3 CPU usage traps.
cpu-usage (Optional) Issues cpu-usage traps.
critical-event-detected (Optional) Issues critical-event-detected traps.
critical-event-recovered (Optional) Issues critical-event-recovered traps.
dying-gasp-received (Optional) Issues dying-gasp-received traps.
eaps-status-change (Optional) Issues eaps-status-change traps.
erps-status-change (Optional) Issues erps-status-change traps.
evc-status-change (Optional) Issues EVC status change.
fan-status-change (Optional) Issues fan-status-change traps.
high-memory-l3-usage-detected (Optional) Issues layer 3 high-memory-usage-detected
traps.
(Optional) Issues layer 3
high-memory-l3-usage-no-more-detected
high-memory-usage-no-more-detected traps.
high-memory-usage-detected (Optional) Issues high-memory-usage-detected traps.
high-memory-usage-no-more-detected (Optional) Issues high-memory-usage-no-more-detected
traps.
license-expire-warning (Optional) Issues license-expire-warning traps.
link-up-down (Optional) Issues link-up or link-down traps.
lldp-remote-changed (Optional) Issues trap for changes in LLDP remote table
of an interface.
lldp-remote-changed-global (Optional) Issues trap for changes in LLDP remote tables.
lst-link-up-down (Optional) Issues lst-link-up-down traps.
login-fail (Optional) Issues login-fail traps.
login-success (Optional) Issues login-success traps.
loopback-detected (Optional) Loopback detection.
loopback-no-more-detected (Optional) Loopback recovery.
non-homologated-transceiver (Optional) Issues non-homologated-transceiver traps.
transceiver-presence (Optional) Issues transceivers insertion/removal traps.

397
 Chapter 3. ip snmp-server traps

Parameter Description
traps-lost (Optional) Issues traps-lost traps.
unidir-link-detected (Optional) Issues unidir-link-detected traps.
unidir-link-recovered (Optional) Issues unidir-link-recovered traps.

Default
The sending of all SNMP traps are enabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added cpu-l3-usage, evc-status-change,
high-memory-l3-usage-detected and
high-memory-l3-usage-no-more-detected commands.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the DmSwitch to send SNMP traps.

DmSwitch(config)#ip snmp-server traps

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the sending was enabled by entering the show ip snmp-server traps privileged
EXEC command. As default, all traps are enable.

Related Commands
Command Description
ip snmp-server Configures the internal SNMP server.
show ip snmp-server Shows the SNMP server information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

398
ip ssh
ip ssh { max-connections max-connections-number | server | timeout seconds |
server-key size number-of-bits | source-iface [ vlan number | loopback number ] |
host-key { clear | generate } [ rsa | dsa ] }

no ip ssh { max-connections | server | timeout | server-key size | source-iface

}

Description

Configures the internal SSH server for external access.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will stop the SSH server or reset the specified parameter to the default
value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
max-connections max-connections-number Specifies the maximum number of connections on SSH
server. (Range: 1-3)
server Enables the internal SSH server.
timeout seconds Defines the amount of time that the SSH server wait a
response from a client during the authentication. (Range:
0-600)
server-key size number-of-bits Defines the number of bits that compose the
authentication key. (Range: 512- 896)
host-key Configures the host key pair (public and private).
generate Generates the specified host key pair.
rsa (Optional) Specifies the RSA key for SSH version 1.
dsa (Optional) Specifies the DSA key for SSH version 2.
source-iface Specify SSH source interface.
loopback number Select loopback interface.
vlan number Select VLAN interface. (Range: 1-4094)

Default

Default max-connections is 3.

Default timeout value is 120 seconds.

Default server-key size is 768 bits.

399
 Chapter 3. ip ssh

Default SSH server is disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The host-key pair must be generated in order to enable SSH.

Example

This example shows how to generate the DSA host key pair for SSH version 2.

DmSwitch(config)#ip ssh host-key generate dsa

Generating dsa keys...
Fingerprint: 2e:64:59:be:76:e5:e5:a1:bf:0f:a2:31:2f:8e:84:46
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the key pair was generated by entering the show ip ssh privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
management Filters client IP address that tries to access internal servers.
show ip ssh Shows the SSH server information.
show management Shows the management IP filters.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show system Shows system information.
terminal timeout Sets an idle timeout for terminal.

400
ip telnet
ip telnet { max-connections max-connections-number | server | source-iface [ vlan
number | loopback number ] }

no ip telnet { max-connections | server | source-iface }

Description

Configures the internal telnet server for external access.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will stop the telnet server or reset the maximum number of connections
to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
max-connections max-connections-number Specifies the maximum number of connections on telnet
server. (Range: 1-3)
server Enables the internal telnet server.
source-iface Specify Telnet source address.
loopback number Select loopback interface as source address.
vlan number Select VLAN interface as source address. (Range:
1-4094)

Default

Max-connections: 3 connections
Telnet server is enabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

401
 Chapter 3. ip telnet

Example

This example shows how to change the maximum number of connections to 2.

DmSwitch(config)#ip telnet max-connections 2

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the maximum number os connections was changed by entering the show ip telnet
privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
management Filters client IP address that tries to access internal servers.
show ip telnet Shows the telnet server information.
show management Shows the management IP filters.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
terminal timeout Sets an idle timeout for terminal.

402
ip tftp
ip tftp { source-iface [ loopback 0 ] }

no ip tftp { source-iface }

Description

Configures the internal TFTP client options.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the chosen option to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
source-iface Specify TFTP source address.
loopback 0 Select loopback interface as source address.

Default
No default source interface is chosen, nearest IP address will be used.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to change the source interface to loopback interface 0.

DmSwitch(config)#ip tftp source-iface loopback 0

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show ip privileged EXEC command.

403
 Chapter 3. ip tftp

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip Shows the IP configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

404
l2protocol-tunnel
l2protocol-tunnel { dest-mac-address mac-address }

no l2protocol-tunnel { dest-mac-address }

Description

Configures the layer 2 protocols tunneling.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the destination MAC address defined for the layer 2
protocol tunneling.
This configuration does not apply on L2 Control Protocol Tunneling, and Extended Tunneling which always
uses DATACOM OUI MAC address prefix (01:04:DF:CD:CD) as destination.

Syntax

Parameter Description
dest-mac-address mac-address Defines a destination MAC address. It will be used by the
packets that have been tunneled.
(XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The configured destination MAC address must be the same on all switches on the tunnelling path.

Example

This example shows how to define a MAC address to be used by the layer 2 protocol tunneling.

405
 Chapter 3. l2protocol-tunnel

DmSwitch(config)#l2protocol-tunnel dest-mac-address 01:02:03:04:05:06

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the MAC address was defined by entering the show l2protocol-tunnel privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show l2protocol-tunnel Shows Layer 2 Protocols Tunneling information.
l2protocol-tunnel Configures Layer 2 protocols tunneling for the Ethernet interface.

406
lacp mode
lacp mode { active | passive }

no lacp mode

Description

Configures LACP operation mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset it to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
active Enables LACP in active mode.
passive Enables LACP in passive mode.

Default
The default value for LACP mode is active.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable LACP in passive mode.

DmSwitch(config)#lacp mode passive

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the active mode was enabled by entering the show lacp internal user EXEC com-
mand.

407
 Chapter 3. lacp mode

Related Commands
Command Description
show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.
show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.

408
link-state-track group
link-state-track group [ downstream add { ethernet { all | range { first-interface
last-interface } | interface-number } | port-channel portchannel-number } | upstream add {
ethernet { all | range { first-interface last-interface } | interface-number } | port-channel
portchannel-number } ]

no link-state-track group { ethernet interface_number | port-channel port-channel_id

}

Description

Configure the link-state tracking.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the link-state tracking.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Selects all available ethernet ports.
group Specifies the link-state tracking group (Range: 1-4).
interface-number Specifies the interface number. (Range 1-8)
portchannel-id Specifies the port-channel number. (Range: 1-8)
range { first-interface last-interface } Specifies a range of ethernet ports.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 Added all and range parameter to ethernet command.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

409
 Chapter 3. link-state-track group

Example

This example shows how configure the link-state tracking.

DmSwitch(config)#link-state-track 1 downstream add ethernet 5

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the link-state-track was configured by entering the show link-state-track privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

410
lldp
lldp

no lldp

Description

Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the LLDP operation.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
LLDP is disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable LLDP operation.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that LLDP operation was enable by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

411
 Chapter 3. lldp

Command Description
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

412
lldp notification-interval
lldp notification-interval seconds

no lldp notification-interval

Description

Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be
sent. If multiple neighbor information changes occur after the sent notification, no additional notifications are
sent.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the notification interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
seconds Specifies the interval at which lldp notifications are sent. (Range: 5-3600)

Default
The default value is 5 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure an interval of 120 seconds for SNMP notifications.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp notification-interval 120

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the notification interval was configured by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

413
 Chapter 3. lldp notification-interval

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

414
lldp reinitialize-delay
lldp reinitialize-delay seconds

no lldp reinitialize-delay

Description

Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after LLDP ports were disabled or the link went
down.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the reinitialize delay to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
seconds Specifies the delay that applies to the re-initialization attempt.(Range: 1-10)

Default
The default value is 2 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a re-initialization delay of 10 seconds.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp reinitialize-delay 10
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the re-initialization delay was configured by entering the show lldp user EXEC com-
mand.

415
 Chapter 3. lldp reinitialize-delay

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

416
lldp transmit-delay
lldp transmit-delay { auto | seconds }

no lldp transmit-delay

Description

Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions initiated by a value change or status change
in any of the LLDP local systems Management Information Base (MIB).
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the transmit interval to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
auto Set delay time to maximum allowed value. Maximum allowed value is 25% of
transmit-interval.
seconds Specifies the delay time between successive frame transmissions. Maximum allowed
value is 25% of transmit-interval. (Range: 1-8192)

Default
The default value is 2 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how automatically to configure the delay time between successive LLDP frame transmis-
sions.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp transmit-delay auto

417
 Chapter 3. lldp transmit-delay

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the auto transmit delay was configured by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

418
lldp transmit-hold
lldp transmit-hold value

no lldp transmit-hold

Description

Configures the transmit-hold that is used to calculate the actual time-to-live (TTL) value used in the LLDP PDU
packets. The formula is transmit-interval * transmit-hold.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the transmit-hold to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Specifies the TTL value to transmit. (Range: 2-10)

Default
The default value is 4.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the transmit-hold value of 5.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp transmit-hold 5
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the the transmit-hold value was configured by entering the show lldp user EXEC com-
mand.

419
 Chapter 3. lldp transmit-hold

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

420
lldp transmit-interval
lldp transmit-interval seconds

no lldp transmit-interval

Description

Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units (PDUs).
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the transmit interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
seconds Specifies the time duration between LLDP transmissions. Minimum allowed value is
4 times the transmit-delay. (Range: 5-32768)

Default
The default value is 30 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a transmit interval of 10 seconds for LLDP PDUs.

DmSwitch(config)#lldp transmit-interval 10
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the transmit interval was configured by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

421
 Chapter 3. lldp transmit-interval

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

422
logging debug
logging debug { all | arp | cpu rx | eaps | erps | icmp | lacp | link | stp }

no logging debug { all | arp | cpu rx | eaps | erps | icmp | lacp | link | stp }

Description

Configures logging of debug messages related to the selected option.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable logging of debug messages related to the selected option.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Enables logging of all debug messages.
arp Enables logging of ARP debug messages.
cpu rx Enables logging messages received at CPU.
eaps Enables logging of EAPS debug messages.
erps Enables logging of ERPS debug messages.
icmp Enables logging of ICMP debug messages.
lacp Enables logging of LACP debug messages.
link Enables logging of link state debug messages.
stp Enables logging of STP debug messages.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command configures logging of debug messages.

423
 Chapter 3. logging debug

Example

This example shows how to configure logging of debug messages for all protocols.

DmSwitch(config)#logging debug all

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the debug messages logging configuration by entering the show running-config privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
debug Enables the printing of debug messages.
logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.
logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.
logging on Enables the logging of events.
logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.
logging host Configures a remote syslog server.
show log Shows log messages.
show logging Shows logging configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

424
logging facility
logging facility { facility-type }

no logging facility

Description

Sets the facility type for remote logging.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the facility type to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
facility-type Specifies the facility type. (Range: 16-23)

Default
Logging facility default value is 23.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set the facility type 18 for remote logging.

DmSwitch(config)#logging facility 18
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the facility type was set by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

425
 Chapter 3. logging facility

Related Commands
Command Description
logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.
logging host Configures a remote syslog server.
logging on Enables the logging of events.
logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.
logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.
show log Shows log messages.
show logging Shows logging configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

426
logging history
logging history { flash | ram } { log-level }

no logging history { flash | ram }

Description

Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable logging in the specified memory.

Syntax

Parameter Description
flash Configures log level for flash memory.
ram Configures log level for RAM memory.
log-level Defines the range of log levels that will be saved in the specified memory. (Range: 0-7)

Default
Default log level for flash is 3, and for ram is 6.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a range of 0 to 3 of log levels to be saved in flash memory.

DmSwitch(config)#logging history flash 3

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was maked by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

427
 Chapter 3. logging history

Related Commands
Command Description
logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.
logging host Configures a remote syslog server.
logging on Enables the logging of events.
logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.
logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.
show log Shows log messages.
show logging Shows logging configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

428
logging host
logging host { ip-address [ source-iface { loopback number | vlan number } ] }

no logging host { ip-address [ source-iface ] }

Description

Configures a remote syslog server.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configuration of a remote syslog server.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Specifies the IP address of the remote syslog server.
source-iface (Optional) Specifies the host source interface.
loopback number Select loopback interface as source address. (Range:
1-4094)
vlan number Select VLAN interface as source address. (Range: 0-7)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to specify the IP address of the remote syslog server.

DmSwitch(config)#logging host 10.5.1.2

429
 Chapter 3. logging host

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.
logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.
logging on Enables the logging of events.
logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.
logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.
show log Shows log messages.
show logging Shows logging configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

430
logging on
logging on

no logging on

Description

Enables the logging of events.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the logging of events.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Enabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable event logging.

DmSwitch(config)#logging on
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the logging was enabled by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.

431
 Chapter 3. logging on

Command Description
logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.
logging host Configures a remote syslog server.
logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.
logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.
show log Shows log messages.
show logging Shows logging configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

432
logging sendmail
logging sendmail [ host ip-address | level log-level | source-email email-address |
destination-email email-address ]

no logging sendmail [ host ip-address | level | source-email | destination-email

email-address ]

Description

Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the sending of logs via e-mail or delete the specified
configuration used for sending e-mails.

Syntax

Parameter Description
host ip-address (Optional) Specifies the IP address of the SMTP server.
level log-level (Optinal) Defines the range of log levels that will be sent
by email. (Range: 0-7)
source-email email-address (Optional) Specifies the email address to use for the
"from" field.
destination-email email-address (Optional) Specifies the recipients email address of
messages.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

433
 Chapter 3. logging sendmail

Example

This example shows how to configure an e-mail to use for the "from" field.

DmSwitch(config)#logging sendmail source-email [email protected]

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the email was configured by entering the show logging privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.
logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.
logging host Configures a remote syslog server.
logging on Enables the logging of events.
logging trap Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.
show log Shows log messages.
show logging Shows logging configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

434
logging trap
logging trap { log-level }

no logging trap

Description

Configures the level of events that will be sent to remote server.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the sending of logs to a remote server.

Syntax

Parameter Description
log-level Defines the range of log levels that will be sent by trap. (Range: 0-7)

Default
Default value is 6.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the range of log levels that will be sent by traps.

DmSwitch(config)#logging trap 3
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the range of log levels was configured by entering the show logging privileged EXEC
command.

435
 Chapter 3. logging trap

Related Commands
Command Description
logging facility Sets the facility type for remote logging.
logging history Configures the level of events to be stored in memory.
logging host Configures a remote syslog server.
logging on Enables the logging of events.
logging sendmail Enables and configures the sending of logs via e-mail.
show log Shows log messages.
show logging Shows logging configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

436
loopback-detection action
loopback-detection action { block | shutdown }

no loopback-detection action

Description

Configures action taken by Loopback Detection protocol when failure condition is detected.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description
block Blocks traffic on interface when fail condition is detected.
shutdown Shutdown interface when fail condition is detected.

Default
The default action taken by Loopback-Detection protocol is to block the interface.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This commmand is used to configure action taken when failure condition is detected by Loopback-Detection
protocol.
The most common action is to block the interface and let its link state unchanged. However, for some appli-
cations a more restrictive action is necessary; the shutdown action changes the link state in the same way as
shutdown command.

Example

This example shows how to configure loopback-detection action:

437
 Chapter 3. loopback-detection action

DmSwitch(config)#loopback-detection action shutdown

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was configured by entering the show loopback-detection privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show loopback-detection Shows loopback-detection status and configuration
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show loopback-detection Shows loopback-detection status and configuration
loopback-detection Configures destination address Loopback Detection PDUs
destination-address

438
loopback-detection destination-address
loopback-detection destination-address { alternative | interface-mac |
standard }

no loopback-detection destination-address

Description

Configures destination MAC address of Loopback Detection PDUs.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description
alternative Use slow protocols alternative MAC address: 01:04:DF:00:00:02.
interface-mac Use ethernet interface MAC address.
standard Use slow protocols standard MAC address: 01:80:C2:00:00:02.

Default
The default destination address of Loopback-Detection PDUs the standard address of slow protocols.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command is used to configure the destination MAC address of Loopback-Detection PDUs.

The most usual destination MAC address is the standard address of slow protocols (multicast). That MAC
address is not forwarded by any network element, and is very useful to detect RX/TX loopback on optical links
or electrical loopbacks caused by problems on copper links.

439
 Chapter 3. loopback-detection destination-address

An alternative MAC address of slow protocols can be used for applications where PDUs must be commuted by
adjacent network elements, to detect issues in other links; that is not possible when using the standard adddress
for slow protocols. The alternative MAC address is also a multicast address.
Finally, Loopback-Detection PDUs can use the interface MAC address, which is an unicast address. Using that
address will reduce traffic of multicast frames on the network.

Example

This example shows how to configure loopback-detection destination address:

DmSwitch(config)#loopback-detection destination-address interface-mac

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was configured by entering the show loopback-detection privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show loopback-detection Shows loopback-detection status and configuration
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
loopback-detection action Configures action of Loopback Detection protocol

440
mac-address-table aging-time
mac-address-table aging-time { value | 0 }

no mac-address-table aging-time

Description

Sets the aging time for MAC address table entries.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command will set aging time to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Sets the global aging time in seconds. (Range: 10-1000000)
0 Disables the global aging time.

Default
Default aging time value is 300 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you disable the MAC address table aging time, MAC addresses are learned and never removed from the table.
When the table is full, packets with unknown source MAC addresses do not cause learning and packets with
unknown destination MAC addresses are flooded.
When a specific port change its status to down, all entries on that port are removed from the MAC address table.
This is independent of the aging time set to MAC address table entries.

Example

This example shows how to changes the global aging time to 1000 seconds.

441
 Chapter 3. mac-address-table aging-time

DmSwitch(config)#mac-address-table aging-time 1000

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the global aging time configuration by entering the show mac-address-table
aging-time privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
clear mac-address-table Clears dynamically learned L2 entries from MAC address table.
mac-address-table static Adds a static address to MAC address table.
show mac-address-table Shows the MAC address table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

442
mac-address-table static
mac-address-table static { mac-address } { ethernet port-number | port-channel
portchannel-number } { vlan [ vlan-id ] } { priority value }

no mac-address-table static { mac-address } { vlan vlan-id }

Description

Adds a static entry to the MAC address table. This will force packets with a specified destination MAC address
and VLAN to be always forwarded to the specified interface.
Inserting no as a prefix of this command will remove a static entry from the MAC address table.

Syntax

Parameter Description
mac-address Defines the MAC address. (XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)
ethernet port-number Defines the port to be associated with the static entry.
port-channel portchannel-number Defines the port channel to be associated with the static
entry.
priority value Defines 802.1p priority for matching packets. (Range:
0-7)
vlan vlan-id Defines the VLAN ID associated with the static entry.
(Range: 1-4094)

Default
By default, no static entries are configured.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

443
 Chapter 3. mac-address-table static

Example

This example shows how to add a static MAC address on ethernet port 1 and VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)#mac-address-table static 00:01:02:03:04:05 ethernet 1 vlan 1

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the static MAC address was added by entering the show mac-address-table privi-
leged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
clear mac-address-table Clears dynamically learned L2 entries from MAC address table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

444
management
management { all-client | http-client | snmp-client | ssh-client |
telnet-client } ip-address/mask

no management { all-client | http-client | snmp-client | ssh-client |

telnet-client } ip-address/mask

Description

Filters client IP address to access internal servers.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified filter.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all-client Adds clients IP addresses to HTTP, SNMP, SSH and Telnet internal servers.
http-client Adds clients IP addresses to HTTP internal server.
snmp-client Adds clients IP addresses to SNMP internal server.
ssh-client Adds clients IP addresses to SSH internal server.
telnet-client Adds clients IP addresses to Telnet internal server.
ip-address/mask Specifies the clients network.

Default
No filter is configured.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The configuration to filter a different IP address that you are logged in (e.g. Telnet connection), disconnects your
current session.
Use the mask /32 to indicate a unique host.

445
 Chapter 3. management

Example

This example shows how to add a client IP address to access all internal servers.

DmSwitch(config)#management all-client 10.5.1.2/32

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the client IP address was added by entering the show management all-client priv-
ileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
ip http Configures the internal HTTP server for external access.
ip snmp Configures the internal SNMP server.
ip ssh Configures the internal SSH server for external access.
ip telnet Configures the internal Telnet server for external access.
show ip http Shows the HTTP server information.
show ip snmp Shows the SNMP server information.
show ip ssh Shows the SSH server information.
show ip telnet Shows the telnet server information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

446
meter
meter { new | id } mode { flow [ burst burst-size | rate-limit rate-value | remark text ] |
srtcm color-blind { committed CIR CBS excess EBS | remark text } }

no meter id

Description

Configure a meter to be used by a filter.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove specified meter.

Syntax

Parameter Description
new Creates a new meter.
id Selects a meter to edit by ID. (Range: 1-63)
mode flow Specifies flow mode.
mode srtcm Specifies single-rate three-color marker mode.
burst burst-size (Optional) Specifies the maximum burst size in kbyte.
(Range: 32-4096. Granularity: power of 2)
rate-limit rate (Optional) Specifies the rate-limit in kbit/s. (Range:
0-1000000. Granularity: 64)
remark text (Optional) Adds a remark text.
committed Committed information rate and burst size.
color-blind Specifies color-blind mode. Resulting color is incoming
color independent.
excess Specifies excess burst size.
CIR Specifies committed information rate (CIR) in kbit/s.
(Range: 0-1000000. Granularity:64)
CBS Specifies committed burst size (CBS) in kbyte. (Range:
32-4096. Granularity: power of 2)
EBS Specifies excess burst size (EBS) in kbyte. (Range:
32-4096. Granularity: power of 2)

Default
By default, no meter is created and initial parameters are not defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

447
 Chapter 3. meter

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Using these meters, the filter can perform different actions on packets depending on the state of the meter.

Example

This example shows how to create a new meter.

DmSwitch(config)#meter new mode flow rate-limit 1536 burst 512 remark tcp_policy
Meter 1 created.
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was created by entering the show meter privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show meter Shows meters configuration.
filter Creates or configures a traffic filter.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

448
monitor
monitor destination { port-number }

no monitor destination

Description

Configures the traffic monitoring.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable monitor.

Syntax

Parameter Description
destination port-number Specifies the monitor destination port.

Default
No monitoring is configured.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
If you do not set the destination monitor port to preserve the original format, the output packets will be tagged
or untagged as the configuration for this port.

Example

This example shows how to configure a monitor port.

DmSwitch(config)#monitor destination 5
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the port was configured by entering the show monitor privileged EXEC command.

449
 Chapter 3. monitor

Related Commands
Command Description
monitor Sets the interface as a monitoring source.
show monitor Shows traffic monitoring configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

450
nat-rule
nat-rule name icmp { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } { any | host ipaddress
| ipaddress rnetmask } { change-destination-to ipaddress | change-source-to {
interface-address | ipaddress } }

nat-rule name insert { icmp | ip | tcp | udp | protocol-number } { any | host ipaddress
| ipaddress rnetmask } { change-destination-to ipaddress | change-source-to {
interface-address | ipaddress } }

nat-rule name ip { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } { any | host ipaddress
| ipaddress rnetmask } { change-destination-to ipaddress | change-source-to {
interface-address | ipaddress } }

nat-rule name { tcp | udp } { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } { any | eq
port-number { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } | gt port-number { any | host ipaddress |
ipaddress rnetmask } | host ipaddress | lt port-number { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask }
| neq port-number { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } | range first-port last-port { any |
host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } | ipaddress rnetmask } { { change-destination-to
ipaddress [ port { range { first-port last-port } | port-number } ] | change-source-to {
interface-address | ipaddress } [ port { range { first-port last-port } | port-number } ] } | { eq
port-number | gt port-number | lt port-number | neq port-number | range first-port last-port } {
change-destination-to ipaddress [ port { range { first-port last-port } | port-number } ] |
change-source-to { interface-address | ipaddress } [ port { range { first-port last-port
} | port-number } ] } }

nat-rule name protocol-number { any | host ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } { any | host
ipaddress | ipaddress rnetmask } { change-destination-to ipaddress | change-source-to
{ interface-address | ipaddress } }

Description
Adds network address translation rule.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Nat rule name.
icmp Internet control message protocol.
insert Insert a nat-rule on top.
ip Any internet protocol.
tcp Transmission control protocol.
udp User datagram protocol.
protocol-number An IP protocol number.

451
 Chapter 3. nat-rule

Parameter Description
any Any source host.
host A single source host.
ipaddress IP address.
rnetmask Source wildcard bits. (Range: 0-7)
port-number Port number. (Range: 1-65535)
change-destination-to Change destination.
change-source-to Change source.
interface-address Change to interface’s address.
eq Match only packets on a given port.
gt Match only packets with a greater or equal port.
lt Match only packets with a lower or equal port.
neq Match only packets not on a given port.
range Match only packets in the range of ports.
first-port First port number. (Range: 1-65535)
last-port Last port number. (Range: 1-65535)
port Match given port.

Default
No NAT rules are configured by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set a nat rule.

DmSwitch(config)#nat-rule test 1 any any change-source-to interface-address

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the configuration change by running the command show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

452
 Chapter 3. nat-rule

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

453
qos queue cos-map
qos queue cos-map queue-id priority first-priority-number [ second-priority-number [
third-priority-number [ fourth-priority-number [ fiveth-priority-number [ sixth-priority-number [
seventh-priority-number [ eighth-priority-number ] ] ] ] ] ] ]

no qos queue cos-map

Description

Map CoS priorities to queues.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
queue-id The QoS queue ID. (Range: 0 - 3)
x-priority-number The CoS priority. (Range: 0 - 7)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not defined.

Example

This example shows how to configure map CoS priorities to queues.

DmSwitch(config)#qos queue cos-map 1 priority 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0

DmSwitch(config)#

454
 Chapter 3. qos queue cos-map

You can verify that the CoS map was configured by entering show qos queue cos-map privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

455
qos queue sched-mode
qos queue sched-mode { rr | sp | wfq | wrr queue-weights { { weight-queue0-number | sp
} { weight-queue1-number | sp } { weight-queue2-number | sp } { weight-queue3-number | sp } } }

no qos queue sched-mode

Description

QoS Queue Scheduling mode configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
rr Round Robin - Queues served in sequential order.
sp Strict Priority - Queues served in priority order until get
empty.
wfq Weighted Fair Queueing - Queues served with minimum
bandwidth guarantee.
wrr Weighted Round Robin - Queues served in sequential
order prioritized by weights.
wrr queue-weights Queue weights can be sp (QueueX in strict priority) or the
weight-queueX-number. (Range 1-15.

Default
Default value is weighted round robin. Queue 0, weight 1. Queue 1, weight 2. Queue 2, weight 3. Queue 3, strict
priority.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Use the this command to change the QoS Queue Scheduling Mode configuration.

456
 Chapter 3. qos queue sched-mode

Example

This example shows how to change the QoS queue scheduling mode.

DmSwitch(config)#qos queue sched-mode rr

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was changed by entering the show qos queue sched-mode user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show qos queue sched-mode Show QoS queue configuration.

457
radius-server acct-port
radius-server acct-port port-number

no radius-server acct-port

Description

Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default port number.

Syntax

Parameter Description
port-number Specifies the port number. (Range: 1-65535)

Default
Default port number is 1813.

Command Modes
Global Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The accounting by a RADIUS server uses this default server port if no port is configured to a specific RADIUS
host.

Example

This example shows how to change the default RADIUS accounting port number.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server acct-port 6500

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

458
 Chapter 3. radius-server acct-port

Related Commands
Command Description
radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.
radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.
radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.
radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

459
radius-server auth-port
radius-server auth-port port-number

no radius-server auth-port

Description

Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default port number.

Syntax

Parameter Description
port-number Specifies the port number. (Range: 1-65535)

Default
Default port number is 1812.

Command Modes
Global Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The authentication login by a RADIUS server uses this default server port if no port is configured to a specific
RADIUS host.

Example

This example shows how to change the default RADIUS authentication port number.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server auth-port 6500

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

460
 Chapter 3. radius-server auth-port

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.
radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.
radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.
radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.
radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

461
radius-server host
radius-server host index { accounting | acct-port acct-port-number | address
ip-address | authentication | auth-port auth-port-number | key key-text | source-iface {
loopback number | vlan number } }

no radius-server host index { accounting | authentication | source-iface }

Description

Configures a specific RADIUS server.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configuration for the specified host.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index Specifies the server index. (Range: 1-5)
accounting Enables RADIUS accounting.
acct-port Specifies RADIUS server accounting port.
acct-port-number Specifies the server accounting port number. (Range: 1-65535)
authentication Enables RADIUS authentication.
auth-port Specifies RADIUS server authentication port.
auth-port-number Specifies the RADIUS server port number. (Range: 1-65535)
address Specifies RADIUS server IP address.
ip-address Specifies the server IP address.
key Specifies RADIUS server key.
key-text Specifies the server key string.
source-iface Specifies the RADIUS source interface.
loopback 0 Select loopback interface as source address.
vlan number Select VLAN interface as source address. (Range: 1-4094)

Default
No host is configured.

Command Modes
Global Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

462
 Chapter 3. radius-server host

Usage Guidelines
It configures the IP address, port and key for authentication and accounting in a specific RADIUS server.

Example

This example shows how to define a RADIUS server.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 address 10.10.50.70

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 auth-port 4050
DmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 authentication
DmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 key key_for_this_host
DmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 acct-port 4051
DmSwitch(config)#radius-server host 1 accounting
DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.
radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.
radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.
radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.
radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

463
radius-server key
radius-server key key-text

no radius-server key

Description

Configures the default RADIUS server key string.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configured key.

Syntax

Parameter Description
key-text Specifies the key string.

Default
No key is configured.

Command Modes
Global Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The authentication login by a RADIUS server uses this default server key if no key string is configured to a
specific RADIUS host.

Example

This example shows how to define the default RADIUS key string.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server key this_is_a_test

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

464
 Chapter 3. radius-server key

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.
radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.
radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.
radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.
radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

465
radius-server retries
radius-server retries retries

no radius-server retries

Description

Configures the RADIUS server retries.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default retries value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
retries Specifies the server retries. (Range: 1-5)

Default
Retries default value is 2.

Command Modes
Global Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
It defines the number of login attempts in the RADIUS server.

Example

This example shows how to change the RADIUS server retries.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server retries 1
DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

466
 Chapter 3. radius-server retries

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.
radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.
radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.
radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.
radius-server timeout Configures the RADIUS server timeout.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

467
radius-server timeout
radius-server timeout timeout

no radius-server timeout

Description

Configures the RADIUS server timeout.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default timeout value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
timeout Specifies the server timeout (in seconds). (Range: 1-65535)

Default
Timeout default value is 5.

Command Modes
Global Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
It defines the number of login attempts in the RADIUS server.

Example

This example shows how to change the RADIUS server timeout.

DmSwitch(config)#radius-server timeout 10
DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show radius-server privileged EXEC command.

468
 Chapter 3. radius-server timeout

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
radius-server acct-port Configures the default RADIUS server accounting port.
radius-server auth-port Configures the default RADIUS server authentication port.
radius-server host Configures a specific RADIUS server.
radius-server key Configures the default RADIUS server key string.
radius-server retries Configures the RADIUS server retries.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show radius-server Shows RADIUS server information.

469
remote-devices auto-force
remote-devices auto-force

no remote-devices auto-force

Description

Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will not force configuration of remote devices with configuration
conflict.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.

DmSwitch(config)#remote-devices auto-force
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the force configuration was configurated by entering the show running-config privi-
leged EXEC command.

Related Commands

470
 Chapter 3. remote-devices auto-force

Command Description
remote-devices Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.
devices-vlan
remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.
remote-devices mode Selects remote devices operation mode.
remote-devices rate-limit Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remote
devices.
remote-devices service Configure services available on remote devices.
show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.
show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

471
remote-devices devices-vlan
remote-devices devices-vlan { vlan-id ip ipaddress/mask }

no remote-devices devices-vlan

Description

Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will clear VLAN’s created to manage remote devices.

Syntax

Parameter Description
vlan-id Specifies the vlan id. (Range: 1-4094)
ip Configures an IP address to manage remote devices.
ipaddress/mask Specifies the ip address/mask. (mask: /16)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a VLAN and a IP address to manage remote devices.

DmSwitch(config)#remote-devices devices-vlan 3 ip 192.163.255.254/16

DmSwitch(config)#

472
 Chapter 3. remote-devices devices-vlan

You can verify that the VLAN was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
remote-devices auto-force Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.
remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.
remote-devices mode Selects remote devices operation mode.
remote-devices rate-limit Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remote
devices.
remote-devices service Configure services available on remote devices.
show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.
show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

473
remote-devices enable
remote-devices enable [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-
number } } ]

no remote-devices enable [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-

port-number } } ]

Description

Enables remote devices management.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable remote devices management.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Enables for all ethernet ports.
port-number Enables for a specific ethernet port. (Range: 1-8)
range { first-port-number Enables for a range of specific units and ports. (Range: 1-8)
last-port-number }

Default
Remote devices management is enabled by default. For LAN ports are disabled and for WAN ports are enabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.
5.0.2 Added ethernet parameter.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable remote devices management.

474
 Chapter 3. remote-devices enable

DmSwitch(config)#remote-devices enable
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the remote devices management was enabled by entering the show remote-devices
privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
remote-devices auto-force Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.
remote-devices Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.
devices-vlan
remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.
remote-devices mode Selects remote devices operation mode.
remote-devices rate-limit Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remote
devices.
remote-devices service Configure services available on remote devices.
show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.
show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

475
remote-devices mode
remote-devices mode { master | slave }

Description
Selects remote devices operation mode.

Syntax

Parameter Description
master Configures this device to operate in master mode.
slave Configures this device to operate in slave mode.

Default
Default value is slave.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure this device to operate in master mode.

DmSwitch(config)#remote-devices mode master

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that this device is operating in master mode by entering the show running-config privi-
leged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
remote-devices auto-force Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.

476
 Chapter 3. remote-devices mode

Command Description
remote-devices Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.
devices-vlan
remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.
remote-devices rate-limit Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remote
devices.
remote-devices service Configure services available on remote devices.
show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.
show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

477
remote-devices rate-limit
remote-devices rate-limit packets/seconds

no remote-devices rate-limit

Description

Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remote devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset maximum number of packets per second sent to remote
devices.

Syntax

Parameter Description
packets/seconds Packets per second sent to remote devices. (Range: 10-10000)

Default
Rate limit default value is 100.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a maximum number of 1000 packets per second to send for remote
devices.

DmSwitch(config)#remote-device rate-limit 1000

DmSwitch(config)#

478
 Chapter 3. remote-devices rate-limit

You can verify that the rate-limit was configured by entering the show remote-devices privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
remote-devices auto-force Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.
remote-devices Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.
devices-vlan
remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.
remote-devices mode Selects remote devices operation mode.
remote-devices service Configure services available on remote devices.
show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.
show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

479
remote-devices service
remote-devices service index { tcp port-number | udp port-number }

no remote-devices service index

Description

Configure services available on remote devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete service index.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index Service index. (Range: 1-20)
tcp port-number TCP port number. (Range: 1-1024)
udp port-number UDP port number. (Range: 1-1024)

Default
Default value for services is service 1, TCP 23 and service 2, TCP 80.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a service available on remote devices.

DmSwitch(config)#remote-device service 1 tcp 100

DmSwitch(config)#

480
 Chapter 3. remote-devices service

You can verify that the service was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
remote-devices auto-force Force configuration of remote devices with configuration conflict.
remote-devices Configure a VLAN to manage remote devices locally.
devices-vlan
remote-devices enable Enables remote devices management.
remote-devices mode Selects remote devices operation mode.
remote-devices rate-limit Configure maximum number of packets per second sent to remote
devices.
show remote devices Remote device management configuration and status.
show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

481
rmon
rmon { alarm { parameters } | event { parameters } }

no rmon [ alarm { parameters } | event { parameters } ]

Description

Configures a RMON.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified RMON configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
alarm parameters Configures a RMON alarm. Click here to see the alarm parameters description.
event parameters Configures a RMON event. Click here to see the event parameters description.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to remove all RMON configuration for the switch.

DmSwitch(config)#no rmon
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that all RMON configuration was removed by entering the show running-config privi-
leged EXEC command.

482
 Chapter 3. rmon

Related Commands
Command Description
rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.
rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.
rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.
rmon event Configures a RMON event.
show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.
show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.
show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

483
rmon alarm
rmon alarm index { oid-variable sample-interval } { absolute | delta } { rising-threshold
value } [ event-number ] { falling-threshold value } [ event-number ] [ owner string ]

no rmon alarm index

Description

Configures a RMON alarm.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will removes the specified RMON alarm.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index Specifies the RMON alarm index. (Range: 1-65535)
sample-interval Specifies the time between each sample, in seconds.
(Range: 1-2147483647)
oid-variable Specifies the MIB object to monitor.
absolute Tests each MIB variable directly.
delta Tests the change between samples of a MIB variable.
rising-threshold value Specified the rising threshold value. (Range: -2147483647
- 2147483647)
falling-threshold value Specified the falling threshold value. (Range:
-2147483647 - 2147483647)
event-number Specifies the event number to trigger when the rising or
falling threshold exceeds its limit. (Range: 1-65535)
owner string Specifies the owner of the alarm.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0.2 This command was introduced.

484
 Chapter 3. rmon alarm

Usage Guidelines
You can set an alarm on any MIB object. The specified MIB must be an existing SNMP MIB object in stan-
dard dot notation (.1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14.5 for ifInErrors.5). The falling threshold must be lower than the rising
threshold. Specified events must exists.

Example

This example shows how to configure a RMON alarm index 1 that monitors the MIB variable ifInErrors.5 once
every 30 seconds. If the ifInErrors.5 increase 10 or more, the alarm is triggered. The alarm in turn triggers event
number 1, which is configured with the RMON event command. If the MIB value changes by 0, the alarm is
reset and can be triggered again.

DmSwitch(config)#rmon alarm 1 .1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14.5 30 delta rising-threshold 10 1

falling-threshold 0 owner test
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the RMON alarm was configured by entering the show rmon alarm privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
rmon Configures a RMON.
rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.
rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.
rmon event Configures a RMON event.
show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.
show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.
show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

485
rmon event
rmon event index [ description string ] [ log ] [ owner string ] [ trap community ]

no rmon event index

Description

Configures a RMON event.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified RMON event.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index Specifies the RMON event index. (Range: 1-65535)
description string (Optional) Specifies a description of the event.
log (Optional) Generates a RMON log entry when the event is triggered.
owner string (Optional) Specifies the owner of the event.
trap community (Optional) Generates a trap when the event is triggered using the specified
community.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a RMON event index 1 to define HighErrors. The event generates a log
entry and a SNMP trap when the event is triggered by the alarm.

486
 Chapter 3. rmon event

DmSwitch(config)#rmon event 1 description HighErrors log trap public owner test

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the RMON alarm was configured by entering the show rmon event privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
rmon Configures a RMON.
rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.
rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.
rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.
show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.
show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.
show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

487
key chain
key chain name

no key chain name

Description

Configures a key chain.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configured key chain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Specifies the name of key chain.

Default
No key chain is configured.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Key chain management is a method of authentication to configure shared secrets on all the entities, which
exchange secrets such as keys before establishing trust with each other.

Example

This example shows how to specify a key chain name.

DmSwitch(config)#key chain test

DmSwitch(config-keychain)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

488
 Chapter 3. key chain

Related Commands
Command Description
key Specifies a key identifier.
key-string Configures the text string for a key identifier.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

489
route-map
route-map tag { deny number | permit number }

no route-map tag { deny number | permit number }

Description

Create route-map and/or enter route-map command mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the route map.

Syntax

Parameter Description
tag Specifies a route map tag.
deny Specifies route map denies set operations.
permit Specifies route map permits set operations.
number Specifies sequence to insert to route-map entry. (Range:
1-65535)

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to add a route-map named tag.

DmSwitch(config)#route-map tag permit 1

490
 Chapter 3. route-map

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#

You can verify that route-map was added by entering the show runnig-config privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
router bgp Enables and accesses the BGP configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running config Shows the current operating configuration.

491
router bgp
router bgp { AS }

no router bgp { AS }

Description

Enables the BGP process with the specified AS number.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable BGP routing process.

Syntax

Parameter Description
AS The autonomous system (AS) number. (Range: 1-65535)

Default
BGP process is disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
After enabling the BGP process, you can not create different BGP process under different AS number.

Example

This example shows how to enable the protocol.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 5
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

Enter the show ip bgp user EXEC command to verify if the protocol was enabled.

492
 Chapter 3. router bgp

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp

493
router ospf
router ospf

no router ospf

Description

Enables the OSPF process and provides access to its configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable OSPF routing process.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
OSPF process is disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The OSPF process only act when a network is associated by the network router ospf command.

Example

This example shows how to enable the protocol.

DmSwitch(config)#router ospf
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

Enter the show ip ospf user EXEC command to verify the protocol was enabled.

Related Commands
No related command.

494
router rip
router rip

no router rip

Description

Enables the RIP process and provides access to its configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable RIP routing process.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
RIP process is disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The RIP process only act when a network is associated by the network router rip command.

Example

This example shows how to enable the protocol.

DmSwitch(config)#router rip
DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

Enter the show ip rip user EXEC command to verify the protocol was enabled.

Related Commands
No related command.

495
sntp
sntp { client | poll interval | server { ip-address key key-number source-iface {
loopback number | vlan number } } | authenticate | authentication-key { key-number
md5 string } }

no sntp { client | poll | server ip-address { source-iface } | authenticate |

authentication-key key-number }

Description

Configures the simple network time protocol (SNTP).

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the SNTP configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
client Enables the SNTP protocol, accepting time from specified time servers.
poll Sets the interval at which the client polls for time.
interval Seconds number of SNTP poll interval. (Range: 16-16384)
server Specifies a time server.
ip-address Specifies the IP address.
key Associates a key to a SNTP server.
key-number Specifies the key-number. (Range: 1-4294967295)
authenticate Enables the authentication feature.
authentication-key Specifies a key-number.
md5 MD5.
string String up to eight characters for the key.
source-iface Specifies the SNTP source interface.
loopback 0 Select loopback interface as source address.
vlan number Select VLAN interface as source address. (Range: 1-4094)

Default

SNTP is disabled by default.

Poll interval default value is 30 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

496
 Chapter 3. sntp

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
You can configure one or more time servers.

Example

This example shows how to changes the poll interval.

DmSwitch(config)#sntp poll 10000

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify the SNTP configuration by entering the show sntp user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show sntp Shows simple network time protocol information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

497
spanning-tree
spanning-tree { instance }

no spanning-tree { instance }

Description

Enables spanning-tree protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the specified spanning-tree parameters.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)

Default
Spanning-tree instance 1 is enabled and other instances are disabled by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable a spanning-tree instance.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the instance was enabled by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC com-
mand.

498
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

499
spanning-tree bpdufilter
spanning-tree bpdufilter

Description

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter globally.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the global BPDU filter.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
BPDU filter is disabled by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
BPDU filtering allows you to avoid transmitting BPDUs on ports that are connected to an end system.

Example

This example shows how to enable BPDU filter globally.

DmSwitch#configure
DmSwitch(config#spanning-tree bpdufilter

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree_bpdufilter Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter per port.
(per port)

500
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree bpdufilter

Command Description
spanning-tree_bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
(global)
spanning-tree_bpduguard Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard per port.
(per port)
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

501
spanning-tree bpduguard
spanning-tree bpduguard

Description

Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard for all edge ports.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the global BPDU guard.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
BPDU guard is disabled by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The BPDU guard is used to prevent BPDU attacks from spanning-tree edge ports.
If an edge port receives a BPDU when BPDU guard is enabled, that port is administratively disabled.

Example

This example shows how to enable BPDU guard.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree bpduguard
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that BPDU guard was enabled by entering the show spanning-tree configuration
privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description

502
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree bpduguard

Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree_bpdufilter Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter globally.
(global)
spanning-tree_bpdufilter Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter per port.
(per port)
spanning-tree_bpduguard Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard per port.
(per port)
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

503
spanning-tree instance bpdu-tag
spanning-tree instance bpdu-tag { first-vlan | untagged | 1-4094 }

no spanning-tree instance bpdu-tag

Description

Configure the VLAN tag in BPDU packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return bpdu-tag to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)
first-vlan Send BPDUs with first vlan tag
untagged Send untagged BPDUs
1-4094 VLAN ID

Default
Default is first-vlan.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.16 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the bpdu-tag.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 bpdu-tag untagged

DmSwitch(config)#

504
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance bpdu-tag

You can verify that the delay time was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

505
spanning-tree instance forward-delay
spanning-tree instance forward-delay delay

no spanning-tree instance forward-delay

Description

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forwarding delay time.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return forwarding delay time to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)
delay Specifies the forwarding delay time in seconds. (Range: 4-30)

Default
Delay default value is 15 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the forwarding delay time.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 forward-delay 30
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the delay time was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC
command.

506
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance forward-delay

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

507
spanning-tree instance hello-time
spanning-tree instance hello-time time

no spanning-tree instance hello-time

Description

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return hello time to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)
time Specifies the hello time in seconds. (Range: 1-10)

Default
Hello time default value is 2 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the hello time.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 hello-time 5
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the hello time was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC
command.

508
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance hello-time

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

509
spanning-tree instance max-age
spanning-tree instance max-age max-age-time

no spanning-tree instance max-age

Description

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the maximum age to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)
max-age Specifies the maximum age in seconds. (Range: 6-40)

Default
Maximum age: 20 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The value of maximum age must be less than: 2 * (forward_delay - 1).

Example

This example shows how to configure the maximum age.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 max-age 28
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the maximum age was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged
EXEC command.

510
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance max-age

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

511
spanning-tree instance max-hops
spanning-tree instance max-hops max-hops-number

no spanning-tree instance max-hops

Description

Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops. This is the maximum number of hops in a MSTP region
before a BPDU is discarded.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the maximum hops to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)
max-hops-number Specifies the maximum number of hops. (Range: 1-40)

Default
Maximum hops default value 20.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This parameter only applies to MSTP mode of spanning-tree protocol.

Example

This example shows how to configure the maximum hops.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 max-hops 25
DmSwitch(config)#

512
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance max-hops

You can verify that the maximum hops was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance hello-time Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
spanning-tree instance max-age Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
spanning-tree instance priority Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance vlan-group Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

513
spanning-tree instance priority
spanning-tree instance priority priority-value

no spanning-tree instance priority

Description

Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the priority value to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)
priority-value Specifies the priority value. (Range: 0-61440. Granularity: 4096)

Default
Priority default value is 32768.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the spanning-tree priority.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 priority 40960

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the maximum age was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged
EXEC command.

514
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance priority

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

515
spanning-tree instance root
spanning-tree instance root { primary | secondary }

Description
Configures the spanning-tree priority so that the equipment becomes the root bridge or a backup for the root
bridge.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)
primary Configures a new priority that would cause the equipment to become the root bridge.
secondary Configures a new priority would cause the equipment to become the root bridge after a
failure in the current root bridge.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to force the equipment to be the root bridge for spanning-tree instance 1.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 root primary

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the priority was configured by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC
command.

516
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance root

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance hello-time Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
spanning-tree instance max-age Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
spanning-tree instance max-hops Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops
parameter.
spanning-tree instance priority Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
spanning-tree instance vlan-group Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

517
spanning-tree instance vlan-group
spanning-tree instance vlan-group { index | all | range first-index last-index }

no spanning-tree instance vlan-group { index | all | range first-index last-index }

Description

Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified VLAN groups from spanning-tree instance.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)
index Specifies a VLAN group ID. (Range: 0-3)
all Specifies all VLAN groups.
range first-index last-index Specifies a range of VLAN group IDs. (Range: 0-3)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to add a range of VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree 1 vlan-group range 1 10

DmSwitch(config)#

518
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree instance vlan-group

You can verify that the VLAN groups were added by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

519
spanning-tree mode
spanning-tree mode { mstp | rstp | stp }

no spanning-tree mode

Description

Configures the spanning-tree mode.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the spanning-tree mode to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
mstp Selects the multiple spanning-tree protocol mode.
rstp Selects the rapid spanning-tree protocol mode.
stp Selects the spanning-tree protocol mode.

Default
Spanning-tree default mode is rstp.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to select the MSTP mode.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree mode mstp

DmSwitch(config)#

520
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree mode

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

521
spanning-tree mst
spanning-tree mst { name text | revision revision-number }

no spanning-tree mst { name | revision }

Description

Defines parameters of multiple spanning-tree (MST) configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the records from the specified parameters.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name text Specifies the MST configuration name.
revision revision-number Specifies the MST configuration revision number. (Range:
0-65535)

Default
Name is empty and revision is 0.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a name to MST configuration.

DmSwitch(config)#spanning-tree mst name test

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the name was saved by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC command.

522
 Chapter 3. spanning-tree mst

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

523
storm-control
storm-control action

no storm-control action

Description

This option enables at global level the storm-control action options, which then must be fine-grained controlled
by interface.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable any action other than limit on all interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description
action Confirm intention on enabling or disable actions for storm-control.

Default
Defaults to be disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.6 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable storm-control actions on interfaces.

DmSwitch(configure)#storm-control action
DmSwitch(configure)#

524
 Chapter 3. storm-control

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show interfaces switchport user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.

525
sync-source
sync-source { external-clock-mode { 2MHz | 2Mbps } | hierarchy { all | hier-number |
range { first-hier-number last-hier-number } } } | revertive | switch-enable }

Description

Configures clock source options.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove/revert the specified configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
external-clock-mode Select 2MHz or 2Mbps as the external clock operation
mode.
hierarchy Additional configurations for each hierarchy.
revertive Enable revertive operation. Allows sync-source to return
to a better hierarchy.
switch-enable Enable globally switch between interfaces.

Default

external-clock-mode: 2MHz.

revertive: enabled.
switch-enable: enabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.6 This command was changed. Full clock hierarchy added.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

526
 Chapter 3. sync-source

Example

This example shows how to enable the sync-source switching.

DmSwitch(config)#sync-source switch-enable
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show sync-source user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show sync-source Shows sync-source information.
sync-source hierarchy Clock source configuration.

527
sync source advanced
sync-source advanced out-of-limits-switch

no sync-source advanced out-of-limits-switch

Description

Enable clock source switching when reach out of limits.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the clock source switching when reach out of limits.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
The clock source out of limits is enabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Use the advanced clock source options in order to enable/disable the clock source switching when reach out of
limits.

Example

This example shows how to enable the clock source switching.

DmSwitch(config)#sync-source advanced out-of-limits-switch

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show sync-source user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description

528
 Chapter 3. sync source advanced

Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show sync-source Shows sync-source information.

529
sync-source hierarchy
sync-source { hierarchy { all | hier-number | range { first-hier-number last-hier-number
} ack-out-of-limits | enable | transmit-clock-source { adaptive bundle port-
number [ switch-criteria [ local-tdm-fail | local-tdm-fail | packet-size-mismatch | remote-tdm-fail
] ] | external | internal | tdm port-number [ switch-criteria [ ais | all | crc | lom ] ] } | wtr
{ size } } }

Description

Selects transmit clock source type among bundle, external, internal or TDM.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove/revert the specified configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ack-out-of-limits Ack out of limits.
enable Set hierarchy to enable/disable.
transmit-clock-source Configures transmit clock source hierarchy.
wtr Configures wait to restore time in seconds.
hierarchy Selects a specific hierarchy to configure.
all Configure all hierarchies.
hier-number Configure a specific hierarchy. (Range 1-6)
range{ first-hier-number last-hier-number } Configure a range of specific hierarchy. (Range: 1-6)
bundle Selects a specific Bundle as hierarchy source.
external Selects a external clock as hierarchy source.
internal Selects a internal clock as hierarchy source.
tdm Selects a specific TDM as hierarchy source.

Default
The internal clock source is selected.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.6 This command was introduced.

530
 Chapter 3. sync-source hierarchy

Usage Guidelines
Use the transmit clock source in order to select the desired clock source type for each hierarchy.

Example

This example shows how to configure the hierarchies.

DmSwitch(config)#sync-source hierarchy 1 transmit-clock-source adaptative bundle 1

DmSwitch(config)#sync-source hierarchy 2 transmit-clock-source tdm 2 switch-criteria ais lom
DmSwitch(config)#sync-source hierarchy 3 transmit-clock-source external
DmSwitch(config)#sync-source hierarchy 4 transmit-clock-source adaptative bundle 4 switch-criteria local-tdm-f
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show sync-source hierarchy X user
EXEC command.
You can verify the active hierarchy by entering the show sync-source status user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show sync-source Shows sync-source information.
sync source Clock source configuration.

531
tacacs-server acct-port
tacacs-server acct-port port-number

no tacacs-server acct-port

Description

Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default port value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
port-number Specify TACACS server accounting port. (Range:
1-65535)

Default
Port number: 49.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The accounting login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define a different TACACS server accounting port.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server acct-port 8380

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

532
 Chapter 3. tacacs-server acct-port

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.
tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.
tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.
tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.
tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.
tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.
tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

533
tacacs-server acct-type
tacacs-server acct-type { pap | ascii }

no tacacs-server acct-type

Description

Configures the TACACS default server accounting type.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default type value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
pap Specify PAP accounting type.
ascii Specify ASCII accounting type.

Default
Type: PAP.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The accounting login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define a different TACACS server accounting type.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server acct-type ascii

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

534
 Chapter 3. tacacs-server acct-type

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.
tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.
tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.
tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.
tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.
tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.
tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

535
tacacs-server authe-port
tacacs-server authe-port port-number

no tacacs-server authe-port

Description

Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default port value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
port-number Specify TACACS server authentication port. (Range:
1-65535)

Default
Port number: 49.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The authentication login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define a different TACACS server authentication port.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server authe-port 8380

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

536
 Chapter 3. tacacs-server authe-port

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.
tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.
tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.
tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.
tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.
tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.
tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

537
tacacs-server authe-type
tacacs-server authe-type { pap | ascii }

no tacacs-server authe-type

Description

Configures the TACACS default server authentication type.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default type value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
pap Specify PAP accounting type.
ascii Specify ASCII accounting type.

Default
Type: PAP.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The authentication login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define a different TACACS server authentication type.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server authe-type ascii

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

538
 Chapter 3. tacacs-server authe-type

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.
tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.
tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.
tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.
tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.
tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.
tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

539
tacacs-server autho-port
tacacs-server autho-port port-number

no tacacs-server autho-port

Description

Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default port value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
port-number Specify TACACS server authorization port. (Range:
1-65535)

Default
Port number: 49.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The authorization login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define a different TACACS server authorization port.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server autho-port 8380

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

540
 Chapter 3. tacacs-server autho-port

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.
tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.
tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.
tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.
tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.
tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.
tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.

541
tacacs-server host
tacacs-server host index { accounting | acct-port number | authentication |
autho-port number | address ip-address | key text | source-iface { loopback number |
vlan number } }

no tacacs-server host index [ accounting | authorization | authentication |

source-iface ]

Description

Configures the TACACS server IP address.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configuration for the specified host.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index Specifies the server index. (Range: 1-5)
accounting Enables TACACS accounting.
acct-port number Specifies TACACS server accounting port. (Range: 1-65535)
authentication Enables RADIUS authentication.
authe-port number Specifies TACACS server authentication port. (Range: 1-65535)
authorization Enable TACACS authorization.
autho-port number Specifies TACACS server authorization port. (Range: 1-65535)
address ip-address Specifies TACACS server IP address.
key text Specifies TACACS server key. (text up to 32 characters)
source-iface Specifies the TACACS source interface.
loopback 0 Select loopback interface as source address.
vlan number Select VLAN interface as source address. (Range: 1-4094)

Default
No host is configured.

Command Modes
Global Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

542
 Chapter 3. tacacs-server host

Usage Guidelines
The authentication login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define the TACACS server IP address.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server host 1 10.10.11.20

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.
tacacs-server key Configures the TACACS server key string.
tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.
tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.
tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.
tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.
tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

543
tacacs-server key
tacacs-server key text

no tacacs-server key

Description

Configures the TACACS server key string.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the configured key.

Syntax

Parameter Description
text Specifies the key string. (up to 32 characters)

Default
No key is configured.

Command Modes
Global Configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The authentication login by a TACACS server depends on this configuration.

Example

This example shows how to define the TACACS key string.

DmSwitch(config)#tacacs-server key this_is_a_test

DmSwitch(config)#

The configuration can be verified by entering the show tacacs-server privileged EXEC command.

544
 Chapter 3. tacacs-server key

Related Commands
Command Description
authentication login Defines the login authentication method and its precedence.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show tacacs-server Shows global TACACS information and all configured servers.
tacacs-server host Configures the TACACS server IP address.
tacacs-server acct-port Configures the TACACS default server accounting port.
tacacs-server acct-type Configures the TACACS accounting type.
tacacs-server authe-port Configures the TACACS default server authentication port.
tacacs-server authe-type Configures the TACACS authentication type.
tacacs-server autho-port Configures the TACACS default server authorization port.

545
terminal login-timeout
terminal login-timeout { 0 | seconds }

no terminal login-timeout

Description

Allows to set a login timeout for terminal. This is the maximum time for login operations including all authen-
tication methods: local database, TACACS+ servers or RADIUS servers.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset login-timeout to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
0 Specifies 0 to disable timeout.
seconds Specifies maximum time for login operations. (Range: 10-600)

Default
Timeout setted to 60 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set the login timeout.

DmSwitch(config)#terminal login-timeout 50
DmSwitch(config)#

546
 Chapter 3. terminal login-timeout

You can verify that the login timeout was configured by entering the show terminal privileged EXEC
configuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show terminal Shows terminal information.

547
terminal paging
terminal paging

no terminal paging

Description

Allows to set a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command makes terminal screen to roll continuously.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Enabled.

Command Modes
User EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
5.6 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to disable paging.

DmSwitch(config)#no terminal paging

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the paging was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
configuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description

548
 Chapter 3. terminal paging

Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

549
terminal timeout
terminal timeout { 0 | seconds }

no terminal timeout

Description

Allows to set an idle timeout for terminal. When the timeout is reached the system issues an auto-logout.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the terminal timeout feature.

Syntax

Parameter Description
0 Specifies 0 to disable timeout.
seconds Specifies the number of seconds until timeout. (Range: 15-3600)

Default
Timeout setted to 600 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set an idle timeout for terminal.

DmSwitch(config)#terminal timeout 300

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the timeout was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
configuration command.

550
 Chapter 3. terminal timeout

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

551
username
username { username } { access-level { 0 | 15 } | nopassword | password { 0 plain-text-
password | 7 encripted-password } }

no username { username }

Description

Creates users and configures its access to the DmSwitch.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified username.

Syntax

Parameter Description
username Specifies an user name. (Maximum: 32 characters)
access-level Specifies the privilege level for the user.
0 Defines the normal user access.
15 Defines the privileged user access.
nopassword Defines that the user does not have password.
password Defines an user password.
0 plain-text-password Specifies a password in plain text.
7 encripted-password Specifies a password in encrypted form.

Default

Username: admin; access-level: 15.

Username: guest; access-level: 0.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Creating a nopassword user, it configures access-level 0. Use the username username

552
 Chapter 3. username

access-level command to change it.

Example

This example shows how to create a new user with normal access.

DmSwitch(config)#username test access-level 0

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the user was created by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
show managers Shows the connected managers using terminals.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show users Shows the users information.

553
vlan qinq
vlan qinq

no vlan qinq

Description

Enables the QinQ VLAN mode, also known as "Double Tagging".

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the QinQ VLAN.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
The QinQ mode is disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Use the QinQ mode in order to implement a second level of VLAN tagging on a core or service provider netwok.

Example

This example shows how to enable the QinQ VLAN.

DmSwitch(config)#vlan qinq
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the information was added by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description

554
 Chapter 3. vlan qinq

Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

555
vlan-group
vlan-group instance [ vlan { index | all | range { first-index last-index } } ]

no vlan-group instance [ vlan { index | all | range { first-index last-index } } ]

Description

Create a VLAN group and manage its members in case of VLAN group already exists.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified VLAN group or VLAN group member.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the VLAN group instance. (Range: 0-3)
vlan Adds VLANs to the specified VLAN group.
index Specifies a VLAN ID. (Range: 1-4094)
all Specifies all VLANs.
range { first-index last-index } Specifies a range of VLAN IDs. (Range: 1-8)

Default
Vlan-group 1 created with all VLAN added.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to create a VLAN group, and add a range of VLANs to this group.

DmSwitch(config)#vlan-group 2

556
 Chapter 3. vlan-group

DmSwitch(config)#vlan-group 2 vlan range 1 100

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the VLAN groups were added by entering the show running-config instance privi-
leged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

557
vlan-translate egress-table
vlan-translate egress-table { ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number
last-port-number } } | port-channel port-number } source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-
vlan-number last-vlan-number } } new-vlan vlan-number [ priority priority-number ]

no vlan-translate egress-table [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-

number last-port-number } [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-
number } } ] | port-channel port-number [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-
number last-vlan-number } } ] | source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-
number } } [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } ] ]

Description

Add an entry or entries to the egress VLAN translation table. When the filter matches it will replace the source
VLAN ID in the packet.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the vlan-translate entry.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ethernet Adds an entry filter that matches a specific ethernet port.
all Adds an entry filter that matches all ethernet ports.
range { Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of ethernet ports. (Range: 1-8)
first-port-number
last-port-number }
port-channel Adds an entry filter that matches a specific port-channel.
source-vlan Adds an entry filter that matches a specific source VLAN.
range { Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of source VLANs. (Range: 1-4094)
first-vlan-number
last-vlan-number }
priority Specifies the CoS priority. (Range 0-7)

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

558
 Chapter 3. vlan-translate egress-table

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to create a filter, or more then one, that will add a new VLAN ID to the packet on
all or a specific group of ethernet ports or port-channels.

Example

This example shows how to add a vlan-translate egress filter.

DmSwitch(config)#vlan-translate egress-table ethernet 5 source-vlan 2 new-vlan 10 priority 2

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the vlan-translate was added by entering the show vlan-translate table privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show vlan-translate table Show VLAN translate table information.
show vlan-translate usage Show VLAN translate usage information.
vlan-translate Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table and add a
ingress-table add new VLAN ID to the packet.
vlan-translate Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table and
ingress-table replace replace the packet source VLAN ID.

559
vlan-translate ingress-table add
vlan-translate ingress add { ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number
last-port-number } } | port-channel port-number } source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-
vlan-number last-vlan-number } } new-vlan vlan-number [ priority priority-number ]

no vlan-translate ingress-table [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-

number last-port-number } [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-
number } } ] | port-channel port-number [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-
number last-vlan-number } } ] | source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-
number } } [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } ] ]

Description

Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table. When the filter matches it will add a new VLAN
ID to the packet.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the vlan-translate entry.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ethernet Adds an entry filter that matches a specific ethernet port.
all Adds an entry filter that matches all ethernet ports.
range { Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of ethernet ports. (Range: 1-8)
first-port-number
last-port-number }
port-channel Adds an entry filter that matches a specific port-channel.
source-vlan Adds an entry filter that matches a specific source VLAN.
range { Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of source VLANs. (Range: 1-4094)
first-vlan-number
last-vlan-number }
priority Specifies the CoS priority. (Range: 1-4094)

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

560
 Chapter 3. vlan-translate ingress-table add

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to create a filter, or more then one, that will add a new VLAN ID to the packet on
all or a specific group of ethernet ports or port-channels.

Example

This example shows how to add a vlan-translate filter.

DmSwitch(config)#vlan-translate ingress-table add ethernet 5 source-vlan 2 new-vlan 10 priority 2

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the vlan-translate was added by entering the show vlan-translate table privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show vlan-translate table Show VLAN translate table information.
show vlan-translate usage Show VLAN translate usage information.
vlan-translate Add an entry or entries to the egress VLAN translation table and
egress-table replaces the source VLAN ID in the packet.
vlan-translate Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table and
ingress-table replace replace the packet source VLAN ID.

561
vlan-translate ingress-table replace
vlan-translate ingress replace { ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-
number last-port-number } } | port-channel port-number } source-vlan { vlan-number | range
{ first-vlan-number last-vlan-number } new-vlan vlan-number [ priority priority-number ]

no vlan-translate ingress-table [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-

number last-port-number } [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-
number } } ] | port-channel port-number [ source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-
number last-vlan-number } } ] | source-vlan { vlan-number | range { first-vlan-number last-vlan-
number } } [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } ] ]

Description

Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table. When the filter matches it will replace the packet
source VLAN ID.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the vlan-translate entry.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ethernet Adds an entry filter that matches a specific ethernet port.
all Adds an entry filter that matches all ethernet ports.
range { Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of ethernet ports. (Range: 1-8)
first-port-number
last-port-number }
port-channel Adds an entry filter that matches a specific port-channel.
source-vlan Adds an entry filter that matches a specific source VLAN.
range { Adds an entry filter that matches a specific range of source VLANs. (Range: 1-4094)
first-vlan-number
last-vlan-number }
priority Specifies the CoS priority. (Range: 0-7)

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

562
 Chapter 3. vlan-translate ingress-table replace

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to create a filter, or more then one, that will translate the source VLAN to the a new
VLAN on all or a specific group of ethernet ports or port-channels.

Example

This example shows how to add a vlan-translate filter.

DmSwitch(config)#vlan-translate ingress-table replace ethernet 1 source-vlan 2 new-vlan 10

DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the vlan-translate was added by entering the show vlan-translate table privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show vlan-translate table Show VLAN translate table information.
show vlan-translate usage Show VLAN translate usage information.
vlan-translate Add an entry or entries to the egress VLAN translation table and
egress-table replaces the source VLAN ID in the packet.
vlan-translate Add an entry or entries to the ingress VLAN translation table and add a
ingress-table add new VLAN ID to the packet.

563
Chapter 4. CFM MD Commands

fault-alarm-address
fault-alarm-address ip-address

no fault-alarm-address

Description

Configures IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Specifies a IP address for the fault alarms recipient.

Default
Not transmitted.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the IP address "10.5.1.2" for the fault alarms recipient.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#fault-alarm-address 10.5.1.2

564
 Chapter 4. fault-alarm-address

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm md privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

565
ma
ma ma-name [ vlan-list primary-vlan-id [ second-tag vlan-id ] | none ]

no ma

Description

Create a maintenance association and configure its parameters.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the maintenance association (MA).

Syntax

Parameter Description
ma-name Specifies maintenance association (MA) name.
vlan-list vlan-id Specifies a MA primary VLAN ID. (Range: 1-4094)
none Specifies a empty vlan-list.

Default
No default MA is configured.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to create a maintenance association.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#ma MA_1 vlan-list 1

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

566
 Chapter 4. ma

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

567
mhf
mhf { none | default | explicit }

Description
Configure creation of MHFs for current maintenance domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
none Specifies that MHF’s can not be created for current
VID(s).
default Specifies that MHF’s can be created for current VID(s) on
any bridge port.
explicit Specifies that MHF’s can be created for current VID(s)
only on bridge ports through which current VID(s) can
pass.

Default
MHF none.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure creation of MHF’s.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#mhf default
DmSwitch(config-cfm)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm md privileged EXEC command.

568
 Chapter 4. mhf

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

569
sender-id-tlv
sender-id-tlv { none | chassis | manage | chassis-manage }

Description
Configure the inclusion of Sender ID TLV transmitted by maintenance points.

Syntax

Parameter Description
none Specifies that sender ID TLV is not to be sent.
chassis Specifies that chassis ID fields of the sender ID TLV are
to be sent.
manage Specifies that management address length and address of
the sender ID TLV are to be sent.
chassis-manage Specifies that both Chassis ID fields management address
length and address of the Sender ID TLV are to be sent.

Default
sender-id-tlv none.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the inclusion of Sender ID TLV transmitted by maintenance points.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#sender-id-tlv chassis-manage
DmSwitch(config-cfm)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm md privileged EXEC command.

570
 Chapter 4. sender-id-tlv

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

571
Chapter 5. CFM MA Commands

ais alarm-suppression
ais alarm-suppression

no ais alarm-suppression

Description

Enables alarm indication signal (AIS) alarm suppression.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the AIS alarm suppression.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Enabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable AIS alarm suppression.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais alarm-suppression
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the AIS alarm suppression was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC
command.

572
 Chapter 5. ais alarm-suppression

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

573
ais enable
ais enable

no ais enable

Description

Enables alarm indication signal (AIS) transmission.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable AIS transmission.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable AIS alarm suppression.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais enable
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the AIS was enabled by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

574
 Chapter 5. ais enable

Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

575
ais level
ais level number

no ais level

Description

The maintenance level to send AIS frames for MEPs that belongs to MA.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the AIS level to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
number Insert a level number. (Range: 0-7)

Default
The same level of the current MD.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to change AIS level.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais level 7
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the MEP ID was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

576
 Chapter 5. ais level

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

577
ais period
ais period { 1min | 1s }

no ais period

Description

Transmission periodicity of frames.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the AIS period.

Syntax

Parameter Description
1min Insert 1 minute period.
1s Insert 1 second period.

Default
1 second.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to change AIS level.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais period 1min

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the AIS period was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

578
 Chapter 5. ais period

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

579
ais priority
ais priority number

no ais priority

Description

Transmission priority of frames.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the AIS priority.

Syntax

Parameter Description
number Insert priority for AIS frames transmitted by MEPs.
(Range: 0-7)

Default
Priority 0.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to change AIS priority.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais priority 7
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the AIS period was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

580
 Chapter 5. ais priority

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

581
ais recovery-limit
ais recovery-limit number

no ais recovery-limit

Description

AIS alarm suppression recovery limit.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the AIS alarm suppression recovery limit.

Syntax

Parameter Description
number Insert AIS recovery limit. (Range: 1.0-10.0)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to change AIS recovery limit.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ais recovery-limit 1.0

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the AIS recovery limit was configured by entering the show runnig-config privileged
EXEC command.

582
 Chapter 5. ais recovery-limit

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

583
ais vlan-notify
ais vlan-notify vlan-id-list

no ais vlan-notify

Description

Create a list of VLANs to send AIS message.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will empty AIS VLAN list.

Syntax

Parameter Description
vlan-id-list Add list of VIDs. (Range list: 1-16, Range vid: 1-4094)

Default
The list of VIDs is empty by default.

Commands Modes
CFM configuration

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to create a list of VLANs that will be notified with AIS frames.

DM4000(config-cfm-ma)#ais vlan-notify 1 2 3
DM4000(config-cfm-ma)#

584
 Chapter 5. ais vlan-notify

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

585
ccm-interval
ccm-interval { 1s | 10s | 1min | 10min }

no ccm-interval

Description

Configure time between continuity check messages transmissions.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command reset ccm interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
1s | 10s | 1min | 10min Specifies a time between Continuity Check Messages
transmissions.

Default
Default value is 1 second.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a time interval for continuity check messages transmissions.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#ccm-interval 10s
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the time was configured to the list by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC com-
mand.

586
 Chapter 5. ccm-interval

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

587
fault-alarm-address
fault-alarm-address ip-address

no fault-alarm-address

Description

Configures IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Specifies a IP address for the fault alarms recipient.

Default
Not transmitted.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the IP address "10.5.1.2" for the Fault Alarms recipient.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#fault-alarm-address 10.5.1.2
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

588
 Chapter 5. fault-alarm-address

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

589
mep
mep id mep-id [ direction { down | up } { ethernet port-number | port-channel
portchannel-number } ]

no mep id mep-id

Description

Maintenance end point configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the MEP ID reported.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id mep-id Insert a source MEP ID value. (Range: 1-8191)
direction down Specifies the sending continuity check messages away
from the MAC relay entity.
direction up Specifies the sending continuity check messages towards
the MAC relay entity.
ethernet port-number Entry ethernet interface number. (Range: 1-8)
port-channel portchannel-number Entry port channel interface number. (Range: 1-8)

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

590
 Chapter 5. mep

Example

This example shows how to configure maintenance end point (MEP).

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#mep id 1 direction down ethernet 10

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the MEP ID was configured by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

591
mep-list
mep-list { id | range first-id last-id }

no mep-list { id | range first-id last-id }

Description

List of maintenance end points for this association.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the mep id reported of the mep id’s list.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Insert a list of maintenance end point (MEP) identifier.
(Range: 1-8191)
range first-id last-id Insert a range of maintenance end point (MEP) identifiers.
(Range: 1-8191)

Default
Default values of list is empty.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure Maintenance End Point (MEP) List.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#mep-list 1 2 3
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

592
 Chapter 5. mep-list

You can verify that the MEP ID was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

593
mhf
mhf { none | default | explicit | defer }

Description
Configure creation of MHFs for current maintenance domain.

Syntax

Parameter Description
none Specifies that MHF’s can not be created for current
VID(s).
default Specifies that MHF’s can be created for current VID(s) on
any Bridge Port.
explicit Specifies that MHF’s can be created for current VID(s)
only on Bridge Ports through which current VID(s) can
pass.
defer Specifies that MHF’s control variable corresponds to the
one set on its parent Maintenance Domain.

Default
MHF defer.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure creation of MHF’s.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#mhf default
DmSwitch(config-cfm)#

594
 Chapter 5. mhf

You can verify that the MHF was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

595
mip
mip { ethernet { port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } | port-channel
portchannel-number }

no mip { ethernet { port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } } |

port-channel portchannel-number }

Description

Maintenance intermediate point configuration.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the mip ethernet port reported.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ethernet port-number Entry ethernet interface number. (Range: 1-8)
range first-port-number last-port-number Entry a range of ethernet interfaces. (Range: 1-8)
port-channel portchannel-number Entry port channel interface. (Range: 1-8)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure maintenance intermediate point (MIP).

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#mip ethernet 16

596
 Chapter 5. mip

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma)#

You can verify that the MEP ID was configured by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

597
sender-id-tlv
sender-id-tlv { none | chassis | manage | chassis-manage | defer }

Description
Configure the inclusion of sender ID TLV transmitted by maintenance points.

Syntax

Parameter Description
none Specifies that sender ID TLV is not to be sent.
chassis Specifies that chassis ID fields of the Sender ID TLV are
to be sent.
manage Specifies that Management Address Length and Address
of the Sender ID TLV are to be sent.
chassis-manage Specifies that both Chassis ID fields Management Address
Length and Address of the Sender ID TLV are to be sent.
defer Specifies that sender ID TLV control variable corresponds
to the one set on its parent Maintenance Domain.

Default
Sender-id-tlv default value is defer.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the inclusion of Sender ID TLV transmitted by maintenance points.

DmSwitch(config-cfm)#sender-id-tlv chassis-manage
DmSwitch(config-cfm)#

598
 Chapter 5. sender-id-tlv

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm ma privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

599
Chapter 6. CFM MEP Commands

auto-linktrace
auto-linktrace

no auto-linktrace

Description

Enable the MEP’s auto-linktrace feature.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable auto-linktrace.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable auto-linktrace.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#auto-linktrace
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the auto-linktrace was enabled by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC com-
mand.

600
 Chapter 6. auto-linktrace

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

601
action shutdown event
action shutdown

no action shutdown

Description

Enable action shutdown in response to CFM fail-events (when MEP lost connectivity to some remote MEP or
when some remote interface link is down).
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the action shutdown when an event occur.

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.12 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This option is only available on MEPs with direction up.

Example

This example shows how to enable action shutdown

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#action shutdown
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the action was enabled by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

602
Chapter 6. action shutdown event

603
enable
enable

no enable

Description

Enables maintenance end point (MEP).

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable MEP.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable MEP.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#enable
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the MEP was enabled by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

604
 Chapter 6. enable

Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

605
fault-alarm-address
fault-alarm-address ip-address

no fault-alarm-address

Description

Configures IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the IP address of the fault alarms recipient.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Specifies a IP address for the fault alarms recipient.

Default
Not specified.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the IP address "10.5.1.2" for the fault alarms recipient.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#fault-alarm-address 10.5.1.2
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the IP address was configured by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC command.

606
 Chapter 6. fault-alarm-address

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

607
fault-alarm-priority
fault-alarm-priority { all | mac-status | remote-ccm | error-ccm |
cross-connect-ccm | none }

Description
Configure the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Specifies all defects.
mac-status Specifies CCM received reports that MEP’s MAC is
reporting error and set: remote-ccm, error-ccm and
cross-connect-ccm.
remote-ccm Specifies that this MEP is not receiving CCMs from
remotes and set: error-ccm and cross-connect-ccm.
error-ccm Specifies that this MEP is not receiving CCMs from
remotes and set: cross-connect-ccm.
cross-connect-ccm Specifies that this MEP is receiving CCMs that should be
from some other MA.
none Specifies no defects are to be reported.

Default
MAC Status, Remote CCM, Error CCM and Cross Conect CCM.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the fault alarm priority.

608
 Chapter 6. fault-alarm-priority

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#fault-alarm-priority cross-connect-ccm
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the fault alarm priority was configured by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

609
fault-alarm-time
fault-alarm-time { absent time | present time }

Description
Configure the time that defects generate/reset a fault alarm.

Syntax

Parameter Description
absent time Configure the time that defects must be absent to reset a
fault alarm. (Range: 1-10000 miliseconds)
present time Configure the time that defects must be present to
generate a fault alarm. (Range: 1-2500 miliseconds)

Default
absent: 10000 ms , present: 2500 ms.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure 10ms for the fault alarm time absent.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#fault-alarm-time absent 10
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the fault alarm time was configured by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands

610
 Chapter 6. fault-alarm-time

Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

611
generate-ccm
generate-ccm

no generate-ccm

Description

Enable the MEP’s generation of continuity check messages (CCM).

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable CCM generation.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable CCM generation.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#generate-ccm
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the CCM generation was enabled by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description

612
 Chapter 6. generate-ccm

Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

613
primary-vid
primary-vid vlan-id

Description
Configure the Primary VID of the MEP. Must be one of the MEP’s MA VIDs.

Syntax

Parameter Description
vlan-id Specifies the primary VID of the MEP. Must be one of the
MEP’s MA vlan-list.

Default
The first VID of the MEP’s MA vlan-list.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure VID 1 for the primary vid of the MEP.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#primary-vid 1
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the primary VID was configured by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.

614
 Chapter 6. primary-vid

Command Description
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

615
priority
priority number

Description
Configure priority for CCMs and LTMs transmitted by the MEP.

Syntax

Parameter Description
number Specifies the priority for CCMs and LTMs transmitted by
MEP. (Range: 0-7)

Default
Priority 7.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure priority 3 for for CCMs and LTMs transmitted by MEP.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#priority 3
DmSwitch(config-cfm-ma-mep)#

You can verify that the priority was changed by entering the show cfm mep privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show cfm Connectivity fault management (CFM) information.
show cfm delay-statistics Shows delay measurement information.

616
 Chapter 6. priority

Command Description
show cfm error Error information about CFM configuration.
show cfm linktrace Linktrace Messages (LTM) information.
show cfm ma Shows the maintenance association (MA) information.
show cfm md Shows maintenance domain (MD) information.
show cfm mep Shows maintenance end point (MEP) information.
show cfm resurces Shows resources used by CFM protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

617
Chapter 7. CFM Probe Commands

delay-measurement
delay-measurement { probe-id }

no delay-measurement { probe-id }

Description

Creates or edits a CFM delay-measurement probe instance.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command remove the probe ID.

Syntax

Parameter Description
probe-id Specifies the probe ID. (Range: 1-16)

Default
No delay measurement is configured by default.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the delay measurement.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe)#ccm-interval 10s

618
 Chapter 7. delay-measurement

DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe)#

You can verify that the delay measurement was configured by entering the show running-config privi-
leged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

619
Chapter 8. CFM Probe Delay-Measurement
Commands

interval
interval { time }

Description
Configures the interval between 2 delay-measurement probes.

Syntax

Parameter Description
time Specifies the interval in minutes. (Range: 1-1440)

Default
Default value is not defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure an interval time interval between 2 delay-measurement probes.

DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe-dm)#interval 100
DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe-dm)#

620
 Chapter 8. interval

You can verify that the time was configured to the list by entering the show running-config privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

621
ma
ma name mep id id-number remote-mep id id-number [ count value [ interval { 1s | 10s |
1min | 10min } ] ]

Description
Configures maintenance association (MA).

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Specifies the MA name.
mep id id-number Specifies the MEP ID number. (Range: 1-8191)
remote-mep id id-number Specifies the destination MEP number. (Range: 1-8191)
count value Sets the number of messages to be sent. (Range: 1-65535)
interval Configures interval between messages.
1s 1 second.
10s 10 seconds.
1min 1 minute.
10min 10 minutes.

Default
Default value is not defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a maintenance association (MA).

DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe-dm)#ma test mep id 1 remote-mep id 1

622
 Chapter 8. ma

DmSwitch(config-cfm-probe-dm)#

You can verify that the time was configured to the list by entering the show running-config privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

623
Chapter 9. E-LMI Commands

uni-c
uni-c interface ethernet port-number

no uni interface ethernet port-number

Description

Configures a user network interface (UNI) on customer edge device for a specific interface.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the UNI configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
interface ethernet port-number Creates/Edits an UNI instance in the specified port.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
E-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to create/edit an user network interface (UNI) on the customer equipment for the
interface ethernet 5.

624
 Chapter 9. uni-c

DmSwitch(config-elmi)#uni-c interface ethernet 5

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi interface ethernet 5 privi-
leged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.

625
uni-n
uni-n interface ethernet port-number

no uni interface ethernet port-number

Description

Configures a user network interface (UNI) on provider edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the UNI configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
interface ethernet port-number Creates/Edits an UNI instance in the specified port.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
E-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to create/edit an user network interface (UNI) on provider equipment for interface
ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-elmi)#uni-n interface ethernet 5

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi interface ethernet 5 privi-
leged EXEC command.

626
 Chapter 9. uni-n

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.

627
Chapter 10. E-LMI UNI-C Commands

polling-counter
polling-counter value

no polling-counter

Description

Configures polling counter value on customer edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the polling counter value to its default.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Value for polling counter. (Range: 1-65535)

Default
The default polling counter value is 360.

Command Modes
E-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set a polling-counter.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#polling-counter 100

628
 Chapter 10. polling-counter

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.

629
polling-timer
polling-timer value

no polling-timer

Description

Configures polling timer value on customer edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the polling timer to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Value for polling timer. (Range: 5-30)

Default
The default polling timer value is 10 seconds.

Command Modes
E-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set the polling timer for an UNI instance on the customer equipment.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#polling-timer 20
DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi user EXEC command.

630
 Chapter 10. polling-timer

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.

631
status-counter
status-counter value

no status-counter

Description

Configures status counter value on customer edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the status counter to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Value for status counter. (Range: 2-10)

Default
The default status counter value is 4.

Command Modes
E-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set the status counter on customer equipment.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#status-counter 5
DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-c)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi user EXEC command.

632
 Chapter 10. status-counter

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.

633
Chapter 11. E-LMI UNI-N Commands

evc
evc name customer-vlan-list { any | default-evc { [ untagged ] vlan-id | range { first-
vlan-id last-vlan-id } } | vlan-id | range { first-vlan-id last-vlan-id } | untagged { vlan-id | range
{ first-vlan-id last-vlan-id } } }

no evc name

Description
Assigns an existing EVC to an existing UNI-N.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name EVC identifier of an existing EVC. (Up to 32 characters)
any All VLANs and untagged frames.
default-evc (Optional) Default EVC.
untagged (Optional) Untagged frames.
vlan-id VLAN Identifier. (Range: 1-4094)
range first-vlan-id last-vlan-id VLAN range. (Range: 1-4094)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
E-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Parameter any can be configured only if EVC map type is all to one bundling.

634
 Chapter 11. evc

Parameter default-evc can be configured only if EVC map type is bundling.

Example

This example shows how to assign an existing EVC to an existing UNI-N.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#evc EVC_NAME customer-vlan-list any

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.
evc Creates an ethernet virtual circuit.
cfm Enables connectivity fault management (CFM) and
create a maintenance domain (MD).
evc-map-type Configures EVC map type on an UNI-N.

635
evc-map-type
evc-map-type { all-to-one-bundling | bundling | service-multiplexing }

no evc-map-type

Description

Configures EVC map type for an UNI-N instance on provider edge devices.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the EVC map type to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all-to-one-bundling Configures EVC map type to all to one bundling.
bundling Configures EVC map type to bundling.
service-multiplexing Configures EVC map type to all to service multiplexing.

Default
The default EVC map type is bundling.

Command Modes
E-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure an EVC map type.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#evc-map-type bundling
DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi user EXEC command.

636
 Chapter 11. evc-map-type

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.
evc Creates an ethernet virtual circuit.

637
id
id name

no id

Description

Configures UNI identifier on provider edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the identifier.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name UNI identifier. (Up to 64 characters)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
E-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure UNI identifier text on customer equipment.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#id UNI_ID
DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi privileged EXEC command.

638
 Chapter 11. id

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.

639
polling-verification-timer
polling-verification-timer value

no polling-verification-timer

Description

Configures polling verification timer value on provider edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the polling verification timer to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Value for polling verification timer. (Range: 5-30)

Default
15 seconds.

Command Modes
E-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
UNI-N polling-verification-timer should be greater than polling-timer configured in UNI-C.

Example

This example shows how to set the polling verification timer on provider equipment.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#polling-verification-timer 15
DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi user EXEC command.

640
 Chapter 11. polling-verification-timer

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.

641
status-counter
status-counter value

no status-counter

Description

Configures status counter value on provider edge devices.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the status counter to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Value for status counter. (Range: 2-10)

Default
The default status counter value is 4.

Command Modes
E-LMI configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set a status counter.

DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#status-counter 5
DmSwitch(config-elmi-uni-n)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show elmi privileged EXEC command.

642
 Chapter 11. status-counter

Related Commands
Command Description
show elmi Shows ethernet local management interface (ELMI)
settings.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
elmi Enters on Ethernet Local Management Interface
protocol configuration mode.

643
Chapter 12. Interface Bundle Commands

circuit-name
circuit-name { name }

Description
Use circuit-name command to configure the name of the circuit for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Insert a name for a circuit or bundle (Maximum: 127 characters).

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using ip-next-hop command.

Example

This example shows how to configure name of circuit for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#circuit-name bundle1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the name of the circuit was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user
EXEC configuration command.

644
 Chapter 12. circuit-name

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

645
destination-bundle
destination-bundle { bundle_id }

Description
Use destination-bundle command to set the destination bundle.

Syntax

Parameter Description
bundle_id Configures a destination bundle id (Range: 1 - 16383).

Default
destionation-bundle: 1

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using destination-bundle command.

Example

This example shows how to configure destination-bundle for bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#destination-bundle 5
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the destination-bundle was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user
EXEC configuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

646
 Chapter 12. destination-bundle

Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

647
destination-ip-address
destination-ip-address { ip-address }

Description
Use destination-ip-address command to configure the ip address of the destination for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Configures the destination-ip-address for the bundle interface.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using destination-ip-address command.

Example

This example shows how to configure destination-ip-address for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#destination-ip-address 10.5.1.2
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the destination-ip-address was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle
user EXEC configuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

648
 Chapter 12. destination-ip-address

Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

649
dscp
dscp { index }

Description
Use dscp command to configure specify the dscp for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index specifies the Differentiated Services Codepoint for destination IP
address (Range: 0 - 63).

Default
Dscp default value is 0.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using ip-next-hop command.

Example

This example shows how to configure dscp for bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#dscp 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the dscp was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXEC con-
figuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description

650
 Chapter 12. dscp

Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

651
ip-next-hop
ip-next-hop { ip-address }

no ip-next-hop

Description

Use ip-next-hop command to configure to set the ip of the next hop for the bundle interface.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the ip-next-hop configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Configures the ip address for the next hop of the bundle interface.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using ip-next-hop command.

Example

This example shows how to configure ip-next-hop for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#ip-next-hop 10.5.1.2
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the ip-next-hop was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXEC
configuration command.

652
 Chapter 12. ip-next-hop

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

653
jitter-buffer
jitter-buffer { size }

Description
Use jitter-buffer command to configure the jitter buffer for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
size Configures jitter buffer maximum range size (Range: 1.00ms -
496.00ms).

Default
jitter-buffer: 10ms.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using jitter_buffer command.

Example

This example shows how to configure jitter buffer for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#jitter-buffer 1.00
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the jitter-buffer was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXEC
configuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description

654
 Chapter 12. jitter-buffer

Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

655
lost-pkt-fill
lost-pkt-fill { automatic | idle-byte | repeat-last-data }

no lost-pkt-fill

Description

Configures lost packet fill.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will resets lost packet fill to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
automatic Automatically choose how to fill lost packets.
idle-byte Fill lost packet with idle byte.
repeat-last-data Fill lost packet with last valid data received.

Default
Lost-pkt-fill default value is repeat-last-data.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using lost-pkt-fill command.

Example

This example shows how to set lost packet fill in the bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#lost-pkt-fill automatic
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

656
 Chapter 12. lost-pkt-fill

You can verify that the lost-pkt-fill was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXEC
configuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

657
packet-delay
packet-delay { value }

Description
Use packet-delay command to configure packet-delay for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Insert the value for packet delay (Range: 0.5 - 8.0 ms in steps of
0.125ms).

Default
packet-delay: 1.0ms

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using packet-delay command.

Example

This example shows how to configure packet-delay for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#packet-delay 0.5
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the packet-delay was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user
EXEC configuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description

658
 Chapter 12. packet-delay

Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

659
packet-loss-threshold
packet-loss-threshold { value }

no packet-loss-threshold

Description

Use packet-loss-threshold command to set a threshold value for packet-loss in the bundle interface.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the packet-loss-threshold to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Insert a value for the packet-loss threshold (Range: 0.1 - 100.0%).

Default
packet-loss-threshold: 10%.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using packet-loss-threshold command.

Example

This example shows how to configure packet-loss threshold for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#packet-loss-threshold 5
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the packet-loss-threshold was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle
user EXEC configuration command.

660
 Chapter 12. packet-loss-threshold

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

661
shutdown
shutdown

no shutdown

Description

Use shutdown commando to disable the bundle interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will enable the bundle interface.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Bundle interface is disabled

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to shutdown a bundle interface.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#shutdown
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the bundle interface was disabled by entering the show interfaces bundle user
EXEC configuration command.

Related Commands

662
 Chapter 12. shutdown

Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

663
source-ip-address
source-ip-address ip address

no source-ip-address

Description

Set a source ip address for the current bundle interface

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set source-ip-address to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip address bundle source ip address

Default
Default is using interface PW source-ip-address.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.10 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Entered address must be a valid IP address.

If an IP address is not configured on bundle, PW interface source-ip-address will be used instead.

Example

This example define the address 10.1.1.22 as the source address of interface bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#source-ip-address 10.1.1.22

664
 Chapter 12. source-ip-address

The configuration may be checked using the command show interfaces bundle 1 privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces pw Shows PW interface configuration.
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

665
tdm-channel
tdm-channel { tdm-number }

Description
Use tdm-channel command to map the bundle interface in TDM interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
tdm-number Specify the TDM interface that will be used (Range: 1 - 8).

Default
Tdm-channel default value is 1.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using tdm-channel command.

Example

This example shows how to configure tdm-channel in the bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#tdm-channel 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the tdm-channel was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXEC
configuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

666
 Chapter 12. tdm-channel

Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

667
test
test { bert-tdm-side | bert-psn-side | bert-error | loop }

no test

Description

Enable tests in a specific bundle interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable all tests.

Syntax

Parameter Description
bert-tdm-side Enable TDM BERT test.
bert-psn-side Enable ethernet BERT test.
bert-error Insert BERT error.
loop Enable loop on TDM and PSN.

Default
All tests are disable.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
It is possible to perform one test at a time.

Example

This example shows how to set up a test in the bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#test bert-tdm-side
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

668
 Chapter 12. test

You can verify which test are enable by entering the show interfaces bundle user EXEC configuration
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

669
timeslots
timeslots { initial_timeslot number_of_timeslots }

Description
Use timeslots command to configure initial timeslot and the number of timeslots for the bundle interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
initial_timeslot Configures the initial timeslot for the bundle (Range: 0 - 31).
number_of_timeslots Configures the number of timeslots for the bundle (Range: 1 - 32).

Default
Disable. Initial_timeslot is 0 and number_of_timeslots is 32.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using timeslots command. Bundle interface configuration for timeslots
must match TDM interface line type configuration.

Example

This example shows how to configure initial timeslot and the number of timeslots for bundle 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#timeslots 1 31
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the initial timeslot and the number of timeslots was configured by entering the show
interfaces bundle user EXEC configuration command.

Related Commands

670
 Chapter 12. timeslots

Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

671
udp-port
udp-port { [source src-port] | [destination dst-port] }

Description
Use udp-port command to set the source and/or destination bundle UDP port.

Syntax

Parameter Description
src-port Configures a source bundle UDP port (Range: 1 - 65535).
dst-port Configures a destination bundle UDP port (Range: 1 - 65535).

Default

The udp-port source is:

49153 for interface bundle 1.

49154 for interface bundle 2.
49155 for interface bundle 3 and so on.

The udp-port destination is 0. By default the destination-bundle ID is used. When configuring the udp-port
destination the destination-bundle is not used anymore until configured back again.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.16 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Bundle interface must be disabled before using udp-port command.

Example

This example shows how to configure udp-port for bundle interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface bundle 1

672
 Chapter 12. udp-port

DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#udp-port source 3 destination 49153

DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#

You can verify that the destination-bundle was configured by entering the show interfaces bundle user
EXEC configuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

673
vlan
vlan vlan-id priority priority-level

no vlan

Description

Use this command to define in which vlan current bundle interface will work.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set VLAN to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
vlan-id Specifies VLAN ID used in bundle interface. (Range:
1-4094)
priority-level Specifies priority used in bundle interface. (Range: 0-7)

Default
Default is using interface PW VLAN.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.10 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Selected vlan must have been created.

If a vlan is not configured on bundle, PW interface vlan will be used instead.

If PW Q-in-Q is enabled, bundle cannot use individual vlan.

674
 Chapter 12. vlan

Example

This example shows how to configure interface bundle 1 of unit 2 to use vlan 10.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-10)#interface bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-bundle-1/1)#vlan 10 priority 2

You may check the configuration using the command show interfaces bundle 2/1

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces bundle Shows interfaces bundle configuration.

675
Chapter 13. Interface Ethernet/Port-channel
Commands

capabilities
capabilities { 10full | 10half | 100full | 100half | 1000full | all | flow-control
[ transmit | receive ] }

no capabilities { 10full | 10half | 100full | 100half | 1000full | all |

flow-control [ transmit | receive ] }

Description

Configure interface port capabilities for autonegotiation.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the specified capability.

Syntax

Parameter Description
10full Advertises 10Mbps full-duplex operation support.
10half Advertises 10Mbps half-duplex operation support.
100full Advertises 100Mbps full-duplex operation support.
100half Advertises 100Mbps half-duplex operation support.
1000full Advertises 1000Mbps full-duplex operation support.
all Advertises all capabilities operation support.
flow-control Advertises flow control operation support.
transmit (Optional) Advertises support of PAUSE frames for transmission.
receive (Optional) Advertises support of PAUSE frames for reception.

Default

All supported speed and duplex capabilities enabled for LAN ports.

Only 1000full capability enabled for WAN ports.

Flow control capabilities disabled.

676
 Chapter 13. capabilities

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
When enabling flow control advertisement without specifying transmit or receive, flow control will be advertised
for both of them.

Example

This example shows how to set interface capabilities for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config)interface ethernet 5
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#capabilities 100full
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#no capabilities 10half
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#no capabilities 10full
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show interfaces status user EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
negotiation Use the negotiation command to enable or disable
autonegotiation.
speed-duplex Configures forced speed and duplex modes.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show interfaces table configuration Shows the interface average utilization table.

677
description
description { string }

no description

Description

Use the description command to insert some descriptive text for ethernet and port-channel interfaces.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remove the description.

Syntax

Parameter Description
string Some description for the interface. (Size: 127 characters)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set a description for an Ethernet interface.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/2)#description GatewayInterface
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/2)#

You can verify that the information was inserted by entering the show interfaces status ethernet
user EXEC command.

678
 Chapter 13. description

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

679
l2protocol-tunnel
l2protocol-tunnel { cdp | control-protocols { option-1 } | dot1x | eaps | extended
| gvrp | lacp | lldp | maker | oam | pagp | pvst | stp | udld | vtp }

no l2protocol-tunnel { cdp | control-protocols { option-1 } | dot1x | eaps | gvrp

| lacp | lldp | marker | oam | pagp | pvst | stp | udld | vtp }

Description

Use the l2protocol-tunnel command to configure Layer 2 protocols tunneling for the Ethernet interface.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable l2protocol-tunnel for the specified protocol.

Syntax

Parameter Description
cdp Enable/disable CDP packets tunneling.
control-protocols option-1 Enable/disable Control Protocols MEF Ethernet Private
Line (EPL) Option 1 packets tunneling.
dot1x Enable/disable 802.1X packets tunneling.
eaps Enable/disable EAPS packets tunneling
extended Enable/disable Extended packets tunneling
gvrp Enable/disable GVRP packets tunneling.
lacp Enable/disable LACP packets tunneling.
lldp Enable/disable LLDP packets tunneling
maker Enable/disable Maker packets tunneling.
oam Enable/disable OAM packets tunneling.
pagp Enable/disable PAgP packets tunneling.
pvst Enable/disable PVST packets tunneling.
stp Enable/disable STP packets tunneling.
udld Enable/disable UDLD packets tunneling.
vtp Enable/disable VTP packets tunneling.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

680
 Chapter 13. l2protocol-tunnel

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.
5.16 The commands control-protocols, extended, eaps and lldp parameteres were
added.

Usage Guidelines

L2 protocol tunneling is based on destination MAC address modification for protocol packets. Protocol packets
received on a port that has tunneling enabled will have their destination address changed to another address.
With that destination address the packets will be transparently forwarded (flooded) through the network until
some other port with tunneling enabled is reached.
You must use this command on ports that will convert protocol packets into tunneled packets and/or convert
tunneled packets into protocol packets. The intermediate ports on the tunneling path must not have this command
enabled so that they will only forward tunneled packets without modifications.

Example

This example shows how to enable STP packets tunneling for the interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#l2protocol-tunnel stp
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show l2protocol-tunnel user EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show l2protocol-tunnel Shows Layer 2 Protocols Tunneling information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

681
lacp
lacp [ actor admin-key key ]

no lacp [ actor admin-key ]

Description

Enables and configures LACP status on an interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable LACP, or unconfigure LACP actor in an interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
actor (Optional) The local side of an aggregate link
admin-key Specifies the LACP administration key
key Administration key value. (Range: 0-255)

Default

LACP is disabled in interfaces.

Default value for key is 1.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable LACP for interface Ethernet 5 and set admin-key to 30.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lacp

682
 Chapter 13. lacp

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lacp actor admin-key 30

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the lacp is enabled by entering the show interfaces status and show lacp user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
debug Enables the printing of debug messages.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show lacp counters Shows the LACP traffic counters.
show lacp group Shows the specified LACP channel group information.
show lacp internal Shows the LACP internal information.
show lacp neighbors Shows the LACP neighbors information.
show lacp sysid Shows the system identifier used by LACP.

683
lldp admin-status
lldp admin-status { disable | rx-only | tx-only | tx-and-rx }

Description
Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.

Syntax

Parameter Description
disable Specifies that the transmit and receive mode are disabled.
rx-only Specifies that only the receive mode is enabled.
tx-only Specifies that only the transmit mode is enabled.
tx-and-rx Specifies that the transmit and receive mode are enabled.

Default
The default is tx-and-rx.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable only the LLDP receive mode for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lldp admin-status rx-only

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

Related Commands

684
 Chapter 13. lldp admin-status

Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

685
lldp notification
lldp notification

no lldp notification

Description

Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it disables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Notification sending is disable.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable LLDP SNMP trap for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lldp notification
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.

686
 Chapter 13. lldp notification

Command Description
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

687
lldp tlvs-tx-enable
lldp tlvs-tx-enable { all | management-address | port-description |
system-capabilities | system-description | system-name }

no lldp tlvs-tx-enable { all | management-address | port-description |

system-capabilities | system-description | system-name }

Description

Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it disable the specified TLV sending.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Enables all TLVs sending.
management-address Enables the management address TLV sending.
port-description Enables the port description TLV sending.
system-capabilities Enables the system capabilities TLV sending.
system-description Enables the system description TLV sending.
system-name Enables the system name TLV sending.

Default
All optional TLVS sending are enabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

688
 Chapter 13. lldp tlvs-tx-enable

Example

This example shows how to enable the System Name TLV sending for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lldp tlvs-tx-enable system-name

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show lldp user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
lldp notification Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

689
loopback-detection
loopback-detection [ unblock-time unblock-time ]

no loopback-detection [ unblock-time ]

Description

Configures the Loopback Detection. This functionality enables the capacity of loop detection in the equipment
ports. The action is to block the port when a loop happens. Right after, when the link is restored, the unblock-time
decreases until unblocking the port if everything is fine.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return to the default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description
unblock-time unblock-time Selects the time interval to wait before unblock the interface (seconds).
(Range: 2-86400)

Default

The default for the loopback-detecion is enabled for each port.

The default values for the unblock-time is 30 seconds.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure loopback-detection for interface ethernet 5

690
 Chapter 13. loopback-detection

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#loopback-detection unblock-time 300

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was configured by entering the show loopback-detection privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show loopback-detection Shows loopback-detection status and configuration
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
loopback-detection action Configures action of Loopback Detection protocol
loopback-detection Configures destination address Loopback Detection PDUs
destination-address

691
mdix
mdix { auto | force-auto | normal | xover }

no mdix

Description

Use the mdix command to configure the medium dependent interface crossover mode.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set MDIX to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
auto Enables auto-MDIX when autonegotiation is enabled.
force-auto Enables auto-MDIX when auto negotiation is disabled.
normal Disables auto-MDIX and force mode to normal.
xover Disables auto-MDIX and force mode to crossed-over.

Default
Default value for MDIX is auto MDIX.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
MDIX command is available only for LAN ports. The value for WAN ports is always auto.

Example

This example shows how to disable auto-MDIX and force mode to cross-over on interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#mdix xover
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

692
 Chapter 13. mdix

You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show interfaces status user EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

693
monitor source
monitor source { rx | tx | all }

no monitor source

Description

Sets the interface as a source of monitored traffic.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the interface as a monitor source.

Syntax

Parameter Description
rx Monitors only received traffic.
tx Monitors only transmitted traffic.
all Monitors all traffic.

Default
By default, the interface is not a source of monitored traffic.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set the interface Ethernet 5 as a monitoring source for the capture of its received
traffic.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#monitor source rx
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

694
 Chapter 13. monitor source

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show monitor privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
monitor Configures the traffic monitoring.
show monitor Shows traffic monitoring configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

695
negotiation
negotiation

no negotiation

Description

Use the negotiation command to enable or disable autonegotiation.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable autonegotiation.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to disable autonegotiation for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#no negotiation
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the autonegotiation was disabled by entering the show interfaces status user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description

696
 Chapter 13. negotiation

Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

697
oam
oam [ mode { active | passive } ]

no oam

Description

Enables or disables OAM for ethernet interfaces.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable OAM in the interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
mode (Optional) Configures OAM mode.
active (Optional) Configure as an active port.
passive (Optional) Configure as a passive port.

Default
The OAM is disabled in LAN ports and enabled in WAN ports.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure OAM for interface Ethernet 5

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#oam
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was configured by entering the show oam user EXEC command.

698
 Chapter 13. oam

Related Commands
Command Description
show oam Shows OAM information status and configuration
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

699
qos dscp-mapping
qos dscp-mapping

no qos dscp-mapping

Description

Use the qos dscp-mapping command to enable differentiated services code point mapping.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable DSCP mapping.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
DSCP mapping is disabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable DSCP mapping to an interface.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 5
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#qos dscp-mapping
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the DSCP mapping is enabled by entering the show qos privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description

700
 Chapter 13. qos dscp-mapping

Command Description
qos_queue_wfq_min-bw Configure minimum bandwidth allocation for QoS
weighted fair queueing.
qos_queue_maxbw Configure maximum bandwidth allocation per queue
for QoS.
qos_map Configures the differentiated services code point map.
qos queue cos-map Map CoS priorities to queues.
qos queue sched-mode Scheduling mode.
show qos Show QoS configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

701
qos map dscp-table
qos map dscp-table { code-point1 | all | range { first-code-point last-code-point } } to code-
point2 priority value

Description
Configuress the differentiated services code point map.

Syntax

Parameter Description
code_point1 Specifies the dscp code point that will be remaped.
(Range: 0 - 63)
all Selects all dscp code point to be remaped.
range first-code-point last-code-point Specifies a specific range of dscp code point that will be
remaped. (Range: 0 - 63)
to code_point2 Specifies the egress dscp code point. (Range: 0 - 63)
priority value Specifies the CoS priority. (Range: 0 - 7)

Default
No default is difined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the qos dscp table map.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1)#qos map dscp-table 1 to 2 priority 1
DmSwitch(config)#

702
 Chapter 13. qos map dscp-table

You can verify that the dscp-table was configured by entering the show qos map dscp-table instance
privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
qos_queue_wfq_min-bw Configure minimum bandwidth allocation for QoS weighted fair
queueing.
qos_queue_maxbw Configure maximum bandwidth allocation per queue for QoS.
qos_dscp-mapping Enables Differentiated Services Code Point Mapping.
qos queue cos-map Map CoS priorities to queues.
qos queue sched-mode Scheduling mode.
show qos Show QoS configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

703
qos queue buffer
qos queue buffer { cos_queue_id } { buffer_size }

no qos queue buffer { cos_queue_id }

Description

Configures maximum buffer size allocation per CoS queue.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the CoS queue to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
cos_queue_id Specifies the CoS queue. (Range: 0 - 3)
buffer_size Specifies the maximum buffer size for a specific queue in
bytes. (Range: 12800 - 307200. Granularity: 128)

Default
Default is 51200 bytes for each queue on all ports.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.10.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure qos queue max-bw.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1
DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#qos queue buffer 0 51200
DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#

704
 Chapter 13. qos queue buffer

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show qos queue config privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
qos_queue_wfq_min-bw Configure minimum bandwidth allocation for QoS weighted fair
queueing.
qos_map Configures the differentiated services code point map.
qos_dscp-mapping Enables Differentiated Services Code Point Mapping.
qos queue cos-map Map CoS priorities to queues.
qos queue sched-mode Scheduling mode.
show qos Show QoS configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

705
qos queue max-bw
qos queue max-bw { bw_value | unlim-all | unlimited } { unlimited | bw_value } {
unlimited | bw_value } { unlimited | bw_value }

no qos queue max-bw

Description

Configures maximum bandwidth allocation per queue for QoS.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the qos queue max-bw to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
unlim-all Specifies unlimited bandwidth for all queues.
unlimited specifies unlimited bandwidt for specific queue.
bw_value Specifies the maximum bandwidth for a specific queue in
kbit/s. (Range: 0 - 1000000. Granularity: 64)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure qos queue max-bw.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1

706
 Chapter 13. qos queue max-bw

DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#qos queue max-bw unlim-all

DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show qos queue config privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
qos_queue_wfq_min-bw Configure minimum bandwidth allocation for QoS weighted fair
queueing.
qos_map Configures the differentiated services code point map.
qos_dscp-mapping Enables Differentiated Services Code Point Mapping.
qos queue cos-map Map CoS priorities to queues.
qos queue sched-mode Scheduling mode.
show qos Show QoS configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

707
qos queue wfq
qos queue wfq min-bw { bw_value | sp } { bw_value | sp } { bw_value | sp } { bw_value
| sp }

no qos queue wfq min-bw

Description

Configures minimum bandwidth allocation for QoS weighted fair queueing.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the qos queue wfq min-bw to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
bw_value Minimun bandwidth for each queue in kbit/s. (Range: 0 -
1000000. Granularity: 64)
sp Strict priority for each queue.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure qos queue wfq min-bw.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1
DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#qos queue wfq min-bw 64 64 64 64
DmSwitch(config-if-ethernet-1/1)#

708
 Chapter 13. qos queue wfq

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show qos queue config privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
qos_queue_maxbw Configure maximum bandwidth allocation per queue for QoS.
qos_map Configures the differentiated services code point map.
qos_dscp-mapping Enables Differentiated Services Code Point Mapping.
qos queue cos-map Map CoS priorities to queues.
qos queue sched-mode Scheduling mode.
show qos Show QoS configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

709
rate-limit
rate-limit { input | output } { rate rate-limit } { burst burst-size }

no rate-limit { input | output }

Description

Configures rate-limits for ethernet interfaces.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the data rate limit.

Syntax

Parameter Description
input Specifies the ingress rate-limit for a port.
output Specifies the egress rate-limit for a port.
rate Specifies the rate-limit.
rate-limit Rate-limit in kilobits per second. (Range: 64-1000000. Granularity: 64)
burst Specifies the maximum burst size.
burst-size Maximum burst size in kilobyte. (Range: 4-512. Granularity: 4)

Default
Rate limit is disabled in interfaces.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure rate-limits for interface ethernet 5.

710
 Chapter 13. rate-limit

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#rate-limit input rate 64000 burst 512

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#rate-limit output rate 64000 burst 512
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was enabled by entering the show interfaces switchport user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces Shows switchport information.
switchport
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

711
rmon collection history
rmon collection history { auto-index | index } [ buckets buckets-number ] [ interval
seconds ] [ owner name ]

no rmon collection history index

Description

Configures a RMON history group of statistics.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified RMON history group of statistics.

Syntax

Parameter Description
auto-index Automatically identifies the RMON history group of history.
index Identifies the RMON history group of history. (Range: 1-65535)
buckets buckets-number Specifies the maximum number of buckets. (Range: 1-23000)
interval seconds Specifies the number of seconds in each polling cycle. (Range: 1-3600)
owner name Specifies the owner of the RMON group of statistics.

Default
Default buckets value is 8 and default interval value is 1800.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a RMON history group of statistics index 5 on interface ethernet 5. In this

712
 Chapter 13. rmon collection history

configuration, the data is sampled every 30 seconds and are saved the maximum number of 8 samples.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#rmon collection history 5 buckets 8 interval 30 owner test

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show rmon history privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
rmon Configures a RMON.
rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.
rmon collection stats Configures a RMON collection of statistics.
rmon event Configures a RMON event.
show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.
show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.
show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

713
rmon collection stats
rmon collection stats { auto-index | index } [ owner name ]

no rmon collection stats index

Description

Configures a RMON collection of statistics.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the specified RMON statistics collection.

Syntax

Parameter Description
auto-index Automatically identifies the RMON history group of statistics.
index Identifies the RMON group of statistics. (Range: 1-65535)
owner name Specifies the owner of the RMON group of statistics.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a RMON collection of statistics index 5 on interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#rmon collection stats 5 owner test

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

714
 Chapter 13. rmon collection stats

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show rmon statistics privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
rmon Configures a RMON.
rmon alarm Configures a RMON alarm.
rmon collection history Configures a RMON history group of statistics.
rmon event Configures a RMON event.
show rmon alarm Shows the RMON alarm table.
show rmon event Shows the RMON event table.
show rmon history Shows the RMON history table.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show rmon statistics Shows the RMON statistics table.

715
shutdown
shutdown

no shutdown

Description

Use the shutdown command to disable an interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will reenable the interface.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Interface is enabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to shutdown an ethernet interface.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 5
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/4)#shutdown
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/4)#

You can verify that the Ethernet interface is down by entering the show interfaces status user EXEC
command.

Related Commands

716
 Chapter 13. shutdown

Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

717
spanning-tree bpdufilter
spanning-tree bpdufilter

Description

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter per port.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the BPDU filter in the port.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
BPDU filter is disabled by default.

Command Modes
Interface Configuration

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
BPDU filtering allows you to avoid transmitting BPDUs on ports that are connected to an end system.

Example

This example shows how to enable BPDU filter per port.

DmSwitch#configure
DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1)#spanning-tree bpdufilter

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.
spanning-tree_bpdufilter Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter globally.
(global)

718
 Chapter 13. spanning-tree bpdufilter

Command Description
spanning-tree_bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
(global)
spanning-tree_bpduguard Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard per port.
(per port)
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

719
spanning-tree bpduguard
spanning-tree bpduguard

Description

Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard per port.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the BPDU guard in the port.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
BPDU filter is disabled by default.

Command Modes
Interface Configuration

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The BPDU guard is used to prevent BPDU attacks from spanning-tree ports. If an port receives a BPDU when
BPDU guard is enabled, that port is administratively disabled.

Example

This example shows how to enable BPDU guard on an ethernet port.

DmSwitch#configure
DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1)#spanning-tree bpduguard

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree Enables spanning-tree protocol.

720
 Chapter 13. spanning-tree bpduguard

Command Description
spanning-tree_bpdufilter Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter globally.
(global)
spanning-tree_bpdufilter Enables the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter per port.
(per port)
spanning-tree_bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
(global)
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.
vlan group Create a VLAN group and manage its members.

721
spanning-tree edge-port
spanning-tree edge-port

no spanning-tree edge-port

Description

Use the spanning-tree edge-port to define the ethernet interface as a spanning-tree edge port.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will undefine the ethernet interface as a spanning-tree edge port.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Default value is disabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Edge ports are directly moved to the forwarding state in the spanning-tree. However, after a BPDU is received
on these ports, their state will be controlled by the STP execution.
Enable the edge-port parameter on interfaces directly connected to end stations.

Example

This example shows how to define an ethernet interface as a spanning-tree edge port.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree edge-port
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show spanning-tree instance ethernet
ethernet-instance privileged EXEC command.

722
 Chapter 13. spanning-tree edge-port

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree instance Configures an ethernet interface in a spanning-tree instance.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree link-type Use the spanning-tree link-type command to specify the type of link
used with spanning-tree.
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
spanning-tree Forbids the interface to become the root port on spanning-tree.
restricted-role
spanning-tree Forbids the interface to propagate topology changes to other interfaces.
restricted-tcn
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

723
spanning-tree instance
spanning-tree instance [ cost path-cost | port-priority priority ]

no spanning-tree instance [ cost | port-priority ]

Description

Configures an ethernet interface in a spanning-tree instance.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the ethernet interface from the Spanning-Tree instance,
or will remove the cost and port-priority configurations of the interface in the spanning-tree instance.

Syntax

Parameter Description
instance Specifies the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 0-7)
cost (Optional) Specifies spanning-tree cost.
path-cost Value of spanning-tree path cost. (Range: 1-200000000)
port-priority (Optional) Specifies spanning-tree port priority.
priority Values of spanning tree port priority. (Range: 0-240. Granularity: 16)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set spanning-tree cost and port-priority for interface Ethernet 5.

724
 Chapter 13. spanning-tree instance

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree 1
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree 1 cost 1000000

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree 1 port-priority 128
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show spanning-tree instance ethernet
ethernet-instance privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree edge-port Defines the Ethernet interface as the spanning-tree edge port.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree link-type Use the spanning-tree link-type command to specify the type of link
used with spanning-tree.
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
spanning-tree Forbids the interface to become the root port on spanning-tree.
restricted-role
spanning-tree Forbids the interface to propagate topology changes to other interfaces.
restricted-tcn
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

725
spanning-tree link-type
spanning-tree link-type { auto | point-to-point | shared }

no spanning-tree link-type

Description

Use the spanning-tree link-type command to specify the type of link used with spanning-tree.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the link-type configuration to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
auto Specifies spanning tree link-type as auto. The link type will be derived from the
current duplex mode for this interface. If full-duplex is used, the link type will
be point-to-point. If half-duplex is used, the link type will be shared.
point-to-point Specifies spanning tree link-type as point-to-point.
shared Specifies spanning tree link-type as shared.

Default
Link type is configured as auto.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to define the spanning-tree link-type in interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree link-type point-to-point

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

726
 Chapter 13. spanning-tree link-type

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show spanning-tree instance ethernet
ethernet-instance privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree edge-port Defines the Ethernet interface as the spanning-tree edge port.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
spanning-tree Forbids the interface to become the root port on spanning-tree.
restricted-role
spanning-tree Forbids the interface to propagate topology changes to other interfaces.
restricted-tcn
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

727
spanning-tree restricted-role
spanning-tree restricted-role

no spanning-tree restricted-role

Description

Forbids the interface to become the root port on spanning-tree.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will make it possible for the interface to become the root port.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Restricted-role is disabled by default.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If restricted-role is enabled for an interface that would be choosen as the root port, the interface will become an
alternate port instead.
Use this command to prevent bridges that are not under your control from becoming the root bridge or being in
the path to the root bridge. Incorrectly using this command may cause lack of spanning-tree connectivity.

Example

This example shows how to enable restricted-role in interface ethernet 5

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree restricted-role
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show spanning-tree instance ethernet
ethernet-instance privileged EXEC command.

728
 Chapter 13. spanning-tree restricted-role

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree instance Configures an ethernet interface in a spanning-tree instance.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree edge-port Defines the Ethernet interface as the spanning-tree edge port.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree link-type Use the spanning-tree link-type command to specify the type of link
used with spanning-tree.
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
spanning-tree Forbids the interface to propagate topology changes to other interfaces.
restricted-tcn
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

729
spanning-tree restricted-tcn
spanning-tree restricted-tcn

no spanning-tree restricted-tcn

Description

Forbids the interface to propagate topology changes to other interfaces.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will make it possible for the interface to propagate topology changes.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Restricted-tcn is disabled by default.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If restricted-tcn is enabled for an interface it will not propagate topology changes due to received messages or
port state changes.
Use this command to prevent bridges that are not under your control from causing address flushing in the
network core. Incorrectly using this command may cause temporary loss of connectivity after topology changes.

Example

This example shows how to enable restricted-tcn in interface ethernet 5

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#spanning-tree restricted-tcn
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show spanning-tree instance ethernet
ethernet-instance privileged EXEC command.

730
 Chapter 13. spanning-tree restricted-tcn

Related Commands
Command Description
spanning-tree instance Configures an ethernet interface in a spanning-tree instance.
spanning-tree bpduguard Enables the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard globally.
spanning-tree edge-port Defines the Ethernet interface as the spanning-tree edge port.
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm forward delay time.
forward-delay
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm hello time.
hello-time
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum age.
max-age
spanning-tree instance Configures the spanning-tree algorithm maximum hops parameter.
max-hops
spanning-tree instance Specifies the spanning-tree priority in the DmSwitch.
priority
spanning-tree instance root Sets the spanning-tree priority to become the root bridge.
spanning-tree instance Adds VLAN groups to a spanning-tree instance.
vlan-group
spanning-tree link-type Use the spanning-tree link-type command to specify the type of link
used with spanning-tree.
spanning-tree mode Configures the spanning-tree mode.
spanning-tree mst Defines parameters of Multiple Spanning-Tree configuration.
spanning-tree Forbids the interface to become the root port on spanning-tree.
restricted-role
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show spanning-tree Shows spanning-tree configuration and status.

731
speed-duplex
speed-duplex { 10full | 10half | 100full | 100half }

no speed-duplex

Description

Configures forced speed and duplex modes.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset speed and duplex modes to the default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description
10full Force 10Mbps full-duplex operation.
10half Force 10Mbps half-duplex operation.
100full Force 100Mbps full-duplex operation.
100half Force 100Mbps half-duplex operation.

Default

100half for electrical Fast Ethernet ports.

100full for optical Fast Ethernet ports.

100half for Gigabit Ethernet ports.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The forced mode configuration is only used when autonegotiation is disabled.

732
 Chapter 13. speed-duplex

Example

This example shows how to configure speed and duplex operation for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#speed-duplex 10full
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces status user EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
negotiation Use the negotiation command to enable or disable
autonegotiation.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show interfaces table configuration Shows the interface average utilization table.

733
switchport backup-link
switchport backup-link { interface { ethernet port-number | port-channel
portchannel-number } | preemption { delay seconds | mode { forced | off } } }

no switchport backup-link interface

no switchport backup-link preemption { delay | mode }

Description

Configure an alternative link for this interface. If an interface is down/blocked, the other one is unblocked. Only
one interface is unblocked at a given time. If preemption is forced and both interfaces are error free, this interface
will be unblocked after a configurable delay and the alternative interface will be blocked.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable the default priority.

Syntax

Parameter Description
interface ethernet Specifies the alternative ethernet port.
port-number
interface Specifies the alternative port channel interface.
port-channel
portchannel-number
preemption mode Configures preemption mode.
forced Turns on preemption.
off Turns off preemption.
preemption delay Configures seconds as the delay for forced preemption from backup interface to main
seconds interface. Forced preemption mode must be configured. (Range: 1-300)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

734
 Chapter 13. switchport backup-link

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure ethernet 3 as the alternative interface for ethernet 2. Ethernet 2 is the main
interface. The preemption mode is configured as forced; if both interfaces are error free, ethernet 2 is preferred:
it will be unblocked and ethernet 3 will be blocked after 45 seconds.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/2)#switchport backup-link interface ethernet 3

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport bcakup-link preemption mode forced
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport bcakup-link preemption delay 45

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.

735
switchport bpdu-block
switchport bpdu-block

no switchport bpdu-block

Description

Use the switchport bpdu-block to block reception of BPDUs for an interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable the switchport bpdu-block.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
Bpdu-block is disable.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable bpdu-block for interface ethernet 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 1
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1)#swichtport bpdu-block
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/1)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport user
EXEC command.

Related Commands

736
 Chapter 13. switchport bpdu-block

Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

737
switchport bpdu-protect
switchport bpdu-protect { block-time seconds | enable | limit limit-value | mode {
block-all | block-bpdu | log } }

no switchport bpdu-protect { block-time | enable | limit | mode }

Description
Use the switchport bpdu-protect to protect configuration for an interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
block-time seconds Specifies the blocking time. (Range: 10-3600)
enable Enables BPDU protection.
limit limit-value Configures the maximum number of BPDU’s per second. (Range: 5-1000)
mode Configures notification and action mode
block-all Blocks BPDUs and data when limit is reached.
block-bpdu Blocks BPDUs when limit is reached.
log Log when limit is reached.

Default

BPDU-protect: Disable

Limit: 30 BPDUs per second

Block-time: 10 seconds
Mode: Block all

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.0 This command was introduced.

738
 Chapter 13. switchport bpdu-protect

Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to prevent problems in protocols when there is flood of BPDUs in this interface.
When ocurr a flood of BPDUs block interface, unblock after time configurated in command bpdu-block-time
reached. Block again if flood not stop and limit reached.

Example

This example shows how to enable bpdu-limit for interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 5
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#swichtport bpdu-protect enable
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport
ethernet 1 user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
cpu protocol bpdu-protect Control BPDU packets per second.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show interfaces_status Shows interface configuration status.

739
switchport egress-block ethernet
switchport egress-block { ethernet { port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-
number } } | port-channel portchannel-number }

no switchport egress-block ethernet { ethernet { port-number | range { first-port-

number last-port-number } } | port-channel portchannel-number }

Description

Blocks traffic from a specified interface to a set of interfaces. The traffic source interface is the interface being
currently configured. The destination interfaces are specified on the command parameters.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the egress-block configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
port-number Blocks traffic to a specific ethernet port. (Range: 1-8)
port-channel portchannel-number Blocks traffic to a specific port-channel interface. (Range:
1-8)
range { first-port-number last-port-number } Blocks traffic to a range of ethernet ports. (Range: 1-8)

Default
Egress-block is disabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set interface ethernet 5 for blocking egress to ethernet 6.

740
 Chapter 13. switchport egress-block ethernet

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport egress-block ethernet 6

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show interfaces Shows switchport information.
switchport
cpu egress-block Configures the switch to block CPU traffic from a specified Ethernet
interface to another for a set of VLAN IDs.

741
switchport mtu
switchport mtu value

no switchport mtu

Description

Use the switchport mtu command to configure maximum transmission unit for the specified interface.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the maximum transmission unit to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Specifies the maximum transmission unit in bytes. (Range: 64-9198)

Default
The default MTU value is 9198 bytes.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set the maximum transmission unit for interface ethernet 5 to 1024 bytes.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport mtu 1024

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show interfaces switchport user
EXEC command.

742
 Chapter 13. switchport mtu

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

743
switchport native vlan
switchport native vlan { vlan-id }

no switchport native vlan

Description

Use the switchport native vlan command to configure PVID, the default VLAN ID for untagged frames.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remove the configuration that specifies which is the native
VLAN for the interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
vlan-id Specifies the Port VLAN ID. (Range: 1-4094)

Default
PVID is 1, the default VLAN ID.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The specified VLAN should exist, otherwise the command will return an error.

Example

This example shows how to create a VLAN with ID 3 and set interface Ethernet 5 as native from VLAN 3.

DmSwitch(config)#interface vlan 3
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-3)#interface ethernet 5
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport native vlan 3
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

744
 Chapter 13. switchport native vlan

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces ’1 switchport user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

745
switchport port-security
switchport port-security maximum { num-of-macs }

no switchport port-security

Description

Use the switchport port-security to enable port security and configure the maximum number of MAC addresses
per port.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable port-security.

Syntax

Parameter Description
maximum Configures maximum number of MAC addresses.
num-of-macs Specifies the maximum number of MAC addresses for this interface. (Range: 0-8191)

Default
MAC address limit is disabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable port-security for interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport port-security maximum 10

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

746
 Chapter 13. switchport port-security

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

747
switchport priority default
switchport priority default { value }

no switchport priority default

Description

Use the switchport priority default command to configure 802.1p priorities for the specified interface.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable the default priority.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Specifies the priority value for untagged frames. (Range: 0-7)

Default
Default value is 0.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set the default priority for untagged frames to 3.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport priority default 3

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show interfaces switchport user
EXEC command.

748
 Chapter 13. switchport priority default

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

749
switchport qinq
switchport qinq { external [ inner-tag vlan [ priority prio ] ] | internal }

no switchport qinq

Description

Use the switchport qinq command to configure double tagging mode for the specified interface. Also configures
the double tagging mode for untagged packets.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remove the Double Tagging mode configuration for the speci-
fied interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
external Configures double tagging external mode. A VLAN tag is always inserted on received
packets.
internal Configures double tagging internal mode. A VLAN tag is only inserted if the packet
does not have a TPID which matches the TPID configured on this interface.
inner-tag vlan (Optional) Specifies the VLAN that will be used by inner tag in double tagging mode
for untagged packets. (Range: 1 - 4094)
priority prio (Optional) Specifies the priority that will be used by inner tag in double tagging mode
for untagged packets. (Range: 0 - 7)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.6 Added inner-tag command.
5.6 Added priority command.

750
 Chapter 13. switchport qinq

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to configure tagging behaviour for interfaces on service provider switches.

The external mode is recommended for client ports so that a provider tag is always inserted.
The internal mode is recommended for uplink ports so that duplicated tags are not inserted on these interfaces.

Example

This example shows how to set double tagging external mode for interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport qinq external

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

751
switchport storm-control
switchport storm-control { broadcast | dlf | multicast } [ pps pps-value ]

no switchport storm-control { broadcast | dlf | multicast } [ pps pps-value ]

Description

Use the switchport storm-control to configure rate storm control for the specified interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remove a broadcast, dlf or multicast storm-control configura-
tion.
An action is triggered after software recognizes an increase in number of (broadcast or multicast) ingress packets
at given interface. Option "limit" is default behavior, limiting at hardware ingress. "Notify" generates a log entry
and an SNMP trap. "Shutdown" will shutdown this port, disrupting any traffic passing it. Being "shutdown" an
aggressive action, it is triggered only after configured a timer. This timer ranges from 10 to 600 seconds.

Syntax

Parameter Description
broadcast Configures broadcast storm-control.
dlf Configures dlf storm-control.
multicast Configures multicast storm-control.
pps pps-value (Optional) Sets maximum packets per second. (Range: 0-262143)
action Configures an action to be taken after ingress packet rate at given interface exceeded
configured maxvalue. Rate is measured and normalized in a time function.
action limit Limit at hardware ingress.
action notify Limit at hardware ingress, notify using log and SNMP trap infrastructure.
action shutdown Limit at hardware ingress, notify using log and SNMP trap infrastructure and
shutdown port if port goes under storm for more than configured time. Shutdown must
be removed manually by administrator.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification

752
 Chapter 13. switchport storm-control

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set broadcast storm-control to 1024 Kbps for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport storm-control broadcast rate 1024

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was done by entering the show interfaces switchport user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

753
switchport tpid
switchport tpid ether-type-field

no switchport tpid

Description

Use the switchport tpid command to configure Tag Protocol ID for an interface. The TPID is the first two bytes
in the VLAN tag which also corresponds to the Ethertype field on untagged packets.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove a Tag Protocol ID configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ether-type-field Tag Protocol ID. (Range: 0x0000-0xFFFF)

Default
TPID default value is 0x8100.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.1 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
You can use this command in double tagging (qinq) network setups in order to have distinct tag types for clients
and service provider or in order to interoperate with switches that use different values of TPID.

Example

This example shows how to set the tag protocol ID to 0x9100 on interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#switchport tpid 0x9100

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

754
 Chapter 13. switchport tpid

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

755
switchport vlan-translate
switchport vlan-translate [ egress ingress ]

no switchport vlan-translate [ egress ingress ]

Description

Use the switchport vlan-translate to enable egress or ingress vlan translation for an interface.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will disable the switchport vlan-translate.

Syntax

Parameter Description
egress Enable egress VLAN tranlation in the interface.
ingress Enable ingress VLAN translation in the interface.

Default
Egress and ingress is disabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable switchport vlan-translate egress for interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config)#interface ethernet 5
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#swichtport vlan-translate egress
DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

756
 Chapter 13. switchport vlan-translate

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces switchport user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces switchport Shows switchport information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

757
trap-enable
trap-enable [ dying-gasp-received | link-up-down |
non-homologated-transceiver | transceiver-presence | unidir-link-detected |
unidir-link-recovered ]

no trap-enable [ dying-gasp-received | link-up-down |

non-homologated-transceiver | transceiver-presence | unidir-link-detected |
unidir-link-recovered ]

Description

Enable traps by each port.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the specified trap.

Syntax

Parameter Description
dying-gasp-received Issues dying-gasp-received traps.
link-up-down Issues link-up or link-down traps.
non-homologated-transceiver Issues non-homologated-transceiver traps.
transceiver-presence Issue transceiver-presence traps.
unidir-link-detected Issue unidirectional link detected traps.
unidir-link-recovered Issue unidirectional link recovered traps.

Default
All supported traps enabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
2.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Pressing enter it will issue all traps.

758
 Chapter 13. trap-enable

Example

This example shows how to disable a trap for interface ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#no trap-enable transceiver-presence

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the information was set by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip snmp-server traps Shows the SNMP traps status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

759
Chapter 14. Interface Loopback Commands

ip address
ip address { ip-address/mask }

no ip address

Description

Sets an IP address for the selected loopback.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the IP address from the selected loopback.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address/mask Specifies the IP address and network mask to the selected loopback.

Default
No IP addres is defined to selected loopback.

Command Modes
Interface loopback configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not avaliable.

Example

This example shows how to specify a static IP address to the loopback 0.

DmSwitch#config

760
 Chapter 14. ip address

DmSwitch(config)#interface loopback 0
DmSwitch(config-if-loop-0)#ip address 100.100.100.1/32
DmSwitch(config-if-loop-0)#end
DmSwitch#

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show running-config user EXEC com-
mand.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

761
shutdown
shutdown

no shutdown

Description

Deactivates the selected loopback interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reactivate the selected loopback interface.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
The interface loopback is in shutdown by default.

Command Modes
Loopback interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to deactivate the selected loopback interface.

DmSwitch(config-if-lo-0)#shutdown
DmSwitch(config-if-lo-0)#

You can verify that the loopback interface was deactived by entering the show interfaces loopback
privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description

762
 Chapter 14. shutdown

Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show interfaces loopback Shows the interfaces loopback.

763
Chapter 15. Interface MGMT Ethernet
Commands

ip address
ip address { ip-address/mask }

no ip address

Description

Sets an IP address for the management interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will delete the IP address from the management interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address/mask Specifies the IP address and network mask to the management interface.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

764
 Chapter 15. ip address

Example

This example shows how to specify a static IP address to the management interface.

DmSwitch(config)interface mgmt-eth
DmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#ip address 10.5.1.2/24
DmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show running config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

765
lldp admin-status
lldp admin-status { disable | rx-only | tx-only | tx-and-rx }

no lldp admin-status

Description

Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent for management interface.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command, will set lldp admin status to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
disable Specifies that the transmit and receive mode are disabled.
rx-only Specifies that only the receive mode is enabled.
tx-only Specifies that only the transmit mode is enabled.
tx-and-rx Specifies that the transmit and receive mode are enabled.

Default
The default is tx-and-rx.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable only the LLDP receive mode for management interface.

DmSwitch(config)interface mgmt-eth
DmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#lldp admin-status rx-only
DmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#

766
 Chapter 15. lldp admin-status

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show runnnig-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp notification Configures speed and duplex operation for management interface.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

767
lldp notification
lldp notification

no lldp notification

Description

Enables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it disables the transmission of LLDP SNMP trap notifications.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
By default notification sending is disable.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable LLDP SNMP trap for management interface.

DmSwitch(config)interface mgmt-eth
DmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#lldp notification
DmSwitch(config-if-mgmt-eth)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands

768
 Chapter 15. lldp notification

Command Description
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent
for management interface.
lldp tlvs-tx-enable Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

769
lldp tlvs-tx-enable
lldp tlvs-tx-enable { all | management-address | port-description |
system-capabilities | system-description | system-name }

no lldp tlvs-tx-enable { all | management-address | port-description |

system-capabilities | system-description | system-name }

Description

Configures which optional TLVs are to be sent to neighbors.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it disable the specified TLV sending.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Enables all TLVs sending.
management-address Enables the Management Address TLV sending.
port-description Enables the Port Description TLV sending.
system-capabilities Enables the System Capabilities TLV sending.
system-description Enables the System Description TLV sending.
system-name Enables the System Name TLV sending.

Default
All optional TLVS sending are enabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
3.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

770
 Chapter 15. lldp tlvs-tx-enable

Example

This example shows how to enable the System Name TLV sending for interface Ethernet 5.

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#lldp tlvs-tx-enable system-name

DmSwitch(config-if-eth-1/5)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
lldp Enables the LLDP operation in the DmSwitch.
lldp admin-status Configures the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent
for management interface.
lldp notification Configures speed and duplex operation for management interface.
lldp Configures the allowed interval at which Simple Network Management
notification-interval Protocol (SNMP) notifications can be sent.
lldp reinitialize-delay Configures the delay that applies to a re-initialization attempt after
LLDP ports were disabled or the link went down.
lldp transmit-delay Configures the delay time between successive frame transmissions.
lldp transmit-hold Configures the transmit-hold.
lldp transmit-interval Configures the periodic transmit interval for LLDP protocol data units
(PDUs).
show lldp Shows LLDP configuration information.
show lldp neighbor Shows LLDP neighbor information.

771
Chapter 16. Interface Port-channel Commands

load-balance
load-balance { dst-ip | dst-mac | src-dst-ip | src-dst-mac | src-ip | src-mac }

no load-balance

Description

Configures load distribution method among the ports.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the load balancing to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
dst-ip Destination IP address.
dst-mac Destination MAC address.
src-dst-ip Source and destination IP addresses.
src-dst-mac Source and destination MAC addresses.
src-ip Source IP address.
src-mac Source MAC address.

Default
Load-balance: source and destination MAC addresses.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

772
 Chapter 16. load-balance

Example

This example shows how to change the load distribution method.

DmSwitch(config)interface port-channel 1
DmSwitch(config-if-port-ch-1)#load-balance src-ip
DmSwitch(config-if-port-ch-1)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces status user EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

773
set-member ethernet
set-member ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

no set-member ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

Description

Adds Ethernet ports to selected port-channel.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove ports from selected port-channel.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Adds all ports.
port-number Adds a specific unit and port.
range first-port-number last-port-number Adds a range of units and ports.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Remote devices management must be disable to configure port channel.

Example

This example shows how to add the ethernet port 1 to selected port-channel.

DmSwitch(config)interface port-channel 1
DmSwitch(config-if-port-ch-1)#set-member ethernet 1
DmSwitch(config-if-port-ch-1)#

774
 Chapter 16. set-member ethernet

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show interfaces status privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

775
Chapter 17. Interface PW Commands

idle-byte
idle-byte { value }

no idle-byte

Description
Configures idle-byte value. Inserting no as a prefix of this command will reset idle-byte to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Specifies the idle byte value. (Range: 0x00 - 0xFF)

Default
Idle-byte default value is 0xFF.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.4 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure idle-byte in the pw interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface pw 1
DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#idle-byte 0x01
DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#

776
 Chapter 17. idle-byte

You can verify that the idle-byte was configured by entering the show interfaces pw user EXEC config-
uration command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces pw Shows PW interface configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

777
monitor source
monitor source { rx | tx | all }

no monitor source

Description

Configures the traffic monitor.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable all traffic monitoring.

Syntax

Parameter Description
rx Enables monitor for received traffic.
tx Enables monitor for transmitted traffic.
all Enables minitor for received and transmitted traffic.

Default
The default value for monitor is all monitoring disable.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure monitor source to tx.

DmSwitch(config)#interface pw 1
DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#monitor source tx
DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#

778
 Chapter 17. monitor source

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show monitor privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces pw Shows PW interface configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
source-ip-address Sets a source IP address for the selected PW interface.
vlan id priority Specifies the vlan id priority and double tagging mode for PW.

779
source-ip-address
source-ip-address { ip-address }

no source-ip-address

Description

Sets a source IP address for the PW interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will delete the source IP address from the selected PW interface.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Specifies the source IP address to the selected PW interface.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a source IP address to the PW interface.

DmSwitch(config)#interface pw 1
DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#source-ip-address 10.5.1.2
DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#

You can verify that the source IP address was specified by entering the show interfaces pw user EXEC
command.

780
 Chapter 17. source-ip-address

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces pw Shows PW interface configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
monitor source Configure PW monitor source
vlan id priority Specifies the vlan id priority and double tagging mode for PW.

781
vlan id priority
vlan id priority priority-value [ inner-tag vlan [ priority priority-value ] ]

no vlan

Description

Configures the customer vlan id, priority and configures double tagging mode for untagged packets.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will return the vlan configuration to disable.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the vlan id. (Range: 1 - 4094)
priority-value Specifies the priority value. (Range: 0 - 7)
inner-tag vlan (Optional) Specifies the VLAN that will be used by inner tag in double
tagging mode. (Range: 1 - 4094)
priority priority-value (Optional) Specifies the priority that will be used by inner tag in double
tagging mode. (Range: 0 - 7)

Default
Disabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.6 Added inner-tag command.
5.6 Added priority command.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

782
 Chapter 17. vlan id priority

Example

This example shows how to configure the PW vlan id and priority.

DmSwitch(config)#interface pw 1
DmSwitch(config-if-pw-1/1)#vlan 1 priority 1
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the customer vlan and priority configured by entering the show interfaces pw user
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces pw Shows PW interface configuration.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
monitor source Configure PW monitor source
source-ip-address Sets a source IP address for the selected PW interface.

783
Chapter 18. Interface TDM Commands

line-type
line-type { pcm31 | pcm31-crc | pcm30-cas | pcm30-cas-crc | unframed }

no line-type

Description

Configures the line type for TDM channel.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the line type to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
unframed Configures an unframed channel with 32 time slots.
pcm31 Configures 31 channels for data.
pcm31-crc Configures 31 channels for data with CRC.
pcm30-cas Configures 30 channels for data besides TS16 for
signaling, with CAS.
pcm30-cas-crc Configure 30 channels for data, TS16 for signaling with
CAS and CRC.

Default
The default value for line-type is unframed.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

784
 Chapter 18. line-type

Example

This example shows how to configure line type to pcm30-cas-crc.

DmSwitch(config)#interface tdm 1
DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#line-type pcm30-cas-crc
DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show interfaces tdm user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
tdm
show interfaces tdm Shows TDM interfaces information.
shutdown Disables a TDM interface.
test ldl Configure TDM test.

785
shutdown
shutdown

no shutdown

Description

Use the shutdown command to disable a TDM interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will enable the TDM interface.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
TDM interface is disabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to shutdown TDM interface 1.

DmSwitch(config)#interface tdm 1
DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#shutdown
DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#

You can verify that the TDM interface was disabled by entering the show interfaces tdm user EXEC
command.

Related Commands

786
 Chapter 18. shutdown

Command Description
show interfaces status tdm Shows interface configuration status.
show interfaces tdm Shows TDM interfaces information.
line-type Configures the line type for TDM channel.
test ldl Configure TDM test.

787
test ldl
test ldl

no test

Description

Enables Local Digital Loop in a specific TDM interface.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the LDL for a specific TDM interface.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
The default value for test is disabled.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set ldl test for TDM.

DmSwitch(config)#interface tdm 1
DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#test ldl
DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#

You can verify that the test was enable by entering show interface tdm user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description

788
 Chapter 18. test ldl

Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
tdm
show interfaces tdm Shows TDM interfaces information.
line-type Configures the line type for TDM channel.
shutdown Disables a TDM interface.

789
sync-source
sync-source { adaptive bundle { port-number } | system }

no sync-source

Description

Configures the line type for TDM channel.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the sync source to its default configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
adaptive Selects adaptive sync source.
bundle Select the bundle interface.
port-number Bundle number. (Range 1-8)
system Uses the configured system clock.

Default
The default value for sync-source is system.

Command Modes
Interface configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.6 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure sync-source to adaptive.

DmSwitch(config)#interface tdm 1
DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#sync-source adaptive bundle 1
DmSwitch(config-if-tdm-1/1)#

790
 Chapter 18. sync-source

You can verify that the configuration was set by entering show interfaces status tdm 1 user EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show interfaces status Shows interface configuration status.
tdm
show interfaces tdm Shows TDM interfaces information.
shutdown Disables a TDM interface.
test ldl Configure TDM test.
line-type Configures the line type for TDM channel.

791
Chapter 19. Interface VLAN Commands

internal network
internal network { internal network }

no internal network

Description

Sets the selected VLAN to work as an internal network on the equipment.

When using this command in a VLAN, it wont be possible to execute any other commands like adding members
or setting another IP address for instance.

This command is not presented in any RFC.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will return the selected VLAN to normal operation

Syntax

Parameter Description
internal network Create the VLAN IP address with /31 mask.

Default
Disabled

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The internal-network command was designed to interconnect the equipment routing part with the equipment

792
 Chapter 19. internal network

management part. Thus, the internal-network command is meant to be used at the same time as the interface
loopback. When used, it will create an IP address with a /31 mask. This address will be distributed through the
routing protocols, for instance, when using BGP, it is necessary to create a route-map to avoid redistributing the
internal-network address and associate the created route-map in the desired BGP neighbor.

Example

This example shows how to specify a static IP address to the VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#internal network 10.10.10.15
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show ip user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
interface loopback Enables the interface loopback configuration mode.
ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.
mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.
name Specifies the VLAN name.
set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.
shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

793
ip address
ip address { ip-address/mask }

no ip address

Description

Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will delete the IP address from the selected VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address/mask Specifies the IP address and network mask to the selected VLAN.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a static IP address to the VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip address 10.10.10.15/24
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show ip user EXEC command.

794
 Chapter 19. ip address

Related Commands
Command Description
ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.
mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.
name Specifies the VLAN name.
set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.
shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

795
ip l3 access-group
ip l3 access-group { access-list-name { in | out } }

no ip l3 access-group { access-list-name { in | out } }

Description

Specifies access control for packets.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remote the specified access group.

Syntax

Parameter Description
access-list-name Specifies the access list name.
in Specifies inbound packets.
out Specifies outbound packets.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Access list must exists and VLAN must have a layer 3 IP.

Example

This example shows how to specify an access list name to the VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 access-group test in
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

796
 Chapter 19. ip l3 access-group

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
access-list name accept Specifies packets to accept.
access-list name drop Specifies packets to drop.
access-list name insert Specifies packets to insert.
access-list name reject Specifies packets to reject.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

797
ip l3 address
ip l3 address { ip-address/mask } [ secondary ]

no ip l3 address [ ip-address/mask secondary ]

Description

Sets a layer 3 IP address for the selected l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will delete the IP address from the selected l3 VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address/mask Specifies the layer 3 IP address and network mask to the selected l3 VLAN.
secondary Specifies the layer 3 secondary IP address and network mask to the selected l3
VLAN.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a static layer 3 IP address to the VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 address 10.10.10.15/24
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

798
 Chapter 19. ip l3 address

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show ip user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.
mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.
name Specifies the VLAN name.
set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.
shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

799
ip l3 address
ip l3 nat { rule-name { input | output } }

no ip l3 nat { rule-name { input | output } }

Description

Sets network address translation for the selected l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remote the specified nat rule.

Syntax

Parameter Description
rule-name Specifies the name of the rule to be applied.
input The rule will be applied at the input.
output The rule will be applied at the output.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Nat rule must exists and VLAN must have a layer 3 IP.

Example

This example shows how to specify a network address translation to the VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 nat test input
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

800
 Chapter 19. ip l3 address

You can verify that the IP address was specified by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
nat-rule Adds network address translation rule.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

801
ip l3 ospf authentication-key
ip l3 ospf authentication-key key

no ip l3 ospf authentication-key

Description

Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will remove the authentication key configured on the VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description
key Specifies the authentication key (OSPF password).

Default
Authentication key is disabled by default.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command was available only in models with layer 3 functionality. Defines a password to be used by
neighboring OSPF routers on a network segment that is using OSPF simple password authentication.

Example

This example shows how to configure the authentication key on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf authentication-key key_test

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

802
 Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf authentication-key

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF
interface.
ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf message-digest-key Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.
ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.
ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3
VLAN.
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

803
ip l3 ospf authentication
ip l3 ospf authentication [ message-digest | null ]

no ip l3 ospf authentication

Description

Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command will disables authentication on the l3 VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description
message-digest (Optional) Uses message-digest authentication.
null (Optional) Does not use authentication.

Default
Authentication is disabled by default.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command was available only in models with layer 3 functionality.

Example

This example shows how to configure authentication in OSPF packets on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf authentication

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

804
 Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf authentication

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 ospf authentication-key Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF
interface.
ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf message-digest-key Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.
ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.
ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3
VLAN.
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

805
ip l3 ospf cost
ip l3 ospf cost value

no ip l3 ospf cost

Description

Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will reset the cost to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Specifies the cost value. (Range: 1-65535)

Default
Cost default value is 0.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the cost on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf cost 5

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

806
 Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf cost

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

authentication-key
ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

message-digest-key
ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.
ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.
ip l3 ospf Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3 VLAN.
retransmit-interval
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

807
ip l3 ospf dead-interval
ip l3 ospf dead-interval value

no l3 ip ospf dead-interval

Description

Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will reset the dead interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Specifies the dead interval (in seconds). (Range: 1-65535)

Default
Dead interval default value is 0 seconds.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Defines the number of seconds that a device’s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare
the OSPF router down.

Example

This example shows how to configure the dead router detection time on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf dead-interval 20

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

808
 Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf dead-interval

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf authentication-key Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF
interface.
ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf message-digest-key Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.
ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.
ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3
VLAN.
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

809
ip l3 ospf hello-interval
ip l3 ospf hello-interval value

no ip l3 ospf hello-interval

Description

Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will reset the hello interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Specifies the hello interval value. (Range: 1-65535)

Default
Hello interval default value is 0 seconds.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Defines the time between the hello packets that the DmSwitch sends on an OSPF interface.

Example

This example shows how to configure the hello packet interval on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf hello-interval 20

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

810
 Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf hello-interval

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

authentication-key
ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface.
ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.
message-digest-key
ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.
ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.
ip l3 ospf Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3 VLAN.
retransmit-interval
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

811
ip l3 ospf message-digest-key
ip l3 ospf message-digest-key { key-id md5 key-text }

no ip l3 ospf message-digest-key { key-id }

Description

Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will remove the specified message digest key configured on the VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description
key-id Specifies the key ID. (Range: 1-255)
md5 Uses the MD5 algorithm.
key-text Specifies the key string (OSPF password).

Default
No message digest key is configured.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a message digest key on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 test_key

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

812
 Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf message-digest-key

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf authentication-key Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF
interface.
ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.
ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.
ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3
VLAN.
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

813
ip l3 ospf network
ip l3 ospf network { broadcast | non-broadcast | point-to-multipoint |
point-to-point }

no l3 ip ospf network

Description

Configures the OSPF network type.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will reset the network to its default type.

Syntax

Parameter Description
broadcast Specifies OSPF broadcast multi-access networks.
non-broadcast Specifies OSPF NBMA networks.
point-to-multipoint Specifies OSPF point-to-multipoint networks.
point-to-point Specifies OSPF point-to-point networks.

Default
Network deafult value is broadcast.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
An OSPF point-to-multipoint interface is defined as a numbered point-to-point interface having one or more
neighbors. It creates multiple host routes.

Example

This example shows how to configure the OSPF network type for a VLAN.

814
 Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf network

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf network point-to-multipoint

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

authentication-key
ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface.
ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

message-digest-key
ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.
ip l3 ospf Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3 VLAN.
retransmit-interval
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

815
ip l3 ospf priority
ip l3 ospf priority { value }

no ip l3 ospf priority

Description

Configures the priority for a network.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will reset the priority to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Specifies the priority value. (Range: 0-255)

Default
Priority default value is -1.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Defines the priority to help determine the OSPF designated router for a network.

Example

This example shows how to configure the priority on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf priority 10

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

816
 Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf priority

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

authentication-key
ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface.
ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

message-digest-key
ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.
ip l3 ospf Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3 VLAN.
retransmit-interval
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

817
ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval
ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval { value }

no ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval

Description

Configures the link state retransmit interval on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command resets the retransmit interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Specifies the retransmit interval (in seconds). (Range: 3-65535)

Default
Retransmit interval default value is 0 seconds.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Defines the number of seconds between LSA (link state advertisement) retransmissions for adjacencies belong-
ing to an OSPF interface.

Example

This example shows how to configure the link state retransmit interval on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval 8

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

818
 Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf Configures authentication key on a l3 VLAN.

authentication-key
ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet on an OSPF interface.
ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf Configures message digest key on a l3 VLAN.

message-digest-key
ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.
ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.

show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

819
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay
ip l3 ospf transmit-delay { value }

no ip l3 ospf transmit-delay

Description

Configures the link state transmit delay on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will resets the transmit delay to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Specifies the transmit delay (in seconds). (Range: 1-65535)

Default
Transmit delay default value is 0 seconds.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Defines the estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet on an OSPF interface.

Example

This example shows how to configure the link state transmit delay on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 ospf transmit-delay 2

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

820
 Chapter 19. ip l3 ospf transmit-delay

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 ospf authentication Configures authentication on a l3 VLAN.

ip l3 ospf authentication-key Configures authentication key on a l3

VLAN.
ip l3 ospf cost Configures the cost of sending a packet
on an OSPF interface.
ip l3 ospf dead-interval Configures dead router detection time on
a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf hello-interval Configures the hello packet interval on a
l3 VLAN.
ip l3 ospf message-digest-key Configures message digest key on a l3
VLAN.
ip l3 ospf network Configures the OSPF network type.
ip l3 ospf priority Configures the priority for a network.
ip l3 ospf retransmit-interval Configures the link state retransmit
interval on a l3 VLAN.
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating
configuration.

821
ip l3 rip authentication
ip l3 rip authentication { key-chain name | mode { md5 | text } | string text }

no ip l3 rip authentication { key-chain | mode | string }

Description

Configures RIP authentication on a l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will remove the specified authentication configured.

Syntax

Parameter Description
key-chain name Specifies the name of key chain.
mode { md5 | text } Specifies the authentication mode, keyed message digest
or clear text.
string text Specifies authentication string.

Default
RIP authentication is disable by default.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Authentication is only supported in RIP version 2.

Example

This example shows how to specify the set of keys that can be used on a VLAN.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 rip authentication key-chain key_test

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

822
 Chapter 19. ip l3 rip authentication

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 rip receive version Defines the RIP version of the accepted messages.
ip l3 rip send version Defines the RIP version of the sent messages.
ip l3 rip split-horizon Enables the split horizon function.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

823
ip l3 rip receive version
ip rip receive version { 1 [ 2 ] | 2 [ 1 ] }

no ip rip receive version

Description

Defines the reception packets version of RIP protocol by l3 VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will form removes the configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
1 RIP version 1.
2 RIP version 2.

Default
Receive version default value is 2.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
RIP must be enabled to configure receive version.

Example

This example shows how to define that only received messages of the version 2 of RIP protocol will be accepted
by VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip l3 rip receive version 2

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

824
 Chapter 19. ip l3 rip receive version

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 rip authentication Configures RIP authentication on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 rip send version Defines the RIP version of the sent messages.
ip l3 rip split-horizon Enables the split horizon function.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

825
ip l3 rip send version
ip l3 rip send version { 1 [ 2 ] | 2 [ 1 ] }

no ip l3 rip send version

Description

Defines the version of RIP protocol for the sending of messages by a specified l3 VLAN.
Inserting no as a prefix of this command form removes the configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
1 RIP version 1.
2 RIP version 2.

Default
Send version default value is 2.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
RIP must be enabled to configure send version.

Example

This example shows how to define that only messages of RIP protocol version 2 will be sent by VLAN 1

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip rip send version 2

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

826
 Chapter 19. ip l3 rip send version

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 rip authentication Configures RIP authentication on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 rip receive version Defines the RIP version of the accepted messages.
ip l3 rip split-horizon Enables the split horizon function.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

827
ip l3 rip split-horizon
ip l3 rip split-horizon [ poisoned-reverse ]

no ip rip split-horizon

Description

Enables the split-horizon function.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, will disables split-horizon.

Syntax

Parameter Description
poisoned-reverse (Optional) Enables the poisoned-reverse functionality.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Enabling the split-horizon algorithm, the DmSwitch does not send the routes to the same network that it learned.
The poisoned-reverse functionality sends the routes to the same network that it learned, but it set the metric value
to 16 (unreachable route).

Example

This example shows how to enable the split horizon with poisoned-reverse functionality.

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#ip rip split-horizon poisoned-reverse

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

828
 Chapter 19. ip l3 rip split-horizon

You can verify that the function was enabled by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
ip l3 rip authentication Configures RIP authentication on a l3 VLAN.
ip l3 rip receive version Defines the RIP version of the accepted messages.
ip l3 rip send version Defines the RIP version of the sent messages.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

829
mgmt-inner-vlan
mgmt-inner-vlan { vlan-id }

no mgmt-inner-vlan

Description

Sets inner management VLAN for the selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will delete the inner management VLAN from the selected VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description
vlan-id Specifies the inner VLAN to the selected VLAN.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.16 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a management inner VLAN to the VLAN 100.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 100

DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-100)#mgmt-inner-vlan 10 priority 5
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-100)#

You can verify that the management inner VLAN was specified by entering the show vlan user EXEC com-
mand.

830
 Chapter 19. mgmt-inner-vlan

Related Commands
Command Description
ip default-gateway Configures the default gateway for DmSwitch.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.
mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.
name Specifies the VLAN name.
set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.
shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

831
mac-address-table learn
mac-address-table learn

no mac-address-table learn

Description

Enable MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable VLAN MAC address learning.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
VLAN MAC address learning is enabled for all VLANs.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable the VLAN MAC address learning for a specific VLAN interface.

DmSwitch(config)#interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#mac-address-table learn
DmSwitch(config)#

To verify the VLAN configuration enter the show vlan privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

832
 Chapter 19. mac-address-table learn

Command Description
show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.
ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.
name Specifies the VLAN name.
set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.
shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

833
name
name { name }

no name

Description

Specifies the VLAN name.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will remove the VLAN name.

Syntax

Parameter Description
name Specifies a VLAN name.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to specify a VLAN name.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#name test
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the name was saved by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.

834
 Chapter 19. name

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.
ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.
mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.
set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.
shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

835
set-member tagged
set-member tagged { ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-
number } } }

set-member tagged { port-channel interface-number }

no set-member [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

]

no set-member [ port-channel interface-number ]

Description

Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command will removes selected tagged members from selected VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Adds all ports.
port-number Adds a specific port.
range { first-port-number last-port-number } Adds a range of specific ports.
port-channel interface-number Adds a specific port channel. The port channel must be
specified in accordance with the port channel configured
in the switch (Range: 1 - 8).

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

836
 Chapter 19. set-member tagged

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to add a ethernet port range with tagged members to VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#set-member tagged ethernet range 5 6
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the members was added by entering the show vlan table privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.
ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.
mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.
set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
name Specifies the VLAN name.
shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

837
set-member untagged
set-member untagged { ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-
number } } }

set-member untagged { port-channel interface-number }

no set-member [ ethernet { all | port-number | range { first-port-number last-port-number } }

]

no set-member [ port-channel interface-number ]

Description

Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will removes selected untagged members from selected VLAN.

Syntax

Parameter Description
all Adds all ports.
port-number Adds a specific port.
range { first-port-number last-port-number } Adds a range of specific ports.
port-channel interface-number Adds a specific port channel. The port channel must be
specified in accordance with the port channel configured
in the switch (Range: 1 - 8).

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

838
 Chapter 19. set-member untagged

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to add a ethernet port range with untagged members to VLAN 1.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#set-member untagged ethernet range 5 6
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the members was added by entering the show vlan table privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.
ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.
mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.
name Specifies the VLAN name.
set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
shutdown Deactivates the selected VLAN.

839
shutdown
shutdown

no shutdown

Description

Deactivates the selected VLAN.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command, it will reactivate the selected VLAN.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
VLAN configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
You can not deactive the VLAN 1 since it is the default VLAN.

Example

This example shows how to deactive the selected VLAN.

DmSwitch(config)interface vlan 1
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#shutdown
DmSwitch(config-if-vlan-1)#

You can verify that the VLAN was deactived by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

840
 Chapter 19. shutdown

Command Description
show vlan Shows the VLAN settings.
ip address Sets an IP address for the selected VLAN.
mac-address-table learn Enables MAC address learning on the selected VLAN.
name Specifies the VLAN name.
set-member tagged Adds tagged members to selected VLAN.
set-member untagged Adds untagged members to selected VLAN.

841
Chapter 20. Key Chain

key
key { id }

no key { id }

Description

Specifies a key identifier.

The no command removes the configured key identifier.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the key identifier.

Default
No key identifier is configured.

Command Modes
Keychain configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to creates a key for the keychain.

DmSwitch(config-keychain)#key 1

842
 Chapter 20. key

DmSwitch(config-keychain-key)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
key chain Configures a key chain.
key-string Configures the text string for a key identifier.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

843
Chapter 21. Key

key-string
key-string { text }

no key-string

Description

Configures the text string for a key identifier.

The no command removes the configured key string.

Syntax

Parameter Description
text Specifies the text string for the key.

Default
No key string is configured.

Command Modes
Key configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to specify the text string for the key.

DmSwitch(config-keychain-key)#key-string string_test

844
 Chapter 21. key-string

DmSwitch(config-keychain-key)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
key chain Configures a key chain.
key Specifies a key identifier.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

845
Chapter 22. Route-map Commands

continue
continue sequence-number

no continue

Description
Allows the configuration and organization of more modular policy definitions to reduce the number of policy
configurations that are repeated within the same route map.

Syntax

Parameter Description
sequence-number Specifies the route-maps’s sequence to be executed.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Route-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Using a continue clause allows the route map continue evaluating and executing match clauses in the specified
route-map entry after a successful match occurs. The clause can be configured to jump to a specific route-map
entry by specifying the sequence number. If a match clause exists, the continue clause is executed only if a
match occurs. If no successful matches occur, the continue clause is ignored.

Example

The following example shows that the routes matching ip prefix-list IN_A will enable ’continue’ clause to go to

846
 Chapter 22. continue

route-map sequence 30.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#route-map set_weight 10 permit

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_A
DmSwitch(config-route-map)#set weight 50
DmSwitch(config-route-map)#continue 30

You can verify the configurations by entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

847
match as-path
match as-path as-path access-list

no match as-path

Description

Match as-path values from routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previous configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
as-path access-list Entry that matches the desired BGP AS-path list.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
ROUTE-MAP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Define condition to be checked in route map. The match commands specify the conditions under which redis-
tribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The commands may be given in any order, and all
match commands must "pass" to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the
set commands.

Example

The following commands apply access-list to routes inbound from BGP peer 172.16.15.2. AS-Path access-list
defined under match on Route-Map 7 deny routes originating in AS 55.

DmSwitch(config)#ip as-path access-list NO_AS_55 permit _55$

DmSwitch(config)#route-map 7 deny 20

848
 Chapter 22. match as-path

DmSwitch(config)#match as-path NO_AS_55

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 172.16.15.2 remote-as 55
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 172.16.15.2 route-map 7 in
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#exit
DmSwitch(config)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
ip as-path access-list Configure a AS-Path access-list.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

849
match ip address
match ip address prefix-list prefix-list-name

no match ip address prefix-list

Description

Match ip address values from routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previous configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
prefix-list Name of prefix list containing the desired entries of prefix.
prefix-list-name

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Route-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Define condition to be checked in route map. The match commands specify the conditions under which redis-
tribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The commands may be given in any order, and all
match commands must "pass" to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the
set commands.
You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

850
 Chapter 22. match ip address

Command Description
ip prefix-list Configure a prefix list.
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

851
match ip next-hop
match ip next-hop prefix-list prefix-list-name

no match ip next-hop prefix-list

Description

Match ip next-hop values from routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previous configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
prefix-list Name of prefix list containing the desired entries of prefix.
prefix-list-name

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
ROUTE-MAP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Define condition to be checked in route map. The match commands specify the conditions under which redis-
tribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The commands may be given in any order, and all
match commands must "pass" to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the
set commands.
You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

852
 Chapter 22. match ip next-hop

Command Description
ip prefix-list Configure a prefix list.
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

853
match ip route-source
match ip route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name

no match ip source-route prefix-list

Description

Match ip source-route values from routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previous configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
prefix-list Name of prefix list containing the desired entries of prefix.
prefix-list-name

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
ROUTE-MAP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Define condition to be checked in route map. The match commands specify the conditions under which redis-
tribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The commands may be given in any order, and all
match commands must "pass" to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the
set commands.
You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands

854
 Chapter 22. match ip route-source

Command Description
ip prefix-list Configure a prefix list.
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

855
match metric
match metric value

no match metric

Description

Match metric values from routing table.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previous configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Matches the desired metric of route. (Range: 0-4294967294)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Route-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Define condition to be checked in route-map. The match commands specify the conditions under which redis-
tribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The commands may be given in any order, and all
match commands must "pass" to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the
set commands.

Example

The following commands apply access list to routes inbound from BGP peer 172.16.15.2. Access list defined
under Route-Map 7 to deny routes originating in AS 55.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 172.16.15.2 remote-as 55

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 172.16.15.2 filter-list 1 in

856
 Chapter 22. match metric

DmSwitch(config-router)#exit
DmSwitch(config)#route-map 7 deny 20
DmSwitch(config)#match as-path 55

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

857
set as-path
set as-path prepend local-as times

no set as-path

Description

Set as-path value in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
prepend local-as Prepend to the as-path the local AS, specifying the number of times. (Range: 1-255)
times

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Route-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The set as-path command specify the number of times the local-as should be prepended onto route’s as-path if
the conditions specified by the match commands are met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix list list IN_A have the as-path prepended with
local-as twice.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_A

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#set as-path prepend local-as 2

858
 Chapter 22. set as-path

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

859
set local-preference
set local-preference value

no set local-preference

Description

Set local-preference value in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Sets a preference value for the BGP local preference path attribute. (Range:
0-4294967294)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Route-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The set local-preference command specify the local-preference value to be applied if the conditions specified by
the match commands are met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix list list IN_A have the local-preference set to
200.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_A

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#set local-preference 200

860
 Chapter 22. set local-preference

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

861
set metric
set metric value

no set metric

Description

Set metric value in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Sets a metric value for destination routing protocol. (Range: 0-4294967294)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Route-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The set metric command specify the metric value to be applied if the conditions specified by the match com-
mands are met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix-list IN_A have the metric set to 555.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_A

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#set metric 555

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

862
 Chapter 22. set metric

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

863
set next-hop
set next-hop ip-address

no set next-hop

Description

Set next-hop values in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of next-hop.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Route-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The set next-hop command specify the next-hop address to be applied if the conditions specified by the match
commands are met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix list list IN_A have the next-hop set to
192.168.1.1.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_A

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#set next-hop 192.168.1.1

864
 Chapter 22. set next-hop

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

865
set origin
set origin { egp | igp | incomplete }

no set origin

Description

Set origin value in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
egp Remote EGP.
igp Local IGP.
incomplete Unknown heritage.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Route-map configuration.

Command History

Release
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The set origin command specify the origin to be applied if the conditions specified by the match commands are
met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix list list IN_A have the origin set to egp.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_A

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#set origin egp

866
 Chapter 22. set origin

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set weight Sets weight value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

867
set weight
set weight value

no set weight

Description

Set weight value in destination routing protocol.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will remove the previously set configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
value Sets a BGP weight value for routing table. (Range: 0-4294967294)

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Route-map configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The set weight command specify the weight to be applied if the conditions specified by the match commands
are met.

Example

In the following example, routes that pass the IP address prefix list list IN_A have the weight set to 999.

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#match ip address prefix-list IN_A

DmSwitch(config-route-map)#set weight 999

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show this command while configuring route-
map or entering the show route-map command.

868
 Chapter 22. set weight

Related Commands
Command Description
route-map Create route-map or enter route-map command mode.
continue Executes additional entries in a route map.
match as-path Matches as-path values from routing table.
match ip address Matches ip address by prefix-list values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip next-hop Matches next-hop ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match ip route-source Matches route-source ip values from routing table.
prefix-list
match metric Matches metric values from routing table.
set as-path Sets as-path values in destination routing protocol.
set local-preference Sets local-preference value in destination routing protocol.
set metric Sets metric value in destination routing protocol.
set next-hop Sets next_hop value in destination routing protocol.
set origin Sets origin value in destination routing protocol.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

869
Chapter 23. Router BGP

aggregate-address
aggregate-address ip-address/mask [ do-as-set ] [ do-summary-only ]

no aggregate-address ip-address/mask

Description

This command allows to announce routes from other AS using pre-defined rules.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will revert aggregate-address configuration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address/mask Specifies the network.
do-as-set (Optional) Generates AS set path information.
do-summary-only (Optional) Filters all more-specific routes from updates.

Default
No aggregate routes are created.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

870
 Chapter 23. aggregate-address

Example

The following example shows how to configure aggregate-address.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#aggregate-address 10.10.10.10/24

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

871
bgp always-compare-med
bgp always-compare-med

no bgp always-compare-med

Description

This command allows comparison of multi exit discriminator (MED) for paths from peers in different AS.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will revert always-compare-med configuration.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
By default, the equipment only compares the MED for paths from the same AS.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The MED is used for selecting the best path among alternative paths. Its comparison becomes necessary when
the paths belong to the same AS. However, the command always-compare-med enforces the comparison
independently of the AS from which the paths are received.

Example

The following example shows how to configure the MED comparison.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 62551

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp always-compare-med

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands

872
 Chapter 23. bgp always-compare-med

Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

873
bgp client-to-client reflection
bgp client-to-client reflection

no bgp client-to-client reflection

Description

Use bgp client-to-client reflection to enable or restore route reflection from a BGP route re-
flector to clients.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will revert client-to-client reflection configuration.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
BGP client-to-client reflection is enable by default. When a route reflector is configured, it reflects routes from
one client to other clients.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When the route reflector (RR) is enabled, it reflects routes from one client to other clients. This is useful because
clients do not need to be fully meshed in order to distribute their routes.
If the clients are fully meshed, route reflection is not required.

Example

The following example illustrates how to enable client to client reflection.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp client-to-client reflection
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

874
 Chapter 23. bgp client-to-client reflection

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
neighbor ip-address Configure a neighbor as Route Reflector client.
route-reflector-client

875
bgp cluster-id
bgp cluster-id { router-id | ip-address }

no bgp cluster-id

Description

Set cluster ID on a route reflector in a route reflector cluster.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, it will remove the bgp cluster ID.

Syntax

Parameter Description
router-id Cluster ID of the router acting as a route reflector.
ip-address Cluster IP of the router acting as a route reflector.

Default
The local router ID of the route reflector is used as the cluster ID by default.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

The following example illustrates a local router as one of the route reflectors serving the cluster. It is configured
with the cluster ID to indentify the cluster.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp cluster-id 10.10.10.10
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

876
 Chapter 23. bgp cluster-id

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

877
bgp confederation identifier
bgp confederation identifier as-number

no bgp confederation identifier

Description

Sets BGP confederation identifier.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, it will destroy the BGP confederation.

Syntax

Parameter Description
as-number AS number to be configured as the BGP confederation identifier.

Default
No default value is defined.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

BGP protocol requires that all BGP routers within a given AS are fully-meshed. Such requirement leads to
serious scalability problems. AS confederations for BGP avoid such problems by breaking down a large AS into
a set of smaller AS’s (sub-AS), which are still seen from the outside as a single AS, thus neutralizing the BGP
fully-meshed routers requirement. The present command defines a confederation and its identifier to group a set
of sub-AS’s.

Just one confederation is allowed in a router. The identifier can be overwritten by repeating this command with
a different identifier.
Please, notice that a BGP stack process restart is required upon configuration.

878
 Chapter 23. bgp confederation identifier

Example

This examples shows how to configure an AS confederation for BGP. The confederation is identified by the AS
number 200.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp confederation identifier 200
% Warning:
This command changes an attribute which may
cause a flap of BGP process.
Do you wish to continue? <y/N> y
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#
DmSwitch#

You can verify configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

879
bgp confederation peers
bgp confederation peers as-number [ as-number ]

no bgp confederation peers as-number [ as-number ]

Description

Sets BGP confederation peers.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, it will remove a sub-AS from the BGP confederation.

Syntax

Parameter Description
as-number AS number for BGP peers that will belong to the BGP confederation.

Default
No default value is defined.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

BGP protocol requires that all BGP routers within a given AS are fully-meshed. Such requirement leads to
serious scalability problems. AS confederations for BGP avoid such problems by breaking down a large AS
into a set of smaller AS’s (sub-AS), which are still seen from the outside as a single AS, thus neutralizing the
BGP fully-meshed routers requirement. The present command defines peers (sub-AS’s) to be grouped into the
confederation.
A confederation must have been previouly configured, in order to be able to set a peer (sub-AS). For further
information, please consult bgp confederation identifier.

880
 Chapter 23. bgp confederation peers

Example

This examples shows how to configure peers (sub-AS’s) into the confederation for BGP. The confederation is
identified by the AS number 200, and the sub-AS’s being configured are identified by the AS numbers 20, 21
and 22.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp confederation peers 20 21 22
% Warning:
This command changes an attribute which may
cause a flap of BGP process.
Do you wish to continue? <y/N> y
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

881
bgp dampening
bgp dampening { half-life-time start-reusing start-suppressing max-duration }

no bgp dampening

Description

This command enables BGP route dampening. The router assesses a penalty each time a route flaps and adds
this to any previously accumulated penalty value. Penalties are cumulative.
Insertingno as a prefix of this command, it will disables bgp dampening.

Syntax

Parameter Description
half-life-time Half-life time for the penalty. (Range: 1-45)
start-reusing Value to start reusing a route. (Range: 1-20000)
start-suppressing Value to start suppressing a route. (Range: 1-20000)
max-duration Maximum duration to suppress a stable route. (Range: 1-255)

Default
BGP Dampening is disabled by default.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable the BGP dampening to an already created route-map.

Example

This example shows how to activate BGP dampening using the default values.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1

882
 Chapter 23. bgp dampening

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp dampening 10 20 20 30

You can verify the configuration by entering the show ip bgp dampening parameters privileged
EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

883
bgp default local-preference
bgp default local-preference number

no bgp default local-preference

Description

This command changes de default local-preference number.

Inserting no as a prefix for this command will set the local-preference number to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
number Local preference value. (Range: 0-2147483647)

Default
By default, the local preference value is 0.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The local preference attribute sets the degree of preference to a route during the BGP best path selection process.
This attribute is exchanged only between BGP peers and is used to determine local policy. The route with the
highest local preference is preferred.

Example

The following example shows how to configure the local preference.

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp default local-preference 200
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

884
 Chapter 23. bgp default local-preference

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

885
bgp deterministic-med
bgp deterministic-med

no bgp deterministic-med

Description

This command establishes the deterministic multi exit discriminator (MED) comparison for paths received in-
side the same AS.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will disable the comparison.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
By default, deterministic MED comparison is active.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The MED is used for selecting the best path among alternative paths. Its comparison becomes necessary when
the paths belong to the same AS. The command deterministic-med enforces the comparison between routes
from the same AS.

Example

The following example shows how to configure the deterministic MED comparison:

DmSwitch(config)#router bgp 1
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp deterministic-med
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the fill here by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

886
 Chapter 23. bgp deterministic-med

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

887
bgp log-neighbor-changes
bgp log-neighbor-changes

no bgp log-neighbor-changes

Description

Enables logging of BGP neighbor state changes.

To configure the router to send a syslog message when an BGP neighbor status changes, use the
log-neighbot-changes command in router configuration mode. To turn off this function, use the no
form of this command. Through this command you can see all neighbor status trasitions.
The no command cancel the logging.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
The command is disabled.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to log neighbor changes for BGP.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp log-neighbor-changes
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

888
 Chapter 23. bgp log-neighbor-changes

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

889
bgp router-id
bgp router-id ip-address

no bgp router-id ip-address

Description

Configures a static BGP router ID.

Inserting no as a prefix of this command, it restores the router ID to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the router.

Default
The IP address configured on the loopback interface or the highest IP address configured on a VLAN interface.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a static router ID as an identifier of the BGP process. A configured loopback
interface is a better identifier than a fixed interface, since there is no physical link to go down.

Example

This example shows how to configure a fixed router ID for BGP.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#bgp router-id 10.10.10.10

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show ip bgp user EXEC command.

890
 Chapter 23. bgp router-id

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

891
neighbor advertisement-interval
neighbor ip address advertisement-interval seconds

no neighbor ip address advertisement-interval

Description

Configures the advertisement interval of update message to BGP neighbor.

The no command resets the interval value to default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the router.
advertisement-interval seconds Advertisement interval of UPDATE message to BGP
neighbor. (Range: 0-600)

Default
No default value is defined.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure an advirtesement interval of 60 seconds for BGP update messages.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 advertisement-interval 60

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show ip bgp user EXEC command.

892
 Chapter 23. neighbor advertisement-interval

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

893
neighbor description
neighbor ip-address description text

no neighbor ip-address description

Description

Associates a description to the specified BGP neighbor.

The no command removes the neighbor description.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.
text Textual description associated with the neighbor router.

Default
No description.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a textual description for a BGP neighbor. The neighbor must exist in an already
established BGP session.

Example

This example shows how to configure a description for a BGP neighbor.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 description Remote_DmSwitch

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

894
 Chapter 23. neighbor description

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

895
neighbor ebgp-multihop
neighbor ip-address ebgp-multihop [ hop-count ]

no neighbor ip-address ebgp-multihop

Description

Allows EBGP neighbors not on directly connected networks.

The no command disallow EBGP neighbors not on directly connected networks.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.
hop-count Optional. Specify a maximum hop count for EBGP
neighbors not on directly connected networks. If omitted,
maximum value 255 is assumed. (Range: 1-255)

Default
Only directly connected EBGP neighbors.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure non-adjacent EBGP neighbors with maximum 125 hop count.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 ebgp-multihop 125

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

896
 Chapter 23. neighbor ebgp-multihop

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

897
neighbor maximum-prefix
neighbor ip-address maximum-prefix number [ warning-only ]

no neighbor ip-address maximum-prefix

Description

Specifies maximum number of prefixes accepted from this neighbor.

The no command disable maximum number of prefixes accepted from this neighbor.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.
number Number of prefixes accepted from this neighbor. (Range:
1-2147483647)
warning-only (Optional) Allows the router to generate a log message
when the maximum-prefix limit is exceeded, instead of
terminating the peering session.

Default
No limit of prefixes.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Allows the configuration of a maximum number of prefixes a BGP router is allowed to receive from a peer. It
adds another mechanism (in addition to distribute lists, filter lists, and route maps) to control prefixes received
from a peer. In the case the number of received prefixes exceeds the maximum number configured, the router
terminates the peering. The warning-only parameter is not used to terminate the peering but rather to report
a warning message into the system log.

898
 Chapter 23. neighbor maximum-prefix

Example

This example shows how to configure a maximum number of prefixes for a neighbor.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 maximum-prefix 1500 warning-only

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

899
neighbor next-hop-self
neighbor ip-address next-hop-self

no neighbor ip-address next-hop-self

Description

Disables next hop calculation and configures the switch as the next hop for a neighbor.
The no command restores next hop calculation.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

Default
Next hop calculation enabled.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command is useful in non mashed networks where BGP neighbors might have no direct access to all
neighbors in the same subnetwork.

Example

This example shows how to disable next hop calculation and configure switch as next hop for a neighbor.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 next-hop-self

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

900
 Chapter 23. neighbor next-hop-self

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

901
neighbor passive
neighbor ip-address passive

no neighbor ip-address passive

Description

Configures the relationship with a neighbor as passive, that is, do not advertise routes to a neighbor.
The no command enables routes advertisement.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

Default
Routes advertisement is enabled by default.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure a neighbor as passive.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 passive

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

902
 Chapter 23. neighbor passive

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

903
neighbor remote-as
neighbor ip-address remote-as AS-number

no neighbor ip-address remote-as AS-number

Description

Creates a BGP neighbor.

The no command deletes the BGP neighbor.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.
AS-number Autonomous system of the neighbor router. (Range:
1-65535)

Default
No neighbors created.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
A neighbor with an autonomous system number that matches the autonomous system number specified in
the router bgp global configuration command identifies the neighbor as internal to the local au-
tonomous system.

Example

This example shows how to create a neighbor.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 remote-as 10

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

904
 Chapter 23. neighbor remote-as

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

905
neighbor remove-private-as
neighbor ip-address remove-private-as

no neighbor ip-address remove-private-as

Description

Removes private AS from outbound updates to a neighbor.

The no command keeps private AS from outbound updates to a neighbor.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

Default
Keep private AS.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This feature is available for EBGP neighbors only. When an update message is advertised to the external neigh-
bor, the software will drop the private autonomous system numbers if the AS-path includes private autonomous
system numbers. If the AS-path contains the autonomous system number of the EBGP neighbor, the private
autonomous system numbers will not be removed. The private autonomous system values are from 64512 to
65535.

Example

This example shows how to remove private AS from outbound update to a neighbor.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 remove-private-as

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

906
 Chapter 23. neighbor remove-private-as

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

907
neighbor route-reflector-client
neighbor ip-address route-reflector-client

no neighbor ip-address route-reflector-client

Description

Configures the router as route reflector server and register a neighbor as client.
The no command disables route reflector server and unregister neighbor as client.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

Default
Route reflector server disabled with no clients.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
To configure the router as a BGP route reflector and configure the specified neighbor as its client, use this
command in router configuration mode. If there is not at least one registered client, the local router does not act
as route reflector.

Example

This example shows how to enable Route Reflector and register a neighbor as client.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 route-reflector-client

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

908
 Chapter 23. neighbor route-reflector-client

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

909
neighbor shutdown
neighbor ip-address shutdown

no neighbor ip-address shutdown

Description

Administratively shut down this neighbor BGP session and remove all associated routes.
The no command administratively bring up this neighbor BGP session.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

Default
Neighbors BGP sessions are created administratively up.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command terminates any active session for the specified neighbor and removes all associated routing
information.

Example

This example shows how to shut down a neighbor BGP session.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 shutdown

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

910
 Chapter 23. neighbor shutdown

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

911
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound
neighbor ip-address soft-reconfiguration inbound

no neighbor ip-address soft-reconfiguration inbound

Description

Allows storage of UPDATE messages needed for reconfiguration and policies to be configured and activated
without clearing the BGP session.
The no command disables soft reconfiguration.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.

Default
Soft reconfiguration is disabled.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This is memory intensive and should be avoided. On the other hand, outbound soft reconfiguration does not have
any memory overhead.

Example

This example shows how to enable soft reconfiguration.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 soft-reconfiguration inbound

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

912
 Chapter 23. neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

913
neighbor timers
neighbor ip-address timers keepalive-interval holdtime-interval

no neighbor ip-address timers

Description

Configures keep alive and hold time intervals for a BGP neighbor. Per neighbor timers settings prevail over
global BGP timers values for the specified neighbor.
The no command set timers to default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address IP address of the neighbor router.
keepalive-interval Interval in seconds which keep alive messages are sent to
the neighbor. (Range: 0-21845)
holdtime-interval Interval in seconds without receiving keep alive messages
before considering a neighbor down. (Range: 0-65535).

Default
Default value is not defined.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to set BGP timers to a neighbor.

914
 Chapter 23. neighbor timers

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.10.10.10 timers 45 150

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp neighbors Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

915
network
network { ip-address/mask }

no network { ip-address/mask }

Description

Specify a network to announce via BGP.

Entering with no command, it dissociates a network of the BGP protocol.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address/mask Specifies the network.

Default
No network is defined.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to associate a network with the BGP protocol.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#network 10.10.10.10/24
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify that the network was associated by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

916
 Chapter 23. network

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

917
redistribute
redistribute { connected | ospf | rip | static } [ metric metric-value ]

no redistribute { connected | ospf | rip | static }

Description

Redistributes connected, OSPF, RIP or static routes, with a specific or default metric.
Entering no command, it stops the redistribution of the specified routes types.

Syntax

Parameter Description
connected Redistributes connected routes.
ospf Redistributes OSPF routes.
rip Redistributes RIP routes.
static Redistributes configured static routes.
metric metric-value (Optional) Specifies a metric. (Range: 1-16)

Default
No redistribution routes are defined.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to redistribute connected routes configured with a specific metric.

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#redistribute connected metric 5

918
 Chapter 23. redistribute

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip bgp Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

919
timers bgp
timers bgp { keepalive-time } { hold-time }

no timers bgp

Description

Configures the keepalive interval and hold down BGP timers.

The no command resets the BGP timers to default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description
keepalive-time Specifies the amount of time to wait before running an BGP after receiving a database
change. (Range: 3-21845)
hold-time Specifies the amount of time to wait between consecutive BGP runs. (Range:
3-65535)

Default

Delay time default value is 0.

Hold time default value is 0.

Command Modes
Router BGP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to change the BGP timers.

920
 Chapter 23. timers bgp

DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#timers bgp 5 10
DmSwitch(config-router-bgp)#

You can verify this configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC commands.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows BGP information.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

921
Chapter 24. Router OSPF

abr-type
abr-type { cisco | ibm | shortcut | standard }

no abr-type

Description

Configures OSPF ABR type.

The no command resets the ABR type to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
cisco Alternative ABR, cisco implementation.
ibm Alternative ABR, ibm implementation.
shortcut Shortcut ABR.
standard Standard behavior (RFC2328).

Default
Cisco ABR type.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

922
 Chapter 24. abr-type

Example

This example shows how to change the OSPF ABR type.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#abr-type shortcut
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

923
area id/ip-address_id authentication
area { id | ip-address_id } authentication [ message-digest ]

no area { id | ip-address_id } authentication

Description

Configures authentication for the specified OSPF area ID.

The no command disables authentication for the area.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
message-digest (Optional) Uses message-digest authentication.

Default
Authentication is disabled.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Do not specify the message-digest option to use simple authentication (plain text).

Example

This example shows how to enable simple authentication for area 0.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 0 authentication
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

924
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id authentication

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

925
area id/ip-address_id default-cost
area { id | ip-address_id } default-cost default-cost-value

no area { id | ip-address_id } default-cost

Description

Configures the default cost of a NSSA or a stub area ID.

The no command resets the cost to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
default-cost default-cost-value Specifies stub’s advertised default summary cost. (Range: 0-16777215)

Default
Default cost default value is -1.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
It is not possible to configure default cost for area ID 0 (IP 0.0.0.0). To configure a default cost, it is necessary
to define a NSSA or a stub configuration in the same area (except area ID 0). If a NSSA or a stub configuration
is removed in an area, the default cost returns to its default value.

Example

This example shows how to change the default cost for area 1.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 default-cost 200

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

926
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id default-cost

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

927
area id/ip-address_id range
area { id | ip-address_id } range ip-address/mask { advertise | not-advertise }

no area { id | ip-address_id } range ip-address/mask

Description

Summarizes routes matching IP address/mask at an area boundary.

The no command removes the range configuration in the area.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
ip-address/mask Area range IP address to match.
advertise (Optional) Advertise the range.
not-advertise (Optional) Does not advertise the range.

Default
Area range is not configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The default action is to advertise the range. Area range configuration is available for border routers only.

Example

This example shows how to summarize a route matching address/mask.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 0 range 10.10.10.10/24

928
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id range

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

929
area id/ip-address_id stub
area { id | ip-address_id } stub [ no-summary ]

no area { id | ip-address_id } stub

Description

Configures an area as stub.

The no command removes the stub configuration in the area, or removes the no-summary option.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
no-summary (Optional) Prevents from sending summary LSA into the stub area.

Default
Stub area is not configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To further reduce the number of link state advertisements (LSAs) sent into a stub area, you can configure
no-summary on the DmSwitch to prevent it from sending summary LSA into the stub area.

It is not possible to configure the area ID 0 (IP 0.0.0.0) as stub. It is not allowed to set an area as stub if it has a
virtual link configured in it.
If a stub configuration is removed in an area, the default cost returns to its default value.

930
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id stub

Example

This example shows how to configure an area as stub.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 stub
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

931
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address
authentication-key
area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address authentication-key { key }

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address [ authentication-key ]

Description

Configures authentication key on a virtual link.

The no command removes the authentication key configured on the virtual link.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.
key Specifies the authentication key.

Default
Virtual link is not configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the authentication key on a virtual link.

932
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address authentication-key

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 authentication-key key_test

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

933
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address
dead-interval
area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address dead-interval value

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address [ dead-interval ]

Description

Configures dead router detection time on a virtual link.

The no command resets the dead interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.
value Specifies the dead interval (in seconds). (Range: 3-65535)

Default
Virtual link is not configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the dead router detection time on a virtual link.

934
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address dead-interval

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 dead-interval 20

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

935
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address
area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address

Description

Configures a virtual link.

The no command removes the virtual link.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.

Default
Virtual link is not configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
It is not possible to configure the area ID 0 (IP 0.0.0.0) on a virtual link. It is not allowed to set a virtual link in
an area that is a NSSA or a stub area.

Example

This example shows how to configure a virtual link.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

936
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

937
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address
hello-interval
area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address hello-interval { value }

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address [ hello-interval ]

Description

Configures the hello packet interval on a virtual link.

The no command resets the hello interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.
value Specifies the hello interval (in seconds). (Range: 3-65535)

Default
Virtual link is not configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the hello packet interval on a virtual link.

938
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address hello-interval

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 hello-interval 20

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

939
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address
message-digest-key
area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address message-digest-key key-id md5 key-text

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address message-digest-key key-id

Description

Configures message digest key on a virtual link.

The no command removes the specified message digest key configured on the virtual link.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.
key-id Specifies the key ID. (Range: 1-255)
md5 Uses the MD5 algorithm.
key-text Specifies the key string.

Default
Virtual link is not configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

940
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address message-digest-key

Example

This example shows how to configure a message digest key on a virtual link.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 message-digest-key 1 md5 test_key

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

941
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address
retransmit-interval
area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address retransmit-interval value

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address [ retransmit-interval ]

Description

Configures the link state retransmit interval on a virtual link.

The no command resets the retransmit interval to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.
value Specifies the retransmit interval (in seconds). (Range: 3-65535)

Default
Virtual link is not configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the link state retransmit interval on a virtual link.

942
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address retransmit-interval

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 retransmit-interval 20

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

943
area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address
transmit-delay
area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address transmit-delay value

no area { id | ip-address_id } virtual-link ip-address [ transmit-delay ]

Description

Configures the link state transmit delay on a virtual link.

The no command resets the transmit delay to its default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.
ip-address Specifies the IP address associated with virtual link neighbor.
value Specifies the transmit delay (in seconds). (Range: 3-65535)

Default
Virtual link is not configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the link state transmit delay on a virtual link.

944
 Chapter 24. area id/ip-address_id virtual-link ip-address transmit-delay

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#area 1 virtual-link 10.10.10.10 transmit-delay 20

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

945
auto-cost reference-bandwidth
auto-cost reference-bandwidth { bandwidth }

no auto-cost reference-bandwidth

Description

Configures OSPF interface cost according to bandwidth.

The no command resets the reference bandwidth to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
reference-bandwidth bandwidth Specifies reference bandwidth (in Mbits/second) method
to assign OSPF cost. (Range: 1-65535)

Default
Bandwidth default value is 0.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to configure the reference bandwidth.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#auto-cost reference-bandwidth 50
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

946
 Chapter 24. auto-cost reference-bandwidth

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

947
compatible rfc1583
compatible rfc1583

no compatible rfc1583

Description

Defines the RFC1583 compatibility.

The no command disables the RFC1583 compatibility.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
RFC1583 compatibility is disabled.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The RFC2328, the sucessor to RFC1583, suggests a change to the path preference algorithm that prevents
possible routing loops that were possible in the old version of OSPFv2. More specifically, it demands that
inter-area paths and intra-area path are now of equal preference but still both preferred to external paths.

Example

This example shows how to define the RFC1583 compatibility.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#compatible rfc1583
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show ip ospf user EXEC commands.

Related Commands

948
 Chapter 24. compatible rfc1583

Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

949
default-metric
default-metric { metric-value }

no default-metric

Description

Defines an OSPF metric of redistribute routes.

The no command resets the metric to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
metric-value Specifies the default metric. (Range: 0-16777214)

Default
Default metric is not configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to define the default metric for redistribute.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#default-metric 100
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify that the default metric was defined by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

950
 Chapter 24. default-metric

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

951
log-adjacency-changes
log-adjacency-changes

no log-adjacency-changes

Description

Enables logging of OSPF neighbor state changes.

To configure the router to send a syslog message when an OSPF neighbor status changes, use the
log-adjacency-changes command in router configuration mode. To turn off this function, use the no
form of this command. Through this command you can see all neighbor status trasitions.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
OSPF logging adjacency changes disabled.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.8 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command allows you to know about OSPF neighbors status trasitions (DOWN, INIT, 2WAY, EXSTART,
EXCHANGE, FULL).

Example

This example shows how to enable OSPF logging adjacency changes.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#log-adjacency-changes
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify whether OSPF logging adjacency changes is enabled by entering the show running-config
Once enabled you also can see OSPF logging through command show log ram

952
 Chapter 24. log-adjacency-changes

Related Commands
Command Description
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.
show log ram Shows log messages.

953
neighbor
neighbor { ip-address } [ priority priority-value ] [ poll-interval polling ]

no neighbor { ip-address }

Description

Defines a static neighbor router.

Entering with no command, it removes a configured neighbor router.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Specifies the neighbor IP address.
poll-interval polling (Optional) Specifies the dead-router polling interval. (Range: 1-65535)
priority priority-value (Optional) Specifies the priority of non-broadcast neighbor. (Range: 0-255)

Default
No neighbor is configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command configures static neighbors routers attached to the network.

A neighbor with priority 0 is considered ineligible for DR (Designated Router) election.

The "poll-interval" is the amount of time an NBMA (Adjacencies on Non-Broadcast Multi-Access) interface
waits before sending a Hello to a presumably dead neighbor.

954
 Chapter 24. neighbor

Example

This example shows how to define a neighbor router IP address.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#neighbor 10.11.12.1
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify that the neighbor was defined by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

955
network
network ip-address/mask area { area-id | ip-address_id }

no network ip-address/mask area { area-id | ip-address_id }

Description

Enables OSPF routing on an IP network.

The no command disables OSPF routing on the specified network.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address/mask Specifies the network.
area OSPF area ID.
area-id Specifies the OSPF area ID as a decimal value. (Range: 0-4294967295)
ip-address_id Specifies the OSPF area ID in IP address format.

Default
No network is configured.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The OSPF process will act only over associated networks.

Example

This example shows how to associate a network with the OSPF routing.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#network 10.11.12.0/24 area 1

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

956
 Chapter 24. network

You can verify that the network was associated by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

957
passive-interface
passive-interface { index | range { first-index last-index } }

no passive-interface { index | range { first-index last-index } }

Description

Disables routing updates on specified VLAN interfaces.

Entering with no command, it re-enables the sending of routing updates on the specified VLAN interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index Suppresses for a specific VLAN index. (Range: 2-4094)
range { first-index last-index } Suppresses for a range of VLANs. (Range: 2-4094)

Default
Routing updates are sent on the VLANs.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you disable the sending of routing updates on a VLAN, the particular subnet will continue to be advertised to
other VLANs (if these are created), and updates from other routers on that VLAN continue to be received and
processed.
OSPF routing information is neither sent nor received through the specified VLAN. The specified VLAN address
appears as a stub network in the OSPF domain.

Example

This example shows how to supress routing updates on a specific VLAN interface.

958
 Chapter 24. passive-interface

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#passive-interface 2
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

959
redistribute
redistribute { bgp | connected | rip | static } [ metric metric-value ] [ metric-type
metric-type-value ]

no redistribute { bgp | connected | rip | static }

Description

Redistributes BGP, connected, RIP or static routes, with a specific metric and metric type.
Entering with no command, it stops the redistribution of the specified routes types.

Syntax

Parameter Description
bgp Redistributes BGP routes.
connected Redistributes connected routes.
rip Redistributes RIP routes.
static Redistributes configured static routes.
metric metric-value (Optional) Defines a metric for a specified redistribute
route. (Range: 0-16777214)
metric-type metric-type-value (Optional) Defines OSPF exterior metric type for a
specified redistribute route. (Range: 1-2)

Default
No redistribution routes are defined.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

960
 Chapter 24. redistribute

Example

This example shows how to redistribute connected routes configured with a specific metric.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#redistribute connected metric 5

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the configuration by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

961
router-id
router-id ip-address

Description
Defines a router ID for the OSPF process.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Specifies the OSPF router ID in IP address format.

Default
Router ID default value is 20.20.20.20.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The router ID is the highest IP address on the box, calculated at boot time or whenever the OSPF process is
restarted. This command defines a static router ID.

Example

This example shows how to configure a static router ID.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#router-id 10.10.10.10
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify the router ID configured by entering the show ip ospf privileged EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

962
Chapter 24. router-id

963
timers spf
timers spf { delay-time hold-time }

no timers spf

Description

Configures the delay and hold down SPF timers.

The no command resets the SPF timers to its default values.

Syntax

Parameter Description
delay-time Specifies the amount of time to wait before running an SPF after receiving a database
change (in seconds). (Range: 1-600)
hold-time Specifies the amount of time to wait between consecutive SPF runs (in seconds).
(Range: 0-600)

Default

Delay time is not set by default.

Hold time is not set by default.

Command Modes
Router OSPF configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.
5.4 Change delay-time range to (1-600) and hold-time range to (0-600).

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

964
 Chapter 24. timers spf

Example

This example shows how to change the SPF timers.

DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#timers spf 2 10
DmSwitch(config-router-ospf)#

You can verify this configuration by entering the show ip ospf user EXEC commands.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip ospf Shows OSPF status.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

965
Chapter 25. Router RIP

default-information
default-information originate

no default-information originate

Description

Controls distribution of default route.

Entering with no command, it disables the default information.

Syntax
No parameters accepted.

Default
Default information is disabled by default.

Command Modes
Router RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to enable default information.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#default-information originate
DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the default information was enabled by entering the show running-config or the
show ip rip user EXEC commands.

966
 Chapter 25. default-information

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

967
default-metric
default-metric { metric-value }

no default-metric

Description

Defines the default metric of RIP protocol.

Entering with no command, it resets the default metric to default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
metric-value Specifies the default metric. (Range: 1-16)

Default
Default metric default value is 1.

Command Modes
Router RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to define the default metric.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#default-metric 10
DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the default metric was defined by entering the show ip rip user EXEC command.

968
 Chapter 25. default-metric

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

969
neighbor
neighbor { ip-address }

no neighbor { ip-address }

Description

Defines a neighbor router to exchange routing information.

Entering with no command, it deletes a neighbor router.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address Specifies the neighbor IP address.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Router RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The DmSwitch send RIP updates by unicast packets with the neighbor routers specified. This feature may be
necessary in networks where there are not support to multicast and broadcast packets.

Example

This example shows how to define a neighbor router IP address.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#neighbor 10.10.10.10
DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the neighbor was defined by entering the show ip rip user EXEC command.

970
 Chapter 25. neighbor

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

971
network
network { ip-address/mask }

no network { ip-address/mask }

Description

Associates a network with a RIP routing process.

Entering with no command, it dissociates a network of a RIP routing process.

Syntax

Parameter Description
ip-address/mask Specifies the network.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Router RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
The RIP process will act only over associated networks, where they will advertise and listen for RIP updates.

Example

This example shows how to associate a network with the RIP protocol.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#network 10.10.10.10/24
DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the network was associated by entering the show ip rip user EXEC command.

972
 Chapter 25. network

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

973
passive-interface
passive-interface { index | range first-index last-index }

no passive-interface { index | range first-index last-index }

Description

Suppresses RIP routing updates on specified VLAN interfaces.

Entering with no command, it enables routing updates on the specified VLAN interfaces.

Syntax

Parameter Description
index Suppresses for a specific VLAN index. (Range: 1-4094)
range { first-index last-index } Suppresses for a range of specific VLANs index. (Range: 1-4094)

Default
Routing updates are sent on the VLANs.

Command Modes
Router RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
This command suppresses the sending of RIP messages by broadcast (RIP version 1) and multicast (RIP version
2) packets. However, it is possible to exchange RIP messages by unicast packets with the neighbor routes,
specified by the neighbor router RIP command.

Example

This example shows how to suppress routing updates on a specific VLAN interface.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#passive-interface 2
DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

974
 Chapter 25. passive-interface

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

975
redistribute
redistribute { bgp | connected | ospf | static } [ metric metric-value ]

no redistribute { connected | ospf | static }

Description

Redistributes connected, OSPF or static routes, with a specific or default metric of RIP protocol.
Entering with no command, it stops the redistribution of the specified routes types.

Syntax

Parameter Description
bgp Redistributes Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes.
connected Redistributes connected routes.
ospf Redistributes OSPF routes.
static Redistributes configured static routes.
metric metric-value (Optional) Specifies a metric. (Range: 1-16)

Default
No redistribution routes are defined.

Command Modes
Router RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to redistribute connected routes configured with a specific metric.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#redistribute connected metric 5

976
 Chapter 25. redistribute

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the configuration was made by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

977
timers basic
timers basic { update-time timeout-time garbage-time }

no timers basic

Description

Defines the basic timers of RIP protocol.

Entering with no command, it resets the basic timers to default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
update-time Specifies the time that de RIP router send your complete routing table to all neighbor
RIP router. (Range: 5-2000000000)
timeout-time Specifies the timeout of entries in the routing table. After this time, the entries without
a update are marked as invalid. (Range: 5-2000000000)
garbage-time Specifies the time where the entries are removed from the routing table after its
timeout. (Range: 5-2000000000)

Default

Update time: 30.

Timeout time: 180.

Garbage time: 120.

Command Modes
Router RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

978
 Chapter 25. timers basic

Example

This example shows how to define the basic timers.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#timers basic 40 190 130

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the basic timers was defined by entering the show ip route user EXEC command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

979
version
version { version-number }

no version

Description

Defines the RIP protocol version to be used.

The no command form resets the version.

Syntax

Parameter Description
version-number Specifies version number. (Range: 1-2)

Default
Default is to send RIP version 2 packets and receive versions 1 and 2 messages.

Command Modes
Router RIP configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
5.2 This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example shows how to change the RIP protocol version.

DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#version 1
DmSwitch(config-router-rip)#

You can verify that the version was changed by entering the show ip rip user EXEC commands.

980
 Chapter 25. version

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip rip Shows RIP process parameters and statistics.
show running-config Shows the current operating configuration.

981
Chapter 26. Obsolete Commands

Root Commands

show ip aging-time

show ip aging-time

Description
Show Global L3 aging time.

Syntax
No parameter accepted.

Default
No default is defined.

Command Modes
Privileged EXEC.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 This command was renamed to show ip host-table aging-time.

Usage Guidelines
Not available.

Example

This example illustrates how to show the ARP aging time configuration.

DmSwitch#show ip aging-time
Global L3 ARP aging-time: 300 sec.
DmSwitch#

982
 Chapter 26. show ip aging-time

Related Commands
Command Description
arp aging-time Defines the aging time of all entries in the Global L3 ARP table.

983
Configure Commands

arp aging-time

arp aging-time seconds

no arp aging-time

Description

Defines the aging time of all entries in the Global L3 ARP table.
Inserting no as a prefix for this command will reset the aging time to the default value.

Syntax

Parameter Description
seconds Specifies the aging time in seconds. (Range: 60-1000000)

Default
300 seconds.

Command Modes
Global configuration.

Command History

Release Modification
1.0 This command was introduced.
5.2 This command was renamed to ip host-table aging-time.

Usage Guidelines

ARP aging time is used to remove from the ARP table entries that are not in used anymore. Since it’s globally
configured, whenever ARP aging timer expires the whole table is verified and updated.

While the ARP table is being refreshed, there are two different behaviors depending on the entry. Entries that are
next-hop to routes: a new ARP request is sent and the entry is never removed. All other entries: will be removed
if it’s not hit between two consecutive agings. No new ARP requests will be generated for this type of entry.

984
 Chapter 26. arp aging-time

Note that this command affects only the L3 Forwarding Tables. Control plane has its own ARP table and its
behavior is out of the scope of this command. Depending on the L3 protocols that are running on the system,
one may see extra ARP Requests to maintain the control plane’s ARP Table.

Example

This example shows how to change the aging time to 1000 seconds.

DmSwitch#arp aging-time 1000

DmSwitch#

You can verify that the value was changed by entering the show arp aging-time privileged EXEC con-
figuration command.

Related Commands
Command Description
show ip aging-time Show Global L3 aging time.

985